tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3631324877948369942024-03-06T05:32:14.501+09:00N&S koreaone world one dreamkorea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.comBlogger17125tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-85312763835441541442011-01-31T22:40:00.013+09:002011-01-31T23:14:10.898+09:00yuba :yoo seung ho<a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiLUH0wE-hDUi69NBz65VTfkRtecSMgSSYM8ARUhay0oZCVQoMHo3WCOnDc5qCoHFzSKKkJ8XgCr3eT4jrrKVciUgWqeXRxoO6UmqHyQa1HIsokdNqLIHlDTxI1l5ADnY3PqMGNiKoLzSM/s1600/Yoo-Seung-Ho-all-about-korea-11083272-307-400.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 246px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiLUH0wE-hDUi69NBz65VTfkRtecSMgSSYM8ARUhay0oZCVQoMHo3WCOnDc5qCoHFzSKKkJ8XgCr3eT4jrrKVciUgWqeXRxoO6UmqHyQa1HIsokdNqLIHlDTxI1l5ADnY3PqMGNiKoLzSM/s320/Yoo-Seung-Ho-all-about-korea-11083272-307-400.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351951223852850" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi3lP91Bpdl8lXzZJH1UsXY3BhebL0VIcuImhnNDSJRQeuRQ7mVdrS4zEgyN21h2kqqaWXi3jtyFdpQgZ2h8XtU07_gbQ3jn1HBaopDUB68wzAzxcqhyF3uqXMfRteFlKMR05sORDQ-8q8/s1600/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25286%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi3lP91Bpdl8lXzZJH1UsXY3BhebL0VIcuImhnNDSJRQeuRQ7mVdrS4zEgyN21h2kqqaWXi3jtyFdpQgZ2h8XtU07_gbQ3jn1HBaopDUB68wzAzxcqhyF3uqXMfRteFlKMR05sORDQ-8q8/s320/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25286%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351967594586930" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1iIDq3eZGsrjYVc-H4f7wy-mC8bU4hr3LLMvGYzXJkcCz3KJ4l47NzMeYlWuHfS7IePIMhVFn47lu4IUUiKXSlzhDSuZ37FVXBQg4m9aHtK8dvEnvfoNyot0jAKJOvHV5DFIZUBxPCWU/s1600/z5.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1iIDq3eZGsrjYVc-H4f7wy-mC8bU4hr3LLMvGYzXJkcCz3KJ4l47NzMeYlWuHfS7IePIMhVFn47lu4IUUiKXSlzhDSuZ37FVXBQg4m9aHtK8dvEnvfoNyot0jAKJOvHV5DFIZUBxPCWU/s320/z5.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351963869045314" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqCrR5Dxo2kqxrdDWzcNqAwAIE3HBzByaM1Hy6aucPe0ARPOo9tS-XkukyiblaXUcujtagQZOg6pFe7hCma4s_eLURa1rg6EpYswOenmNS8NCR-vrJPM22LDwziyEumfe7jGO2jZRTUFE/s1600/z2.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjqCrR5Dxo2kqxrdDWzcNqAwAIE3HBzByaM1Hy6aucPe0ARPOo9tS-XkukyiblaXUcujtagQZOg6pFe7hCma4s_eLURa1rg6EpYswOenmNS8NCR-vrJPM22LDwziyEumfe7jGO2jZRTUFE/s320/z2.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351957745001794" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEga1Q5ohPhy1CqBrph0te2Kge86iZiJpTkbvPImbbO1AtYr1RYiqdhc1iwcvrsj8tWgEH9ZfMLJ6tlKbWYtuxs1Eg4NtvXSXgdMo7SEM0CMvdRTKwt0Zx3DveIQhpXfu0iMkWCyYoFmrtU/s1600/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25287%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEga1Q5ohPhy1CqBrph0te2Kge86iZiJpTkbvPImbbO1AtYr1RYiqdhc1iwcvrsj8tWgEH9ZfMLJ6tlKbWYtuxs1Eg4NtvXSXgdMo7SEM0CMvdRTKwt0Zx3DveIQhpXfu0iMkWCyYoFmrtU/s320/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25287%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351931083526610" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDSmCDNdYsEYv-weDMhFWfVRaH8C_mySqmab_YOam0Bios8OBGSVySyST00snd0vLqt92uO3NPJERzPtha0pxF3ONFFeHn79W1CgN7jxb4DXrUsTYLfdstqKIZ4LxT_9Bjep2G9bjZEWw/s1600/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25285%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 240px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDSmCDNdYsEYv-weDMhFWfVRaH8C_mySqmab_YOam0Bios8OBGSVySyST00snd0vLqt92uO3NPJERzPtha0pxF3ONFFeHn79W1CgN7jxb4DXrUsTYLfdstqKIZ4LxT_9Bjep2G9bjZEWw/s320/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25285%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351299159107794" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZx9wlq4wRCQ7EZECzhtznLjJ4vahqkuQbneQj4kS3_M4Od2UR6B_h0NNvynDlwtE_fSLW8KJ23i4OquL2AHw_XNwyLjw61N1m1kbhcSeVOfqvWpmdWtc1CQ7GF7E67TFiExey9zUf-dM/s1600/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25284%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 240px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZx9wlq4wRCQ7EZECzhtznLjJ4vahqkuQbneQj4kS3_M4Od2UR6B_h0NNvynDlwtE_fSLW8KJ23i4OquL2AHw_XNwyLjw61N1m1kbhcSeVOfqvWpmdWtc1CQ7GF7E67TFiExey9zUf-dM/s320/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25284%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351298705059250" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrRpyeKNgRlAfoFn1aBfgMtP62hvMwzcPdxg-qPmVhhfzzaXOBW6wchgasCGQJIox2V3F8spBl8mU80XBLyt6Gr039YPtx1NuCZPEbqY9jB22yHPf67SdwlpgozWi5tT1V_f2DdD36m8U/s1600/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25282%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 214px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrRpyeKNgRlAfoFn1aBfgMtP62hvMwzcPdxg-qPmVhhfzzaXOBW6wchgasCGQJIox2V3F8spBl8mU80XBLyt6Gr039YPtx1NuCZPEbqY9jB22yHPf67SdwlpgozWi5tT1V_f2DdD36m8U/s320/Yoo+Seung+ho+%25282%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351286539062178" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPbeXso42U4lK8gpr_HtzKqKBqC7lLb5N2L1CAo0-LPLWMqJX4n7tBa7qBODBwCe9McIVHBlwhmyEu-sfh5yLZtysUJ8KvQYbveaCifWvXjiiAHqvwOQxi8K5d3CZDp5I-tPSgoeSi51k/s1600/untitled.bmp"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 239px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPbeXso42U4lK8gpr_HtzKqKBqC7lLb5N2L1CAo0-LPLWMqJX4n7tBa7qBODBwCe9McIVHBlwhmyEu-sfh5yLZtysUJ8KvQYbveaCifWvXjiiAHqvwOQxi8K5d3CZDp5I-tPSgoeSi51k/s320/untitled.bmp" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351275169553954" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQpjK7T5aRRsqhrTaDO_lZAAgXbQhc2O2keuQkGZIKgIaHaCuRp2yia0BM-EYuNTUKRWELfVBPReYtqxHpEwekLcUmIjTvOu2ILQ9oVrz9RmjqrbTV71TPRpqfOE1BzKJ_-ElnH5MnV64/s1600/tumblr_leglf15atJ1qdqskmo1_400.png"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 203px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQpjK7T5aRRsqhrTaDO_lZAAgXbQhc2O2keuQkGZIKgIaHaCuRp2yia0BM-EYuNTUKRWELfVBPReYtqxHpEwekLcUmIjTvOu2ILQ9oVrz9RmjqrbTV71TPRpqfOE1BzKJ_-ElnH5MnV64/s320/tumblr_leglf15atJ1qdqskmo1_400.png" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568351270248934274" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgl861elf_nByEPntvEyD8859QeYxnNAzDuWCXSij7SDaMFLoUNwZg5ENyl0AFgqJ7FOHSaaTasPa_pXzXmuzprwdggxJ9M4MFn0vt3bHHsUxdC-sZzN7wNY6OZgauY_-fJHBKZiiNgG6U/s1600/tumblr_leglbps3JL1qdqskmo1_400.png"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 219px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgl861elf_nByEPntvEyD8859QeYxnNAzDuWCXSij7SDaMFLoUNwZg5ENyl0AFgqJ7FOHSaaTasPa_pXzXmuzprwdggxJ9M4MFn0vt3bHHsUxdC-sZzN7wNY6OZgauY_-fJHBKZiiNgG6U/s320/tumblr_leglbps3JL1qdqskmo1_400.png" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568349733753346242" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKB7hLKguDHGnOyPfaz2CuuFP9u7hmGs2Sza2isNQURIlejOxNUJ5Jm5Mcrs8LzIuWvuop8hx4sHf1BbZcCZtDqCeWcjNuD_5VwowQVlIViEvn0kHW9-hgnhkpREOALkRMUW6p09OT0f0/s1600/tumblr_ledfd90VGL1qdqskmo1_400.png"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 297px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKB7hLKguDHGnOyPfaz2CuuFP9u7hmGs2Sza2isNQURIlejOxNUJ5Jm5Mcrs8LzIuWvuop8hx4sHf1BbZcCZtDqCeWcjNuD_5VwowQVlIViEvn0kHW9-hgnhkpREOALkRMUW6p09OT0f0/s320/tumblr_ledfd90VGL1qdqskmo1_400.png" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568349723312425266" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgOcaWg2Pi4TVr-dhmVKe6o23VceM5WxX-7TepDka2ZyH-XYilXrII_RPYtJamGcBDluUGIElsXkPu9zvGesdFz0inVQxoVGRI5bcBdc5msqnu1W-3fDlLZAQ2I6s6SFE57dn8LM1FGYo4/s1600/tumblr_le8923pidd1qdqskmo1_400.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 246px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgOcaWg2Pi4TVr-dhmVKe6o23VceM5WxX-7TepDka2ZyH-XYilXrII_RPYtJamGcBDluUGIElsXkPu9zvGesdFz0inVQxoVGRI5bcBdc5msqnu1W-3fDlLZAQ2I6s6SFE57dn8LM1FGYo4/s320/tumblr_le8923pidd1qdqskmo1_400.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568349707424997634" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjh3YSOEYOeUgzLcqy7bGCr1sR2OnbN4gVfTZOuNaX1szF64Sjx0Z2IASTejaH6xbzRc2IIk0vQAuRI5HKtrnHOsFx97egurUTmQnQrdkcH-MtOEE2E1vbqdZc2ezypvzGt0CUZy86Ljlk/s1600/photo55269.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 257px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjh3YSOEYOeUgzLcqy7bGCr1sR2OnbN4gVfTZOuNaX1szF64Sjx0Z2IASTejaH6xbzRc2IIk0vQAuRI5HKtrnHOsFx97egurUTmQnQrdkcH-MtOEE2E1vbqdZc2ezypvzGt0CUZy86Ljlk/s320/photo55269.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568349702217420962" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTZbDGf8HzHMMD-2-OE5-Q28lQlzBe23IXIvHvI4sXdoTF9-FaDOcMwpSO0rj2rcdwQNjSbJkbvi4bM9TEIl23xrDpAgltw30MyhiBH49rzwSCTgVrx3eoslzVXfkt6lCvgxz3Rj8DCEA/s1600/normal_YSH%252520%25287%2529.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 249px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTZbDGf8HzHMMD-2-OE5-Q28lQlzBe23IXIvHvI4sXdoTF9-FaDOcMwpSO0rj2rcdwQNjSbJkbvi4bM9TEIl23xrDpAgltw30MyhiBH49rzwSCTgVrx3eoslzVXfkt6lCvgxz3Rj8DCEA/s320/normal_YSH%252520%25287%2529.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568349694278213954" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiLfYsHAAWxzm30LlWQikkGRYY8oxkLRkzwGnlzZp4gCHuHcU_E0Ctskc6XnZsGIAKzXYzWBY-x6hFv-SDGzqwr9XdA1G5l2QYUDnh0SsT5K1UXJnvrKDJgaFKebtmb4DXVyX225AX9oro/s1600/normal_stargame3_seungho_movie_capture_800x600.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 240px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiLfYsHAAWxzm30LlWQikkGRYY8oxkLRkzwGnlzZp4gCHuHcU_E0Ctskc6XnZsGIAKzXYzWBY-x6hFv-SDGzqwr9XdA1G5l2QYUDnh0SsT5K1UXJnvrKDJgaFKebtmb4DXVyX225AX9oro/s320/normal_stargame3_seungho_movie_capture_800x600.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568348461143268050" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiZQk4SfS1IQhgFVVE4rHxuQtnP9lE8GtxHhqCRvos0AK02OXG588GQ00RnJASKHmwOkLX3scRMckMjTtVt9CKGrjJhNiDDe-nAB0COpdU76lFykocyzQEKENz-_R9kRij04rI3fFMs-HI/s1600/normal_page.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiZQk4SfS1IQhgFVVE4rHxuQtnP9lE8GtxHhqCRvos0AK02OXG588GQ00RnJASKHmwOkLX3scRMckMjTtVt9CKGrjJhNiDDe-nAB0COpdU76lFykocyzQEKENz-_R9kRij04rI3fFMs-HI/s320/normal_page.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568348458917420130" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgXeKrJZ8Vp4U_9CXRwQvEb6xnggI-AHad6BPKvhHHhGtDp3hxln-eUw_FY69POotT3Y7SMhRyO3KnIyqyHYoQxzDiQqtBmEFdzRXBgFOqnpNeK__zvh39RL3WlizQjX5QPZyebksLSstQ/s1600/normal_MNL.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 274px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgXeKrJZ8Vp4U_9CXRwQvEb6xnggI-AHad6BPKvhHHhGtDp3hxln-eUw_FY69POotT3Y7SMhRyO3KnIyqyHYoQxzDiQqtBmEFdzRXBgFOqnpNeK__zvh39RL3WlizQjX5QPZyebksLSstQ/s320/normal_MNL.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568348448713402690" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg940QwS3fSWFPG8uQlmDtSsXgC5Z0Y-a0Z7arSa_LZb1MDljDZcjTPSQJX8daiOWCPIp1wBKQoVy2rjcqSACPGTg7mj97vJrirmLeKWg1maHcyGq7ZKZJvt9Qnhok_FLEQYRq51rDJb2o/s1600/normal_357oark.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg940QwS3fSWFPG8uQlmDtSsXgC5Z0Y-a0Z7arSa_LZb1MDljDZcjTPSQJX8daiOWCPIp1wBKQoVy2rjcqSACPGTg7mj97vJrirmLeKWg1maHcyGq7ZKZJvt9Qnhok_FLEQYRq51rDJb2o/s320/normal_357oark.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568348442822408450" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEji01R06FaA5WukRYYj3CLmU2d5X3EFBvx3DdVIHkBhIUrTJDEsJI_BmYravuqzGQP-fM6DgevHNeGpusbqBLRyTp1D1tlmbxl3-1ztUFCdGSpl0oXUwD9O2Il1WFfHPUcjHdiyQakUFtI/s1600/normal_16bzwqh.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEji01R06FaA5WukRYYj3CLmU2d5X3EFBvx3DdVIHkBhIUrTJDEsJI_BmYravuqzGQP-fM6DgevHNeGpusbqBLRyTp1D1tlmbxl3-1ztUFCdGSpl0oXUwD9O2Il1WFfHPUcjHdiyQakUFtI/s320/normal_16bzwqh.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568348441450314162" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg2hDF1ajVyJocV2HtQ13XFDcHJXZusIme5tjHmEP5cvfj1t6jsjtvxgoLKn023vLWQMZ8OV1sTJxzbrPbYaEMlEz9Tw4IF00kwaeHjTFERm6xwk-J8mEoqpgiwyy4F-vAPVuUdA04Kqy0/s1600/normal_000taraofficial8.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 213px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg2hDF1ajVyJocV2HtQ13XFDcHJXZusIme5tjHmEP5cvfj1t6jsjtvxgoLKn023vLWQMZ8OV1sTJxzbrPbYaEMlEz9Tw4IF00kwaeHjTFERm6xwk-J8mEoqpgiwyy4F-vAPVuUdA04Kqy0/s320/normal_000taraofficial8.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347556624963842" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7khCv0M_OJh6UApFaRZACgFKzy0xSOocJAulASHcLOS4eLcfysSapd4Mo0aCLoemO6u28Ki4i6hw_CNq_DdOPxbJB2GndmFV7OTfXwjUskIyR3v5qyCihvxogM5paYAGqjGIc2xS-E3w/s1600/e68e5f850f3f477ddf025477e56992b31252557305_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 214px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7khCv0M_OJh6UApFaRZACgFKzy0xSOocJAulASHcLOS4eLcfysSapd4Mo0aCLoemO6u28Ki4i6hw_CNq_DdOPxbJB2GndmFV7OTfXwjUskIyR3v5qyCihvxogM5paYAGqjGIc2xS-E3w/s320/e68e5f850f3f477ddf025477e56992b31252557305_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347552622420738" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioyaBVB-ytzwqlHlyw50ruqu7lAf772PXwDJcnwSPWQYLr5aVuQ2QijUmjpHK3QwGSj5mh1ac2Yf6feurferd4sr091xyqXRYNKcJEP88iure9vPWJ7Pmb4RK6grb2DB0Zz9GOdz2cUHM/s1600/ceci-yooseungho21.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 248px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioyaBVB-ytzwqlHlyw50ruqu7lAf772PXwDJcnwSPWQYLr5aVuQ2QijUmjpHK3QwGSj5mh1ac2Yf6feurferd4sr091xyqXRYNKcJEP88iure9vPWJ7Pmb4RK6grb2DB0Zz9GOdz2cUHM/s320/ceci-yooseungho21.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347552729758034" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEghebZSzKFrMO7TND2NZeqI6Kmv8ev-ZpCbyPr5W2kPmk1n1BAMrlr209WpMNUu16SfcwsQ6h1UAfEQYta405IERp-rClCAPkOMPvcgutTIsZTqWuEL19jE-pnpkTSPe6QWZWWoLmRZH_A/s1600/ceci-yooseungho4.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 260px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEghebZSzKFrMO7TND2NZeqI6Kmv8ev-ZpCbyPr5W2kPmk1n1BAMrlr209WpMNUu16SfcwsQ6h1UAfEQYta405IERp-rClCAPkOMPvcgutTIsZTqWuEL19jE-pnpkTSPe6QWZWWoLmRZH_A/s320/ceci-yooseungho4.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347546745542754" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJsFnCsu6XcFJj_O89Q5bPCaGgGqc2LFJSs3S-v1QtNZkucphUgRYTVrdladtx9GKOxt-9vcOwFFIqGJXNIQ5I75USeldcpMHedV_ezFgAO-ZlJIVPfW6ZaB20wGGBgAZmnS85e619hCQ/s1600/a2132cdd194c229e3bfbe11d16a5929f1249543109_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 214px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJsFnCsu6XcFJj_O89Q5bPCaGgGqc2LFJSs3S-v1QtNZkucphUgRYTVrdladtx9GKOxt-9vcOwFFIqGJXNIQ5I75USeldcpMHedV_ezFgAO-ZlJIVPfW6ZaB20wGGBgAZmnS85e619hCQ/s320/a2132cdd194c229e3bfbe11d16a5929f1249543109_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347539879611506" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGPmyHIc9ykidUGwJxkM9xxQ1YowAA-UuDxwZnxtLhHLVm68yfNumfAfCSRquL875n0BJVQpnmwolytk7OU8BrgKPs74l1s7oX8nWxSiQ_VXzvTYJWpHxZimF_uxEhAUyLeK2jfD0ldBU/s1600/2010082715393974462_1.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 137px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGPmyHIc9ykidUGwJxkM9xxQ1YowAA-UuDxwZnxtLhHLVm68yfNumfAfCSRquL875n0BJVQpnmwolytk7OU8BrgKPs74l1s7oX8nWxSiQ_VXzvTYJWpHxZimF_uxEhAUyLeK2jfD0ldBU/s320/2010082715393974462_1.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347134467203586" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgisRg477OJJ7JS6-d7Zpfp1VUFyPNwLYtVD8bZO4YARe-GeGyFN2WGxV8GVfAXTBCR_CnFTZolNWrb9dJumm69TzkfIYic0WqNvWlzVKC35RNu9C1DJmz5J8JF1OK0aYMsFuZo5wL6EQ0/s1600/20091229142717239l3_144015_0.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 213px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgisRg477OJJ7JS6-d7Zpfp1VUFyPNwLYtVD8bZO4YARe-GeGyFN2WGxV8GVfAXTBCR_CnFTZolNWrb9dJumm69TzkfIYic0WqNvWlzVKC35RNu9C1DJmz5J8JF1OK0aYMsFuZo5wL6EQ0/s320/20091229142717239l3_144015_0.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347129292053954" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIBdW-y9-j2ycUUzVZ96zIAn0MGINsC4ZjZvvZExG8C7cseqt8P-Rub7UGgTe9nPlceWsMbrRablhcM77JHgC_fvAr0E7fPDPB7KpRsMyb1sT26sNGZcMEBwy2Y4m9iCmj7au2Vmti8Jc/s1600/30540675e949c0c84e5e0c074c072a1f1249543221_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIBdW-y9-j2ycUUzVZ96zIAn0MGINsC4ZjZvvZExG8C7cseqt8P-Rub7UGgTe9nPlceWsMbrRablhcM77JHgC_fvAr0E7fPDPB7KpRsMyb1sT26sNGZcMEBwy2Y4m9iCmj7au2Vmti8Jc/s320/30540675e949c0c84e5e0c074c072a1f1249543221_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347124671637730" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwIbEEYx8UHzzFvllQdmJJePjULfxcxBcyjifbrCnlU0JiZlC8-B4PpFlbJdYh-r0JGp_Ci_dJodQO-YGitE1xnZ5gJeelCXktUIWfWQuQ91Eq6ovVbb2AYyDZ85g8Xh2od4p_lMHZ574/s1600/20090526_oz6.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 256px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiwIbEEYx8UHzzFvllQdmJJePjULfxcxBcyjifbrCnlU0JiZlC8-B4PpFlbJdYh-r0JGp_Ci_dJodQO-YGitE1xnZ5gJeelCXktUIWfWQuQ91Eq6ovVbb2AYyDZ85g8Xh2od4p_lMHZ574/s320/20090526_oz6.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347123821666242" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl7R9R6Tm_XHw-4ycwCQVqyJ4fbK__UMF6NxqC8dFVZPWc2MudQksHef9ePF1x5YNrxkmjeiucUury9TSDK416R9EioITz3MMUqkD6daAOY0EIeD8XZba5yOGK1PzVo9OE3nyNKPcK988/s1600/3490622e8bc38041584cb811b21050921243380788_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 226px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl7R9R6Tm_XHw-4ycwCQVqyJ4fbK__UMF6NxqC8dFVZPWc2MudQksHef9ePF1x5YNrxkmjeiucUury9TSDK416R9EioITz3MMUqkD6daAOY0EIeD8XZba5yOGK1PzVo9OE3nyNKPcK988/s320/3490622e8bc38041584cb811b21050921243380788_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568347118415437138" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEghRjCYQba3FGYu_Yty2UsWJWTSXoa_XBGN82cCAac6bbR0mCxfie7BntIjQpzvTZOmnP0xmsgJoClDxTPLODmIiLJhq1O5vaHtVRPzibasz7EVgFYbIcydhnInYH6tlxAClPpgQcRNV2U/s1600/955046_image2_1.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 286px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEghRjCYQba3FGYu_Yty2UsWJWTSXoa_XBGN82cCAac6bbR0mCxfie7BntIjQpzvTZOmnP0xmsgJoClDxTPLODmIiLJhq1O5vaHtVRPzibasz7EVgFYbIcydhnInYH6tlxAClPpgQcRNV2U/s320/955046_image2_1.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568346250485117858" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-yb_tQdTg0fSDaEkyiKdAWyorYjiZ33kTycdfE5gqQ_HCTWx1E53mSiy3Q_RgzKjCPRGkygn5pPcGSjP82t3ZOkwofTP9E_lDnRXdjHEoQPO3l8INazUXLkn3Iljnt3-R1CChzjPFoxQ/s1600/167871_153670244684678_100001251103728_294614_5179432_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 214px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-yb_tQdTg0fSDaEkyiKdAWyorYjiZ33kTycdfE5gqQ_HCTWx1E53mSiy3Q_RgzKjCPRGkygn5pPcGSjP82t3ZOkwofTP9E_lDnRXdjHEoQPO3l8INazUXLkn3Iljnt3-R1CChzjPFoxQ/s320/167871_153670244684678_100001251103728_294614_5179432_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568346245985705682" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgizpGqLUl412fyyaQoXbExwG6enLlfNodv2kz_dA6k-WlVPAi7FFUhblx7Kk6KbEX5DUNhiSZNwGsrFCZYv-sASU0_BUZ-LtDdQvT2e9pC8gDSjOeT28DpRJP9equEKO7jK0mPHrvGKhE/s1600/166640_153669538018082_100001251103728_294605_8388425_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 213px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgizpGqLUl412fyyaQoXbExwG6enLlfNodv2kz_dA6k-WlVPAi7FFUhblx7Kk6KbEX5DUNhiSZNwGsrFCZYv-sASU0_BUZ-LtDdQvT2e9pC8gDSjOeT28DpRJP9equEKO7jK0mPHrvGKhE/s320/166640_153669538018082_100001251103728_294605_8388425_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568346242167713570" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiC5gK_W0cIAZoH9SbT7BiuAMIFBbTjxHG4a_00zcxNnx8Op9LO8H-Ad14FAekPlHeCFlVJ8ewlBKchtYXTce_H-8CPY_fiKoH6CBB55pKdqqBE-jEuqiWXKMKHbnoC3e1vIPffE0mzITk/s1600/166475_153668198018216_100001251103728_294588_3884555_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 217px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiC5gK_W0cIAZoH9SbT7BiuAMIFBbTjxHG4a_00zcxNnx8Op9LO8H-Ad14FAekPlHeCFlVJ8ewlBKchtYXTce_H-8CPY_fiKoH6CBB55pKdqqBE-jEuqiWXKMKHbnoC3e1vIPffE0mzITk/s320/166475_153668198018216_100001251103728_294588_3884555_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568346235120541762" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjGRMMuwOUSisH8Gwgmcy2rhJuwq_v7rXUuv22WCnKPI_LD8Gcrl3uEs_tBrPnEGKHWN07Zn1OnDgBWt8HVweAeuRsGbdykf9hlgXjrjQ4PRLsnSVD36vifgT1iBdFqy9Ph56tphbVdPHk/s1600/165360_153674784684224_100001251103728_294644_2395455_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 168px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjGRMMuwOUSisH8Gwgmcy2rhJuwq_v7rXUuv22WCnKPI_LD8Gcrl3uEs_tBrPnEGKHWN07Zn1OnDgBWt8HVweAeuRsGbdykf9hlgXjrjQ4PRLsnSVD36vifgT1iBdFqy9Ph56tphbVdPHk/s320/165360_153674784684224_100001251103728_294644_2395455_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568346233598868258" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7v6azEaFeAY4ou8d8jL74aM6oS683aXvzC95q_fngzXJOCg9E46aaP6AVCbtYGKpMUAtEyeoTMxIRxu9bkIcQCogRuU47xu5ebGjpk_P7fAZbl03IY4v9I0q3BOoWe1ZNIGD65drPKiI/s1600/165257_153670048018031_100001251103728_294613_7544666_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 249px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7v6azEaFeAY4ou8d8jL74aM6oS683aXvzC95q_fngzXJOCg9E46aaP6AVCbtYGKpMUAtEyeoTMxIRxu9bkIcQCogRuU47xu5ebGjpk_P7fAZbl03IY4v9I0q3BOoWe1ZNIGD65drPKiI/s320/165257_153670048018031_100001251103728_294613_7544666_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345832617149522" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8q3u_HuJKQfLcTcWeut1JncPNj1444aQXHyCzceo6kbfBCql1ZxTw6j8Pyh9JyMXPoZeX8tgNcgr7H5r_FcpXkAIPNLPzngxMO1uUKhY1mfilFo0i1qW1d7aCudTSJBpdcS3Vdz_3CD8/s1600/164568_153668831351486_100001251103728_294595_1482398_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 232px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8q3u_HuJKQfLcTcWeut1JncPNj1444aQXHyCzceo6kbfBCql1ZxTw6j8Pyh9JyMXPoZeX8tgNcgr7H5r_FcpXkAIPNLPzngxMO1uUKhY1mfilFo0i1qW1d7aCudTSJBpdcS3Vdz_3CD8/s320/164568_153668831351486_100001251103728_294595_1482398_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345822243755778" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjA3UmkDNZ40jIK6KXXf_nZDUVSufJCAeLA0QAKFDWhThuVCLjqFsmooTuN2hScmri6YXwwAWCG6OaJi_5XeC1mG6eta_QTufIO2QFp3p9etXO0uAF5T2B3B_Lev0bUgAtvLe6pCbzzZeo/s1600/164567_153668358018200_100001251103728_294589_4831420_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 224px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjA3UmkDNZ40jIK6KXXf_nZDUVSufJCAeLA0QAKFDWhThuVCLjqFsmooTuN2hScmri6YXwwAWCG6OaJi_5XeC1mG6eta_QTufIO2QFp3p9etXO0uAF5T2B3B_Lev0bUgAtvLe6pCbzzZeo/s320/164567_153668358018200_100001251103728_294589_4831420_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345814895481250" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhTDiHiJZ2B8_GdmIQ3K3h0UMDU8hCGoVfqWWsKyEn1R9sFJz7Kxj0m8HavtuoT3TczXnYzH68RaDlWpnWfH1T2-Zfg-xyibEMPrL_ur91-5ShStA9TnDpoaZxQp__9960ZJV3FZjoUlOE/s1600/164381_153667051351664_100001251103728_294577_4046094_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhTDiHiJZ2B8_GdmIQ3K3h0UMDU8hCGoVfqWWsKyEn1R9sFJz7Kxj0m8HavtuoT3TczXnYzH68RaDlWpnWfH1T2-Zfg-xyibEMPrL_ur91-5ShStA9TnDpoaZxQp__9960ZJV3FZjoUlOE/s320/164381_153667051351664_100001251103728_294577_4046094_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345807012831426" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEigeTSeQxamfp4V5zJycoEz0mn_91-HZxhKn6LYS9SywE_jgzqn2Jb8gyHb16WU8S5BR-PmHLm3pQ6vfZ_vvGw7ANmpS78BPVzBquJrbPgC0GbxjJQRpg-Av8yg_AZiehBjBR9T9knIUhs/s1600/163049_153675408017495_100001251103728_294646_3959194_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEigeTSeQxamfp4V5zJycoEz0mn_91-HZxhKn6LYS9SywE_jgzqn2Jb8gyHb16WU8S5BR-PmHLm3pQ6vfZ_vvGw7ANmpS78BPVzBquJrbPgC0GbxjJQRpg-Av8yg_AZiehBjBR9T9knIUhs/s320/163049_153675408017495_100001251103728_294646_3959194_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345798423484258" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7CwftDB2SeQ0dWy_r3d1SzH4ctBhI9sMXPfGCADiK5UVCRqmk0QesC0nVfEMVsReN95aROAXiK0hvAsHNoEwiOPaf2Df_MOojt7PV8j2BJiQuZsTfrM7LJLyRcD1Pf1_Owx7nK1U5a_8/s1600/162644_153667721351597_100001251103728_294584_2929188_n.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7CwftDB2SeQ0dWy_r3d1SzH4ctBhI9sMXPfGCADiK5UVCRqmk0QesC0nVfEMVsReN95aROAXiK0hvAsHNoEwiOPaf2Df_MOojt7PV8j2BJiQuZsTfrM7LJLyRcD1Pf1_Owx7nK1U5a_8/s320/162644_153667721351597_100001251103728_294584_2929188_n.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345355414617330" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhr1sh4-f44AeuwHTjXoj03j8zFNgqUP8bgnpV-Advxm9PaPBcTxoQcpBh8RGI64ME5ETlS0GuDgyB5TlAAc7BiUHnJM3fY6_m3TgIMV2jrhThtV5lhZ7n7TPi2wDWjeeKUPwiIU3UctqA/s1600/96959ae9a334c6b0c87a472725eedbe01250469593_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 283px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhr1sh4-f44AeuwHTjXoj03j8zFNgqUP8bgnpV-Advxm9PaPBcTxoQcpBh8RGI64ME5ETlS0GuDgyB5TlAAc7BiUHnJM3fY6_m3TgIMV2jrhThtV5lhZ7n7TPi2wDWjeeKUPwiIU3UctqA/s320/96959ae9a334c6b0c87a472725eedbe01250469593_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345346522695490" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3w7MkxXN2911NqmsxxQS4DS12pp-JQ-gyeLv8vEmMhQY7eTWzgmqs5awJ3-bGxYoTm4UnE-azfBlZEV2fmk8dY560N8tm0zWJlWs1-zsZjS1_fb8TF7n0GsZCdKW9F0l-u8BbYhDcGpc/s1600/250px-Seung-ho_Yu-p2.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 250px; height: 314px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3w7MkxXN2911NqmsxxQS4DS12pp-JQ-gyeLv8vEmMhQY7eTWzgmqs5awJ3-bGxYoTm4UnE-azfBlZEV2fmk8dY560N8tm0zWJlWs1-zsZjS1_fb8TF7n0GsZCdKW9F0l-u8BbYhDcGpc/s320/250px-Seung-ho_Yu-p2.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345328372854706" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQM6iHedSFP4SsoOjzJ2vEmSo18rH3r6nu4p5s5-yYkZ4bR-o2LEZXxXDzr54d_9FF4HsWbmwtXg9QUywn8FQsN6miD_Swxxvi6lGaIzhyU6ngNWnM6N9UXW0JKzof2n-Xm-5_dPBjxRc/s1600/21.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 242px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQM6iHedSFP4SsoOjzJ2vEmSo18rH3r6nu4p5s5-yYkZ4bR-o2LEZXxXDzr54d_9FF4HsWbmwtXg9QUywn8FQsN6miD_Swxxvi6lGaIzhyU6ngNWnM6N9UXW0JKzof2n-Xm-5_dPBjxRc/s320/21.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345321658117234" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhLNfyU73YWbLRKdNDrsgN6mRCEHSclAr2NF1PfrGIrkRX_nWOgIegrgV7ABBCXA3AtvklBOH0EWrmyUyhanPjqn6UUEhZ87jq8fWiQ4xNHm60uG8PoaI37PUCQ_683Bc-leN8dCJzHY0c/s1600/7aff637868cb90e5e2d1b20c9df9f00c1243380812_full.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 214px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhLNfyU73YWbLRKdNDrsgN6mRCEHSclAr2NF1PfrGIrkRX_nWOgIegrgV7ABBCXA3AtvklBOH0EWrmyUyhanPjqn6UUEhZ87jq8fWiQ4xNHm60uG8PoaI37PUCQ_683Bc-leN8dCJzHY0c/s320/7aff637868cb90e5e2d1b20c9df9f00c1243380812_full.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568345307895822274" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi3HgZ6l8Oy7a8Q1it_AAA9hb7ulUrsK4WfC9vw-BcUPhndAzo9K79H9cdaTjDTJGVaBn7VecoumDCf6CPFwQ1aw8nE1YAbyKdNDkj6gaZ0gxlmM8RlGsvV4b4oaKtnZ0AGOyrzvKQDfno/s1600/4.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 219px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi3HgZ6l8Oy7a8Q1it_AAA9hb7ulUrsK4WfC9vw-BcUPhndAzo9K79H9cdaTjDTJGVaBn7VecoumDCf6CPFwQ1aw8nE1YAbyKdNDkj6gaZ0gxlmM8RlGsvV4b4oaKtnZ0AGOyrzvKQDfno/s320/4.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568344790281520162" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivJANjjGEdFfX0nXi32hC65HvRwzi4X7-GPnt-4HeUSV9pLvUzBRSl0ohwOAdvITi_EZOo9y0eyhGAPSLDQpJVY7ClDhJwi3SrvKsAXSyKiG5KpcorWo8Fzuy6zbvr0wXUkIpRrG7JiSo/s1600/2czvp0h.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 240px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivJANjjGEdFfX0nXi32hC65HvRwzi4X7-GPnt-4HeUSV9pLvUzBRSl0ohwOAdvITi_EZOo9y0eyhGAPSLDQpJVY7ClDhJwi3SrvKsAXSyKiG5KpcorWo8Fzuy6zbvr0wXUkIpRrG7JiSo/s320/2czvp0h.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568344779707479218" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKMxCSKqr8AMdy0dPLKNwJBFFli5JQYDWD4Uf_lrSHwXew3GFzPUWt2fxOAcLXzcb79Zv_3NuMWv7w9dUptnx7tB1gFGVpF_jPD_MNRJu3elVcglJwkd2ZTPEXhZYk4w6on4BrR_nekJ4/s1600/2a4578676891d322_yooseungho_maruspring2010_6.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 248px; height: 320px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiKMxCSKqr8AMdy0dPLKNwJBFFli5JQYDWD4Uf_lrSHwXew3GFzPUWt2fxOAcLXzcb79Zv_3NuMWv7w9dUptnx7tB1gFGVpF_jPD_MNRJu3elVcglJwkd2ZTPEXhZYk4w6on4BrR_nekJ4/s320/2a4578676891d322_yooseungho_maruspring2010_6.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568344775737411202" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiawHww1daElYyzMNTWdQuWGbvygAEdyWU7y_DTRj52HVFblQIEBQyqbLx1eH4xpmDpVjQCe5k1YXl4cXLlp659naXrg9BPHEpku8aOWrK-fbcjEmeRdJA4pA3AnJMVFQbg_PYTJP2dgKk/s1600/000taraofficial9.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 213px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiawHww1daElYyzMNTWdQuWGbvygAEdyWU7y_DTRj52HVFblQIEBQyqbLx1eH4xpmDpVjQCe5k1YXl4cXLlp659naXrg9BPHEpku8aOWrK-fbcjEmeRdJA4pA3AnJMVFQbg_PYTJP2dgKk/s320/000taraofficial9.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568344773285943746" /></a><br /><a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3RcJqeYPR_YrZzs2JmVEKeJMetrOO3aGNk-mQKuyrd9q7Huwe1bGfgrWHARGAH6YS_HjZSvLzsEYrViu2MX1EEOxsQ-37xsfCVfzaTnsK9IxhL_gHTbxGLIuP481pXlMJC-uOaSTCcFk/s1600/000taraofficial7j.jpg"><img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 229px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj3RcJqeYPR_YrZzs2JmVEKeJMetrOO3aGNk-mQKuyrd9q7Huwe1bGfgrWHARGAH6YS_HjZSvLzsEYrViu2MX1EEOxsQ-37xsfCVfzaTnsK9IxhL_gHTbxGLIuP481pXlMJC-uOaSTCcFk/s320/000taraofficial7j.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5568344767112373010" /></a>korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com3tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-84746473770554798482011-01-07T20:18:00.000+09:002011-01-07T20:20:00.044+09:00English Korean Adjectives Hangul Script <br /> <br />Colors <br />Black comdjung sehk 검정색 <br />Blue pah rahn sehk 파란색 <br />Brown kal sehk 갈색 <br />Gray hweh sehk 회색 <br />Green nok sehk 녹색 <br />Orange choohwang sehk 주황색 <br />Purple pohrah sehk 보라색 <br />Red pahlgahn sehk 빨간색 <br />White hayahn sehk 하얀색 <br />Yellow nohrahn sehk 노란색 <br />Sizes <br />Big koodaa 크다. <br />Deep keehpdaa 깊다. <br />Long kildaa 길다. <br />Narrow chohpdaa 좁다. <br />Short (in height) chahkdaa 작다. <br />Short (in length) chalpdaa 짧다. <br />Small, little chahkdaa 작다. <br />Tall koodaa 크다. <br />Thick gooltaa 굵다. <br />Thin yaltaa 얇다. <br />Wide nultaa 넓다. <br />Shapes <br />Round doonguldaa 둥글다. <br />Straight gohtaa 곧다. <br />Square sahgahkyung 사각형 <br />Triangular sahmgahk 삼각 <br />English Korean Hangul Adjectives <br /> <br />Tastes <br />Bitter suedaa 쓰다. <br />Fresh shinsunhadaa 신선하다. <br />Salty chah daa 짜다. <br />Sour shi daa 시다. <br />Spicy map daa 맵다. <br />Sweet dahl daa 달다. <br />Qualities <br />Bad nahpoodaa 나쁘다. <br />Clean kehkootahdaa 깨끗하다. <br />Dark uhdooptaa 어둡다. <br />Difficult uhryuptaa 어렵다. <br />Dirty duhruptah 더럽다. <br />Dry gundjohadaa 건조하다. <br />Easy shipdaa 쉽다. <br />Empty pidaa 비다. <br />Expensive pisahdaa 비싸다. <br />Fast paroodaa 빠르다. <br />Foreign wehgookui 외국의 <br />Full chadaa 차다. <br />Good chotaa 좋다. <br />Hard (firm) tahn dahn hadaa 단단하다. <br />Heavy mooguptaa 무겁다. <br />Inexpensive sadaa 싸다. <br />Light (illumination) chundeung 전등 <br />Light (weight) kapyuptaa 가볍다. <br />Local chiyuk 지역 <br />New sehrohwoon 새로운 <br />Noisy sihkooruhwoon 시끄러운 <br />Old (about things) ohrehdwehdaa 오래되다. <br />Old (about people) naheegah duldaa 나이가 들다. <br />Powerful kanghadaa 강하다. <br />Quiet choyonghadaa 조용하다. <br />Right / Correct mahtsumnidaa 맞습니다. <br />Slow chuhn chuhn hee 천천히 <br />Soft poohdoorupdaa 부드럽다. <br />Very ahdjoo 아주 <br />Weak yahkadaa 약하다. <br />Wet chuhtaa 젖다. <br />Wrong / Incorrect tuleedaa 틀리다. <br />Young chumtaa 젊다. <br />Quantities <br />Few / Little chokum 조금 <br />Many / Much mahnee 많이 <br />Part pooboon 부분 <br />Some / A few chokumui 조금의 <br />Whole chuncheh 전체korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-64734922476863392672011-01-07T20:15:00.002+09:002011-01-07T20:17:26.811+09:00learn koreanSunday eeryoheel 일요일 <br />Monday wuhryoheel 월요일 <br />Tuesday hwa-yoheel 화요일 <br />Wednesday sue-yoheel 수요일 <br />Thursday mo gyoeel 목요일 <br />Friday gumyoeel 금요일 <br />Saturday toh yoeel 토요일 <br />Yesterday uhdjeh 어제 <br />Today ohnul 오늘 <br />Tomorrow neheel 내일 <br />Day naht 낮 <br />Night paam 밤 <br />Week chooh 주 <br />Month wuhl 월 <br />Year nyuhn 년 <br />Second cho 초 <br />Minute boohn 분 <br />Hour sih 시 <br />Morning ah-chim 아침 <br />Evening chuh-nyuhk 저녁 <br />Above / Over wee / wee 위 / 위 <br />After / Past who / chi-nahn 후 / 지난 <br />Back / Behind dwee / dwee 뒤 / 뒤 <br />Before / In front of / Forward chuhn / ____ ui ahp / ahp 전 / __의 앞 / 앞 <br />Between sahee 사이 <br />Coordinates jwa pyo 좌표 <br />Degrees doh 도 <br />Down ah-reh 아래 <br />East tong 동 <br />Far muhli 멀리 <br />Longitude kyung-doh 경도 <br />Left when-chok 왼쪽 <br />Latitude wee-doh 위도 <br />My position is ___. cheh weechinun _______ imneedaa 제 위치는 ____ 입니다. <br />Near gaa kahp geh 가깝게 <br />North book 북 <br />Northeast book dong chok 북동쪽 <br />Northwest book suh chok 북서쪽 <br />Right ohroon chok 오른쪽 <br />South nahm 남 <br />Southeast nahm dong chok 남동쪽 <br />Southwest nahm suh chok 남서쪽 <br />Straight ahead. ahpooroh chikdjin 앞으로 직진. <br />Under ah reh 아래 <br />Up wee 위 <br />West suh 서korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-10069050548488189112011-01-07T19:55:00.000+09:002011-01-07T19:56:03.671+09:00How to Introduce Yourself <br /> <br />Do you speak (English/ Korean)? Yŏng-ŏ/han-gu-gŏ hal jul a-se-yo? 영어/한국어 할 줄 아세요?<br />Just a little. Cho-gŭ-myo. 조금요.<br />What's your name? I-rŭ-mi ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 이름이 어떻게 되세요?<br />My name is ... Chŏ-nŭn_____i-e-yo. 저는 ____이에요.<br />Mr.../ Mrs.…/ Miss… Sŏn-saeng-nim/sa-mo-nim. *3 선생님/ 사모님 (Mrs.)<br />Nice to meet you! Man-na-sŏ ban-gap-ssŭm-ni-da! 만나서 반갑습니다!<br />You're very kind! Nŏ-mu ch'in-jŏ-ra-shi-ne-yo! 너무 친절하시네요!<br />Where are you from? Ŏ-di-sŏ o-shiŏ-ssŏ-yo? 어디서 오셨어요?<br />I'm from (the U.S/ Korea) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-guk/han-guk)-e-sŏ wa-ssŏ-yo.<br />저는 (미국/한국) 에서 왔어요.<br />I'm (American) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-gu-gin)-i-e-yo. 저는 (미국인)이에요.<br />Where do you live? Ŏ-di sa-se-yo? 어디 사세요?<br />I live in (the U.S/ Korea) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-guk/han-guk)-e-sŏ sa-ra-yo.<br />저는 (미국/한국)에서 살아요.<br />Did you like it here? Yŏ-gi-ga cho-ŭ-se-yo? 여기가 좋으세요?<br />Korea is a wonderful country Han-gu-gŭn dae-dan-han na-ra-im-ni-da.<br />한국은 대단한 나라입니다.<br />What do you do for a living? Chik-tchang-ŭn ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 직장은 어떻게 되세요?<br />I work as a (translator/ businessman) Chik-tchang-ŭn (pŏ-nyŏk-tcha/sa-ŏp-kka)-im-ni-da.<br />직장은 (번역자/사업가)입니다.<br />I like Korean Chŏ-nŭn han-gu-gŏ-ga cho-a-yo. 저는 한국어가 좋아요. <br />I've been learning Korean for 1 month Han-gu-gŏ gong-bu shi-ja-k'an ji han da-ri dwoe-ŏ-ssŏ-yo.<br />한국어 공부 시작한 지 한 달이 되었어요.<br />Oh! That's good! U-wa! Cho-ŭ-ne-yo! 우와! 좋으네요!<br />How old are you? Na-i-ga ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 나이가 어떻게 되세요?<br />I'm (twenty, thirty...) years old. Chŏ-nŭn (sŭ-mu/sŏ-rŭn)-sa-ri-e-yo. 저는 (스무/서른)살이에요.<br />I have to go Ka-bwa-ya dwoe-yo. 가봐야 돼요.<br />I will be right back! Kŭm-bang ga-tta ol-kke-yo. 금방 갔다 올께요.<br />Wish Someone Something <br />Good luck! Hang-u-nŭl bim-ni-da! 행운을 빕니다!<br />Happy birthday! Sang-il ch'u-k'a-ham-ni-da! 생일 축하합니다!<br />Happy new year! Sae-hae-bok ma-ni pa-dŭ-se-yo! 새해복 많이 받으세요!<br />Merry Christmas! Me-ri k'ŭ-ri-sŭ-ma-sŭ! 메리 크리스마스!<br /> <br /> <br />Congratulations! Ch'u-k'a-dŭ-rim-ni-da! 축하드립니다!<br />Enjoy! (for meals...) Ma-ni dŭ-se-yo! 많이 드세요!<br />I'd like to visit Korea one day Ŏn-jen-ga-nŭn han-gu-ge ka-go shi-p'ŏ-yo.<br />언젠가는 한국에 가고 싶어요.<br />Say hi to John for me Cha-nan-t'e an-bu-rŭl chŏ-nae-ju-se-yo.<br />잔한테 안부를 전해주세요.<br />Bless you (when sneezing) (No reaction, as if nothing happened) -<br />Good night and sweet dreams! Dwae-ji-kkum kku-se-yo! 돼지꿈 꾸세요!<br />Solving a Misunderstanding <br />I'm Sorry! (if you don't hear something) Mwŏ-ra-go-yo? 뭐라고요?<br />Sorry (for a mistake) Choe-song-ham-ni-da. 죄송합니다.<br />No Problem! A-ni-e-yo. 아니에요.<br />Can You Say It Again? Ta-shi han-bŏn mal-ssŭ-mae-ju-shi-ge-ssŏ-yo?<br />다시 한번 말씀해주시겠어요?<br />Can You Speak Slowly? Ch'ŏn-ch'ŏ-ni mal-ssŭ-mae ju-shi-ge-ssŏ-yo?<br />천천히 말씀해 주시겠어요?<br />Write It Down Please! Chŏ-gŏ ju-se-yo! 적어 주세요!<br />I Don't Understand! Mo-na-ra-dŭt-kke-ssŏ-yo. 못 알아 듣겠어요.<br />I Don't Know! Mo-rŭ-ge-ssŏ-yo. 모르겠어요.<br />I Have No Idea. Chŏ-nyŏ mo-rŭ-ge-ssŏ-yo. 전혀 모르겠어요.<br />What's That Called In Korean? Kŭ-gŏt han-gung-mal-lo mwŏ-ra-go hae-yo?<br />그것 한국말로 뭐라고 해요?<br />What Does "gato" Mean In English? Da-nŭn yŏng-ŏ-ro mu-sŭn ttŭ-shi-e-yo?<br />”단”은 영어로 무슨 뜻이에요?<br />How Do You Say "Please" In Korean? “Please”rŭl han-gung-mal-lo ŏ-ttŏ-k'e ma-rae-yo?<br />“Please”를 한국말로 어떻게 말해요?<br />What Is This? I-ge mwŏ-ye-yo? 이게 뭐예요? <br />My Korean is bad. Chŏ-nŭn han-gung-mal chal-mo-t'ae-yo. 저는 한국말 잘못 해요.<br />I need to practice my Korean Han-gung-mal yŏn-sŭ-p'ae-ya dwoe-yo. 한국말 연습해야 돼요.<br />Don't worry! Kŏk-tchŏng ma-se-yo! 걱정 마세요!<br />Korean Expressions and Words <br />Good/ Bad/ So-So. Cho-a-yo./An-jo-a-yo./Kŭ-jŏ kŭ-rae-yo.<br />좋아요./안 좋아요./ 그저 그래요.<br />Big/ Small K'ŭn/Cha-gŭn *4 큰/작은<br />Today/ Now O-nŭl/Chi-gŭm 오늘/지금 <br />Tomorrow/ Yesterday Nae-il/Ŏ-je 내일/어제<br />Yes/ No Ne/A-ni-yo. 네/아니요.<br />Here you go! (when giving something) Yŏ-gi-yo! 여기요!<br />Do you like it? Kwaen-ch'a-na-yo? 괜찮아요? <br />I really like it! Nŏ-mu cho-a-yo! 너무 좋아요!<br />I'm hungry/ thirsty. Pae-go-p'a-yo./Mong-mal-la-yo. 배고파요. / 목말라요.<br />In The Morning/ Evening/ At Night. A-ch'i-me/Chŏ-nyŏ-ge/Pa-me 아침에/저녁에/밤에 <br />This/ That. Here/There I-gŏt/Kŭ-gŏt. Yŏ-gi/Kŏ-gi. *5 이것/그것. 여기/거기 <br />Me/ You. Him/ Her. Chŏ/... Kŭ-bun/Kŭ-bun 저/title 그분/ 그분 <br />Really! Chŏng-mal-lyo? 정말요?<br />Look! Po-se-yo! 보세요!<br />Hurry up! Sŏ-du-rŭ-se-yo! 서두르세요!<br />What? Where? Mwŏ-yo? Ŏ-di-yo? 뭐요? 어디요?<br />What time is it? Myŏ-sshi-ye-yo? 몇시예요?<br />It's 10 o'clock. 07:30pm. Yŏl-sshi-ye-yo. Il-gop-sshi ba-ni-e-yo. 열시예요. 일곱시 반이에요.<br />Give me this! I-gŏt ju-se-yo! 이것 주세요! .<br />I love you! Sa-rang-hae-yo! 사랑해요!<br />I feel sick. A-p'a-yo. 아파요.<br />I need a doctor Ŭi-sa-ga p'i-ryo-hae-yo. 의사가 필요해요.<br />One, Two, Three Il, i, sam / ha-na, tul, set *6 일, 이, 삼 / or / 하나, 둘, 셋 <br />Four, Five, Six Sa, o, ryuk / net, ta-sŏt, yŏ-sŏt 사, 오, 륙/ or/ 넷, 다섯, 여섯<br />Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten Ch'il, p'al, ku, ship / il-gop, yŏ-dŏl, a-hop, yŏl<br />칠, 팔, 구, 십/ or/ 일곱korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-27280168549956849172010-09-11T06:45:00.002+09:002010-09-11T06:47:32.770+09:00learn korean -verbsVerbs - Polite [Present, Past] <br />Verbs - Polite Form <br />While the informal form in (Verbs - Present, Past) is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The polite form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br />There are two ways of expressing negatives and "안~" form which is more convenient to use is more common than the other. <br />● Just add 요 at the end of a sentence.<br />Polite Spoken Form Present Past<br />Positive 먹어요 먹었어요<br />Negative 먹지 않아요<br />안 먹어요 먹지 않았어요<br />안 먹었어요<br />• 가다 → 가요 (go)<br />• 서다 → 서요 (stand)<br />• 사다 → 사요 (buy)<br />• 자라다 → 자라요 (grow) <br />• 하다 → 해요 (do)<br />• 원하다→ 원해요 (want)<br />• 구하다 → 구해요 (save) <br />• 앉다 → 앉아요 (sit)<br />• 먹다 → 먹어요 (eat) <br />Below is a table showing the polite written form. It is factual and declarative and so it is usually used in formal speeches, presentations and conferences. The news anchors and reporters also use this form while the newspaper articles use the informal form. Many fairy tales and children's stories use this form, too. <br />Polite Written Form Present Past<br />Positive 먹습니다 먹었습니다<br />Negative 먹지 않습니다<br />안 먹습니다 먹지 않았습니다<br />안 먹었습니다<br /><br />● Rules<br />I. Plain Form → Polite Written Form (Present)<br />First Take 다 off a plain verb, then:<br />1. For verbs without a final consonant, add ㅂ 니다.<br />• 사다 → 삽니다 = buy<br />• 가다 → 갑니다 = go<br />• 자라다 → 자랍니다 = grow<br />• 하다 → 합니다 = do<br />• 던지다 → 던집니다 = throw <br />• 쓰다 → 씁니다 = write<br />• 빌리다 → 빌립니다 = borrow<br />2. For verbs with a final consonant, just add 습니다. <br />• 먹다 → 먹습니다 = eat <br />• 죽다 → 죽습니다 = die<br />• 듣다 → 듣습니다 = listen<br />• 읽다 → 읽습니다 = read<br />3. For verbs with ㄹ as a final consonant, change ㄹ to ㅂ and add 니다.<br />• 날다 → 납니다 = fly<br />• 놀다 → 놉니다 = play<br />• 밀다 → 밉니다 = push<br />II. Past Tense → Polite Written Form (Past)<br />● Take 다 off the past tense of a verb and add 습니다<br />• 갔다 → 갔습니다 = went<br />• 왔다 → 왔습니다 = came<br />• 먹었다 → 먹었습니다 = ate<br />• 달렸다 → 달렸습니다 = ran<br />• 썼다 → 썼습니다 = wrote<br />• 읽었다 → 읽었습니다 = read<br />• 봤다 → 봤습니다 = watched <br />Verbs - Descriptive Form II <br />Verbs - Descriptive Form II<br />The descriptive form II of verbs takes the meaning of "~ed." (ie. past tense) or is used as a past tense clause involving "who, which, that etc.".<br />Written Form Plain Descriptive II<br />Positive 달리다 달린<br />Negative 달리지 않다 달리지 않은<br /> <br />The Table of Common Verbs and Their Descriptive Forms II<br />Written Form Plain Descriptive II<br />Run 달리다 달린<br />Eat 먹다 먹은<br />Go 가 다 간<br />Stand 서다 선<br />Come 오다 온<br />Sit 앉다 앉은<br />Buy 사다 산<br />Sell 팔다 판<br />Grow 자라다 자란<br />Throw 던지다 던진<br />Borrow 빌리다 빌린<br />Lend 빌려주다 빌려준<br />Play 놀다 논<br />Write 쓰다 쓴<br />Read 읽다 읽은<br />Listen to 듣다 들은<br />Live 살다 산<br />Die 죽다 죽은<br /> <br />Verbs can be used in front of nouns to describe them, and form a past tense clause involving "who, which, that" of English. For example, the descriptive form II of 떠나다 is 떠난 and 떠난 기차 means a "train which left". Literally, 떠난 means "left" therefore 떠난 기차 = a left train<br /><br />● Rules <br /><br />First, take 다 off a verb and then, <br /><br />1. For verbs with a final consonant, add 은<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 먹다 → 먹은 = ate<br />• 사과 먹은 난쟁이 → a dwarf who ate an apple<br />• 죽다 → 죽은 = died/dead <br />• 죽은 병사 → a dead soldier (= a soldier who died) <br />• 믿다 → 믿지 않은 = disbelieved<br />• 믿지 않은 토마스 → Thomas who disbelieved <br />• 읽다 → 읽은 = read (past tense)<br />• 읽은 기사 → an article that I read <br /><br />2. For verbs without a final consonant and verbs with ㄹ as a final consonant, replace it with ㄴ as a final consonant.<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 빌리다 → 빌린 = borrowed <br />• 빌린 책 → a book which I borrowed (Lit. a borrowed book)<br />• 쓰다 →쓴 = wrote<br />• 성루까가 쓴 복음 = the gospel which St. Luke wrote<br />• 멈추다 → 멈춘 = stopped<br />• 버스가 멈춘 곳 = a place where the bus stopped<br /><br />Sentences: Negatives <br />• 기다리다 → 기다리지 않은 = didn't wait<br />• 주님을 기다리지 않은 하인 → a servant who didn't wait for the Lord<br />• 먹다 → 먹지않은 = didn't eat<br />• 음식을 먹지 않은 개 = a dog who didn't eat food<br />• 포기하다 → 포기하지 않은 = didn't give up<br />• 끝까지 포기하지 않은 욥 = Job who didn't give up till the end<br /><br />Posted by Luke at 8/31/2008 12:58:00 PM 3 comments Links to this post <br />Labels: Grammar, Verb <br />30 August 2008<br />Verbs - Contiunous <br />Verbs - Contiunous [~고 있다]<br /><br />There are two ways of expressing negatives and "안~" form which is more convenient to use is more common than the other. <br />Written Form Plain Form Present Continuous<br />Positive 먹다 먹고 있다<br />Negative 먹지 않다<br />안 먹다 먹지 않고 있다<br />안 먹고 있다<br /> <br />Written Form Past Past Continuous<br />Positive 먹었다 먹고 있었다<br />Negative 먹지 않았다<br />안 먹었다 먹지 않고 있었다<br />안 먹고 있었다<br /><br />Rules<br /><br />Take 다 off and add 고 있다 for the positive form and 지 않고 있다 for the negative form.<br /><br />Note: Replace 다 with 어/아 to change a written form to its spoken form.<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 쓰다 → 쓰고 있다 = is writing<br />• 피터는 책을 쓰고 있다 = Peter is writing a book.<br />• 듣다 → 듣고 있다 = is listening<br />• 폴은 설교를 듣고 있다 = Paul is listening to a sermon <br />• 나는 점심을 먹고 있어 = I am eating lunch<br />• 줄리아는 안 달리고 있어 = Julia is not running<br />• 아기는 자지 않고 있었다 = The baby was not sleeping<br />• 영근 근위병은 버킹엄 궁전앞에서 계속 서고 있었다 = The English guardsman was standing continuously in front of the Buckingham Palace.<br />Spoken Form <br />Spoken Form Present Continuous Past Continuous<br />Positive 먹고 있어 먹고 있었어<br />Negative 먹지 않고 있어<br />안 먹고 있어 먹 지 않고 있었어<br />안 먹고 있었어<br /><br /><br /><br />Formal Form <br /><br />While the spoken form above is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The formal form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br /><br />● Just add 요 at the end of a sentence.<br />Formal Spoken Form Present Continuous Past Continuous<br />Positive 먹고 있어요 먹고 있었어요<br />Negative 먹지 않고 있어요<br />안 먹고 있어요 먹 지 않고 있었어요<br />안 먹고 있었어요 <br /><br /><br />● Formal Spoken Form → Formal Written Form<br />Rule: 어요 changes to 습니다 <br />Formal Written Form Present Continuous Past Continuous<br />Positive 먹고 있습니다 먹고 있었습니다<br />Negative 먹지 않고 있습니다<br />안 먹고 있습니다 먹 지 않고 있었습니다<br />안 먹고 있었습니다<br /><br />Verbs - Descriptive Form I <br />Verbs - Descriptive Form I<br /><br />The descriptive form I of verbs takes the meaning of "~ing." (ie. Continuous), or is used as a present tense clause involving "which, that, who etc.".<br /><br />Written Form Plain Descriptive I<br />Positive 달리다 달리는<br />Negative 달리지 않다 달리지 않는<br /><br />The Table of Common Verbs and Their Descriptive Forms I<br />Written Form Plain Descriptive I<br />Run 달리다 달리는<br />Eat 먹다 먹는<br />Go 가 다 가는<br />Stand 서다 서는<br />Come 오다 오는<br />Sit 앉다 앉는<br />Buy 사다 사는<br />Sell 팔다 파는<br />Grow 자라다 자라는<br />Throw 던지다 던지는<br />Borrow 빌리다 빌리는<br />Lend 빌려주다 빌려주는<br />Play 놀다 노는<br />Write 쓰다 쓰는<br />Read 읽다 읽는<br />Listen to 듣다 듣는<br />Live 살다 사는<br />Die 죽다 죽는<br /><br /><br />These descriptive forms I are used in front of nouns to describe them, and form a present tense clause involving "who, which, that" of English. For example, the descriptive form I of 가다 is 가는 and 가는 기차 means a "train which goes". Literally, 가는 means "going" therefore 가는 기차 = a going train.<br /><br />● Rules <br /><br />First, take 다 off a verb and then, <br /><br />1. add 는<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 먹다 → 먹는 = eating<br />• 사과 먹는 난쟁이 → a dwarf who eats an apple (= Lit. an apple-eating dwarf)<br />• 잠자다 → 잠자는 = sleeping<br />• 잠자는 공주 → a princess who sleeps (= Lit. A sleeping princess)<br />• 죽다 → 죽는 = dying<br />• 죽는 병사 → a soldier who is dying (= Lit. a dying soldier)<br />• 믿다 → 믿지 않는 = not believing/unbelieving<br />• 믿지 않는 토마스 → Thomas who does not believe (= Lit. unbelieving Thomas)<br />2. Take ㄹ off a verb with a final consonant, ㄹ and add 는.<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 팔다 → 파는 = selling<br />• 골동품 파는 가게 → A shop which sells antiques (= Lit. An antique-selling shop)<br />• 살다 → 사는<br />• 사는 곳 → A place where I'm living (= Lit. A living place)<br /><br />More examples<br />• 사막에서 자라는 선인장 = A cactus which grows in the desert (= Lit. A desert-growing cactus)<br />• 내가 읽는 책은 다 유익하다. = All the books that I read are informative. <br />Posted by Luke at 8/30/2008 11:12:00 PM 0 comments Links to this post <br />Labels: Grammar, Verb <br />Verbs - Future [Will] <br />Verbs - Will [~거다]<br /><br />Study the rules and the table below. It should be easy to follow.<br />There are two ways of expressing negatives and "안~" form which is more convenient to use is more common than the other.<br /><br /> will do won't do<br />Written Form 할 거다 하지 않을 거다<br />안 할 거다<br />Spoken Form 할 거야 하지 않을 거야<br />안 할 거야<br /><br />Note: The bold letters are the more commonly used form of the two alternatives in each box.<br /><br />Rules: Will<br /><br /><br />1. Take 다 off a verb without a final consonant and attach ㄹ 거다 to it.<br />eg. <br />• 하다 → 할 거다 (will do)<br />• 가다 → 갈 거다 (will go)<br />• 자다 → 잘 거다 (will sleep) <br />2. Take 다 off a verb with a final consonant and attach 을 거다 to it.<br />eg.<br />• 먹다 → 먹을 거다 (will eat)<br />• 입다 → 입을 거다 (will wear)<br />• 앉다 → 앉을 거다 (will sit) <br /><br />Rules: Won't <br /><br />Take 다 off a verb and attach 지 않을 거다 to it.<br />eg. <br />• 하다 → 하지 않을 거다 (won't do)<br />• 가다 → 가지 않을 거다 (won't go)<br />• 자다 → 자지 않을 거다 (won't sleep) <br />• 먹다 → 먹지 않을 거다 (won't eat)<br />• 입다 → 입지 않을 거다 (won't wear)<br />• 앉다 → 앉지 않을 거다 (won't sit)<br /><br />Example Sentences<br />• 집에 갈 거야? = Will you go home?<br />• 존은 박물관에 들어갈 거야 = John will enter the museum<br />• 난 방에서 기타 칠 거야 = I will play the guitar in my room<br />• 사라는 수영 할 거야 = Sarah will swim<br />• 다윗은 골리앗 이길 거야 = David will beat Goliath<br />집 = home<br />존 = John<br />들어가다 = enter<br />기타 = guitar<br />치다 = play (the instrument)<br />사라 = Sarah<br />수영 = swim<br />다윗 = David<br />골리앗 = Goliath<br /><br />Question Form<br /><br />Raise the tone of your voice at the last syllable to turn it into a question form.<br />• 올림픽 볼 거야? (Will you watch Olympics?)<br />• 축구 할 거야? (Will you do(play) soccer?)<br />• 씻을 거야? (Will you wash?/Will you take a shower?/Will you take a bath?)<br />• 벌써 잘 거야? (Will you sleep already?) <br />• 학교 안 갈 거야? (Won't you go to school?)<br />• 점심 안 먹을 거야? (Won't you have lunch?)<br />• 이 책 안 읽을 거야? (Won't you read this book?)<br /><br /><br />Polite Form <br /><br />While the spoken form above is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The polite form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br />I. Informal (Spoken) → Polite (Spoken)<br /><br />Rule: 야 → 예요<br />eg.<br />• 할 거야 → 할 거예요 = I will do <br />• 먹을 거야 → 먹을 거예요 = I will eat<br />• 달리지 않을 거야 → 달리지 않을 거예요 = I won't run<br /><br />Polite Spoken Form Will do Won't do<br /> 할 거예요 하지 않을 거예요<br />안 할 거예요<br />• 집에 갈 거예요? = Will you go home?<br />• 존은 박물관에 들어갈 거예요 = John will enter the museum<br />• 나는 방에서 기타 칠 거예요 = I will play the guitar in my room<br />• 사라는 수영 할 거예요 = Sarah will swim<br />• 다윗은 골리앗 이길 거예요 = David will beat Goliath<br />• 올림픽 볼 거예요? (Will you watch Olympics?)<br />• 축구 할 거예요? (Will you do(play) soccer?)<br />• 씻을 거예요? (Will you wash?/Will you take a shower?/Will you take a bath?)<br />• 벌써 잘 거예요? (Will you sleep already?) <br />• 학교 안 갈 거예요? (Won't you go to school?)<br />• 점심 안 먹을 거예요? (Won't you have lunch?)<br />• 이 책 안 읽을 거예요? (Won't you read this book?)<br /><br />II. Informal (Written) → Polite (Written)<br /><br />Rule: 거다 → 겁니다<br />eg.<br />• 할 거다 → 할 겁니다 = I will do<br />• 먹을 거다 → 먹을 겁니다 = I will eat<br />• 달리지 않을 거다 → 달리지 않을 겁니다 = I won't run <br /><br /> Will do Won't do<br />Polite Written Form 할 겁니다 하지 않을 겁니다<br />안 할 겁니다<br />Verbs - Can <br />Verbs - Can [~수 있다]<br />Informal Can do Could do<br />Written 할 수 있다 할 수 있었다<br />Spoken 할 수 있어 할 수 있었어<br /><br />Informal Can't do Couldn't do<br />Written 할 수 없다 할 수 없었다<br />Spoken 할 수 없어<br />못 해 할 수 없었어<br />못 했어<br /><br />Note: In spoken Korean, 못 해 and 못 했어 are more commonly used than 할 수 없어 and 할 수 없었어. <br /><br />Rules <br /><br />1. Take 다 off a plain form of verbs without a final consonant and attach ㄹ 수 있다. For verbs which have ㄹ as a final consonant, attach 수 있다.<br /><br />Eg. <br />• 하다 → 할 수 있다 (can do)<br />• 가다 → 갈 수 있다 (can go)<br />• 보다 → 볼 수 있다 (can see)<br />• 마시다 → 마실 수 있다 (can drink)<br />• 달리다 → 달릴 수 있다 (can run)<br />• 자다 → 잘 수 있다 (can sleep) <br />• 놀다 → 놀 수 있다 (can play/muck around)<br />• 살다 → 살 수 있다 (can live)<br />• 날다 → 날 수 있다 (can fly)<br />2.Take 다 off a verb with a final consonant and add 을 수 있다. <br /><br />Eg.<br />• 먹다 → 먹을 수 있다 (can eat)<br />• 입다 → 입을 수 있다 (can wear)<br />• 앉다 → 앉을 수 있다 (can sit) <br />• 잡다 → 잡을 수 있다 (can catch) <br />Exceptions<br />• 듣다 → 들을 수 있다 (can hear)<br />• 걷다 → 걸을 수 있다 (can walk) <br />3. Insert 못 in front of the spoken form of positive informal verbs to express "can't do" and "couldn't do."<br /><br />Eg.<br />• 해 → 못 해 (can't do)<br />• 와 → 못 와 (can't come)<br />• 봐 → 못 봐 (can't see)<br />• 가 → 못 가 (can't go)<br />• 들어 → 못 들어 (can't hear)<br />• 먹어 → 못 먹어 (can't eat)<br />• 갔어 → 못 갔어 (couldn't go)<br />• 들었어 → 못 들었어 (couldn't hear)<br />• 먹었어 → 못 먹었어 (couldn't eat)<br /><br />Example Sentences<br />• 치타는 빨리 달릴 수 있다 = A cheetah can run fast.<br />• 종달새는 하늘을 날 수 있다 = A lark can fly in the sky.<br />• 솔로몬은 어려운 수수께끼를 풀 수 있다 = Solomon can solve a difficult riddle. <br />• 애완동물은 박물관에 들어갈 수 없다. = A pet cannot enter the museum.<br />• 기타 칠 수 있어 = I can play the guitar.<br />• 나는 해물은 못 먹어 = I can't eat seafood. <br />• 아파서 학교에 못 갔어 = Because I was sick, I couldn't go to school.<br />치타 = cheetah<br />빨리 = fast, quickly<br />날다 = fly<br />종달새 = lark<br />존 = John<br />박물관 = museum<br />들어가다 = enter<br />기타 = guitar<br />치다 = play (the instrument)<br />사라 = Sarah<br />수영 = swim<br />솔로몬 = Solomon<br />어려운 = difficult<br />수수께끼 = riddle<br />풀다 = solve<br />아프다 = sick <br />해물 = seafood <br /><br />Formal Form <br />Formal Can do Could do<br />Written 할 수 있습니다 할 수 있었습니다<br />Spoken 할 수 있어요 할 수 있었어요<br /> <br />Formal Can't do Couldn't do<br />Written 할 수 없습니다 할 수 없었습니다<br />Spoken 할 수 없어요<br />못 해요 할 수 없었어요<br />못 했어요<br /><br />Note: <br /><br />The informal spoken form is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The formal form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br /><br />못 해요 and 못 했어요 are more commonly used than 할 수 없어요 and 할 수 없었어요. <br /><br />Rules<br /><br />1. Informal (Written) → Formal (Written) <br />- Replace 다 with 습니다.<br /><br />2. Informal (Spoken) → Formal (Spoken) <br />- Attach 요 at the end of a sentence.<br /><br /><br />Example Sentences<br />• 치타는 빨리 달릴 수 있습니다 = A cheetah can run fast.<br />• 종달새는 하늘을 날 수 있습니다 = A lark can fly in the sky.<br />• 솔로몬은 어려운 수수께끼를 풀 수 있습니다 = Solomon can solve a difficult riddle. <br />• 애완동물은 박물관에 들어갈 수 없습니다. = A pet cannot enter the museum.<br />• 기타 칠 수 있어요 = I can play the guitar.<br />• 나는 해물은 못 먹어요 = I can't eat seafood. <br />• 아파서 학교에 못 갔어요 = Because I was sick, I couldn't go to school.<br />Verbs - Have <br />Verbs - Have (있다) / Don't have (없다)<br /><br />There are two ways of expressing negatives and "안~" form which is more convenient to use is more common than the other. <br /><br /><br />Written Form Have Don't have<br /> 있다 없다<br /> 가지고 있다 가지고 있지 않다<br />안 가지고 있다<br /><br />Spoken Form Have Don't have<br /> 있어 없어<br /> 가지고 있어 가지고 있지 않아<br />안 가지고 있어<br /><br />Have (있다)<br /><br />Expressing that you have/own something is easy to do. You use a verb, 있다. 있다 essentially means "there is." Although there is a word for "have" which is "가지고 있다". It is not commonly used in spoken Korean because it is just too long to say so we use instead "있다".<br />• written form → 있다<br />• spoken form → 있어<br />Sentences<br /><br />Written Form<br />• 책이 있다 = I have a book (Lit. There is a book)<br />• 핸드폰이 있다 = I have a mobile phone<br />• 시계가 있다 = I have a watch<br />• 책을 가지고 있다 = I have a book<br />• 핸드폰을 가지고 있다 = I have a mobile phone<br />Spoken Form<br />• 책(을) 가지고 있어<br />• 핸드폰(을) 가지고 있어<br />• 책(이) 있어<br />• 핸드폰(이) 있어<br />• 시계(가) 있어<br />Note: 1. Use 이/가 with "있다" and 을/를 with "가지고 있다".<br /> 2. The object particles are normally unspoken.<br /><br />When you have a brother or sister, you CANNOT use "가지고 있다" because it implies the ownership. You don't own a brother or sister but simply there is a brother or sister in your family. So you must use 있다.<br /><br />For example,<br />Written Form<br />• 남동생이 있다 (I have a younger brother)<br />• 여동생이 있다(I have a younger sister)<br />Spoken Form<br />• 남동생(이) 있어 (I have a younger brother)<br />• 형(이) 있어 (I have an older brother)<br />• 누나(가) 있어 (I have an older sister)<br />Don't have (없다)<br /><br />없다 means "don't have" or literally "there isn't." The negative form of 가지고 있다 is 가지고 있지 않다 or more commonly 안 가지고 있다.<br /><br />For example,<br />Written Form<br />• 있다 → 없다<br />• have → don't have (Lit. there isn't)<br />• 가지고 있다 → 가지고 있지 않다<br />• have → don't have<br />Spoken Form<br />• 있어 → 없어<br />• have → don't have (Lit. there isn't)<br />• 가지고 있어 → 가지고 있지 않아<br />• have → don't have<br />Sentences<br /><br />Written Form<br />• 책이 없다(I don't have a book)<br />• 핸드폰이 없다 (I don't have a mobile phone)<br />• 시계가 없다 (I don't have a watch)<br />• 책을 가지고 있지 않다 (I don't have/own a book)<br />• 핸드폰을 가지고 있지 않다 (I don't have/own a mobile phone)<br /><br />Spoken Form<br />• 책(이) 없어<br />• 핸드폰(이) 없어<br />• 시계(가) 없어<br />• 책(을) 가지고 있지 않아<br />• 핸드폰(을) 가지고 있지 않아 <br /><br />Question Form<br /><br />In spoken Korean, you'd simply change your intonation by raising the tone at the last letter. To practice this, you'd need to watch Korean dramas or other TV programmes. Listen carefully to actors' intonation when they're asking or questioning.<br />• 남동생(이) 있어? (Do you have a younger brother?)<br />• 형(이) 있어? (Do you have an older brother?)<br />• 누나(가) 있어? (Do you have an older sister?)<br />• 책(이) 없어? (Don't you have a book?)<br />• 핸드폰(이) 없어? (Don't you have a mobile phone?)<br />• 시계(가) 없어? (Don't you have a watch?)<br /><br />Formal Form <br /><br />While the spoken form above is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The formal form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br /><br />I. Informal (Spoken) → Formal (Spoken)<br /><br />● Just add 요 at the end of a sentence.<br /> <br />Formal Spoken Form Have Don't have<br /> 있어요 없어요<br /> 가지고 있어요 가지고 있지 않아요<br />안 가지고 있어요<br />• 남동생 있어요? (Do you have a younger brother?)<br />• 형 있어요? (Do you have an older brother?)<br />• 누나 있어요? (Do you have an older sister?)<br />• 책 없어요? (Don't you have a book?)<br />• 핸드폰 없어요? (Don't you have a mobile phone?)<br />• 시계 없어요? (Don't you have a watch?)<br /><br />II. Informal (Written) → Formal (Written)<br /><br />● 다 → 습니다<br /><br />Formal Written Form Have Don't have<br /> 있습니다 없습니다<br /> 가지고 있습니다 가지고 있지 않습니다<br />안 가지고 있습니다<br />Verbs - Want <br />Verbs - Want [~고 싶다] <br />Informal Written Form Present Past<br />Positive 하고 싶다 하고 싶었다<br />Negative 하고 싶지 않다<br />하기 싫다 하고 싶지 않았다<br />하기 싫었다<br /><br />Informal Spoken Form Present Past<br />Positive 하고 싶어 하고 싶었어<br />Negative 하고 싶지 않아<br />하기 싫어 하고 싶지 않았어<br />하기 싫었어<br /><br />Note: 하고 싶지 않다 and 하기 싫다 both mean "I don't want to do." However, In written Korean, 하고 싶지 않다 is more commonly used whereas in spoken Korean, 하기 싫어 is more commonly used. 하기 싫어 literally means "I hate to do."<br /><br />The bold letters indicate which one is more commonly used.<br /><br />Rule<br /><br />Take 다 off a plain form of verbs and attach 고 싶다/고 싶었다/기 싫다/기 싫었다/고 싶어/고 싶었어 etc.<br /><br />Examples (Written Form)<br />• 하다 → 하고 싶다 = I want to do.<br />• 먹다 → 먹고 싶다 = I want to eat.<br />• 날다 → 날고 싶었다 = I wanted to fly.<br />• 놀다 → 놀고 싶지 않았다 = I did't want to play. <br />• 마시다 → 마시고 싶지 않았다 = I didn't want to drink. <br />• 바나나가 먹고 싶지 않았다 = I didn't want to eat a banana.<br />• 하늘에서 날고 싶지 않았다 = I didn't want to fly in the sky.<br />Examples (Spoken Form) <br />• 하다 → 하고 싶어 = I want to do.<br />• 먹다 → 먹고 싶어 = I want to eat.<br />• 날다 → 날고 싶었어 = I wanted to fly.<br />• 놀다 → 놀기 싫어 = I don't want to play.<br />• 마시다 → 마시기 싫었어 = I didn't want to drink.<br />• 바나나 먹기 싫어 = I don't want to eat a banana.<br />• 하늘 날기 싫었어 = I didn't want to fly in the sky.<br />Questions (Spoken Form)<br />• 자고 싶어? = Do you want to sleep? <br />• 어. 자고 싶어. = Yes, I want to sleep. <br />• 뭐 먹고 싶어? = What do you want to eat? <br />• 라면 먹고 싶어. = I want to eat noodles. <br />• 어디 가고 싶어? = Where do you want to go? <br />• 공원에 가고 싶어. = I want to go to a park.<br />Formal Form <br />Formal <br />Written Form Present Past<br />Positive 하고 싶습니다 하고 싶었습니다<br />Negative 하고 싶지 않습니다<br />하기 싫습니다 하고 싶지 않았습니다<br />하기 싫었습니다<br /> <br />Formal <br />Spoken Form Present Past<br />Positive 하고 싶어요 하고 싶었어요<br />Negative 하고 싶지 않아요<br />하기 싫어요 하고 싶지 않았어요<br />하기 싫었어요<br /><br />Note: The informal spoken form is used between close friends or when older people are talking to younger people in informal situations. The formal form is used commonly between adults, by people in formal situations or when younger people are speaking to older people.<br /><br />Rules<br />For the formal written form, the suffix , 다, is replaced by 습니다. <br />For the formal spoken form, attach 요 at the end of a sentence.<br /><br />Examples (Written Form) <br />• 하다 → 하고 싶습니다 = I want to do.<br />• 먹다 → 먹고 싶습니다 = I want to eat.<br />• 날다 → 날고 싶었습니다 = I wanted to fly.<br />• 놀다 → 놀고 싶지 않았습니다 = I did't want to play.<br />• 마시다 → 마시고 싶지 않았습니다 = I didn't want to drink.<br />Examples (Spoken form)<br />• 하다 → 하고 싶어요 = I want to do.<br />• 먹다 → 먹고 싶어요 = I want to eat.<br />• 날다 → 날고 싶었어요 = I wanted to fly.<br />• 놀다 → 놀기 싫었어요 = I did't want to play.<br />• 마시다 → 마시기 싫었어요 = I didn't want to drink.<br />More examples <br />• 자고 싶어요? = Do you want to sleep? <br />• 네. 자고 싶어요. = Yes, I want to sleep. <br />• 뭐 먹고 싶어요? = What do you want to eat? <br />• 라면 먹고 싶어요. = I want to eat noodles. <br />• 어디 가고 싶어요? = Where do you want to go? <br />• 공원에 가고 싶어요. = I want to go to a park.<br /><br />In addition: <br />When talking about a third person, '고 싶어 한다' is used instead of 고 싶다, and '고 싶어해' instead of 고 싶어.<br /><br />Examples<br />• 가다 → 가고 싶어 한다 <br />• 루크는 극장에 가고 싶어 한다 = Luke wants to go to the theatre.<br />• 선미는 사과주스 마시고 싶어해 = Sunmi wants to drink an apple juice. <br />Posted by Luke at 12/02/2006 03:03:00 PM 6 comments Links to this post <br />Labels: Grammar, Verb <br />07 November 2006<br />Verbs - Spoken Form <br />The Spoken Form of Verbs<br /><br />The following dialogue between two close friends involve the informal spoken forms of verbs. <br /><br />잘 = well<br />쇼핑 = shopping<br />어 = yes<br />오전 = am<br />오후 = pm<br />먼저 갈게 = I'll go first<br /><br /><br />This dialogue should be easy to comprehend.<br /><br />대화 시작 = The conversation starts<br />상우: 지우야, 뭐 해?<br />지우: 밥 먹어.<br />상우: 어디 가?<br />지우: 어. 학교 가.<br />상우: 언제 가?<br />지우: 9시에.<br />상우: 왜?<br />지우: 학교에서 공부해.<br />상우: 재밌어?<br />지우: 어. 재밌어.<br />상우: 어떻게 공부해?<br />지우: 선생님이 가르쳐 주셔.<br />상우: 아~ 그래?<br />지우: 어. 너는 뭐 해?<br />상우: 나는 쇼핑 가.<br />지우: 언제?<br />상우: 오후 3시에.<br />지우: 밥은 먹었어?<br />상우: 어. 먹었어. 나 먼저 갈게. 잘 있어~<br />지우: 잘 가~<br /><br />Sang-u: Ji-u, what are you doing?<br />Ji-u: I'm eating.<br />Sang-u: Where are you going?<br />Ji-u: I'm going to school.<br />Sang-u: When are you going?<br />Ji-u: At 9 o'clock.<br />Sang-u: Why? [are you going to school?]<br />Ji-u: I study at school.<br />Sang-u: Is it fun?<br />Ji-u: Yes, it's fun.<br />Sang-u: How do you study?<br />Ji-u: My teacher teaches me.<br />Sang-u: Ahh... really?<br />Ji-u: Yeap. How about you?<br />Sang-u: I'll go shopping<br />Ji-u: When?<br />Sang-u: At 3 o'clock pm.<br />Ji-u: Did you have a meal?<br />Sang-u: Yes. I have. I'll go first then. Bye~<br />Ji-u: Bye~<br /><br />This is a conversation between Sang-u and Ji-u. This is a type of conversation that is common between close friends, yet it is extremely simple to understand even for beginners of Korean. So pay attention to how these "spoken forms" are used.<br /><br />● A list of written forms and their respective spoken forms.<br /><br />Written Form - Spoken Form <br />[For detailed explanation, refer to (Verbs - Present, Past)] <br /><br /><br />go = 가다 - 가 <br />come = 오다 - 와 <br />do = 하다 - 해<br />eat = 먹다 - 먹어<br />give = 주다 - 줘<br />receive = 받다 - 받아<br />play = 놀다 - 놀아<br />sleep = 자다 - 자<br />run = 달리다 - 달려<br />teach = 가르치다 - 가르쳐<br />learn = 배우다 - 배워<br />These spoken forms are informal so you should only use them with very close friends.<br />Verbs - Present, Past <br />Verbs - Present and Past Tenses <br />동사 [Verbs] <br />The plain form of verbs is almost never used in both written and spoken Korean. The only instance where the plain form is used is when it's listed in the dictionary. The plain form is the most basic form which can be conjugated to produce many other derivatives and tenses of verbs.<br />There are two ways of expressing negatives and "안~" form is more commonly used in spoken Korean.<br />Examples of a plain form of verbs<br />• 하다 = do<br />• 달리다 = run<br />• 먹다 = eat<br />• 가다 = go <br />Factual/Declarative<br />(Written) Plain Present Past<br />Positive 먹다 먹는다 먹었다<br />Negative 먹지 않다 먹지 않는다<br />안 먹는다 먹 지 않았다<br />안 먹었다<br /><br />Dialogue/Conversation<br />(Spoken) Plain Present Past<br />Positive 먹다 먹어 먹었어<br />Negative 먹지 않다 먹지 않아<br />안 먹어 먹지 않았어<br />안 먹었어<br /><br />Note: The bold letters above indicate which one of the two alternatives is more commonly used in each context.<br />A Table of Commonly Used Verbs<br /> Written Spoken<br /> Plain Present Past Present Past<br />Run 달 리다 달린다 달렸다 달려 달렸어<br />Eat 먹 다 먹는다 먹었다 먹어 먹었어<br />Go 가 다 간다 갔다 가 갔어<br />Stand 서다 선다 섰다 서 섰어<br />Come 오다 온다 왔다 와 왔어<br />Sit 앉 다 앉는다 앉았다 앉아 앉았어<br />Buy 사 다 산다 샀다 사 샀어<br />Sell 팔다 판다 팔았다 팔아 팔았어<br />Grow 자라다 자란 다 자랐다 자라 자랐어<br />Throw 던지다 던진 다 던졌다 던져 던졌어<br />Borrow 빌리다 빌린 다 빌렸다 빌려 빌렸어<br />Lend 빌려주다 빌 려준다 빌려주었다 빌려줘 빌려주었어<br />Play 놀다 논다 놀았다 놀아 놀았어<br />Write 쓰다 쓴다 썼다 써 썼어<br />Read 읽다 읽는다 읽었다 읽어 읽었어<br />Listen 듣다 듣는다 들었다 들어 들었어<br />Live 살다 산다 살았다 살아 살았어<br />Die 죽 다 죽는다 죽었다 죽어 죽었어<br /><br />I. Plain Form → Present Tense (Written)<br />● Rules <br />1. For verbs with a final consonant, replace 다 with 는다 <br />Eg.<br />• 먹다 → 먹는다 = eat<br />• 사과 먹는다 → eat an apple <br />• 걷다 → 걷는다 = walk <br />• 사람은 걷는다 → A human-being walks<br />• 믿다 → 믿는다 = believe<br />• 나는 예수님을 믿는다 → I believe Jesus<br />2. For verbs without a final consonant, replace 다 with ㄴ 다.<br />• 잠자다 → 잠잔다 = sleep<br />• 지금 새들은 잠잔다 = Now birds sleep (= Now birds are sleeping)<br />• 가다 → 간다 = go<br />• 민아는 학교를 간다 = Min-a goes to school<br />3. For verbs with ㄹ as a final consonant, replace ㄹ with ㄴ. .<br />• 팔다 → 판다 = sell <br />• 이 가게는 과일을 판다 → This shop sells fruits <br />• 살다 → 산다 = live<br />• 지우는 여기에서 산다 → Ji-u lives here <br />II. Plain Form → Past Tense (Written)<br />● Rules <br />First Take 다 off a verb, then:<br />1. For verbs without a final consonant, just add ㅆ. 사다: 사 + ㅆ 다 = 샀다 = bought<br />• 가다: 가 + ㅆ 다 = 갔다 = went<br />• 자라다: 자라 + ㅆ 다 = 자랐다 = grew<br />Note: 하다 becomes 했다, NOT 핬다.<br />2. For verbs with a final consonant, add 었 or 았. <br />(For a verb with ㅏ or ㅗ, add 았, and for a verb with ㅓ, ㅜ or ㅣ, add 었) 날다: 날 + 았다 = 날았다 = flew<br />• 놀다: 놀 + 았다 = 몰았다 = drove (a car), urged on (a horse)<br />• 먹다: 먹 + 었다 = 먹었다 = ate<br />• 죽다: 죽 + 었다 = 죽었다 = died<br />• 밀다: 밀 + 었다 = 밀었다 = pushed<br />3. For verbs with ㅣ as a final verb, change it to ㅕ and add ㅆ.<br />• 던지다: 던지 → 던졌 → 던졌다 = threw<br />• 빌리다: 빌리 → 빌렸 → 빌렸다 = borrowed<br />• 실리다: 실리 → 실렸 → 실렸다 = to be loaded <br />4. For verbs with ㅡ as a final vowel, replace it with ㅓ and ㅆ. 크다: 크 → 컸 → 컸다 = grew<br />• 쓰다: 쓰 → 썼 → 썼다 = wrote<br />• 트다: 트 → 텄 → 텄다 = sprouted <br />Irregular Verbs<br />• 하다 → 했다<br />• 듣다 → 들었다<br />• 오다 → 왔다 <br /><br /><br />III. Plain Form → Present Tense (Spoken)<br /><br />● Rules <br /><br />1. For verbs with ㅏ/ㅓ and no final consonant, just take 다 off. <br /><br />가다 → 가<br />• 서다 → 서<br />• 사다 → 사<br />• 자라다 → 자라 <br />Exceptions: A verb with 하 as a final letter, 하 changes to 해.<br />하다 →해 (do)<br />• 원하다 → 원해 (want)<br />• 구하다 → 구해 (save) <br />2. For verbs with ㅗ/ㅜ and no final consonant, add ㅏ for ㅗ verbs and ㅓ for ㅜ verbs.<br /> 오다 → 와<br />• 빌려주다 → 빌려줘<br />• 미루다 → 미뤄 (procrastinate)<br />3. For a verb with 르 as a final letter, add ㄹ to a letter before 르 and 르 changes to 라 for ㅏ/ㅗ verbs and 러 for ㅓ/ㅜ/ㅣ verbs. 가르다 → 갈라 (divide)<br />• 자르다 → 잘라 (cut)<br />• 오르다 → 올라 (climb)<br />• 주무르다 → 주물러 (massage)<br />• 구르다 → 굴러 (roll)<br />• 가로지르다 → 가로질러 (cross)<br />4. For a verb with l and no final consonant, change ㅣto 여.<br />지다 → 져 = lose<br />• 이기다 → 이겨 = win<br />• 던지다 → 던져 = throw<br />5. For a verb with a final consonant, first take 다 off then add 아 for ㅏ/ㅗ verbs, and 어 for ㅓ/ㅜ verbs.<br />앉다 → 앉아 = sit<br />• 먹다 → 먹어 = eat<br />Irregular<br />• 듣다 → 들어 = listen<br />IV. Past Tense (Written) → Past Tense (Spoken) <br />● simply change 다 to 어.<br />• 달렸다 → 달렸어 = ran<br />• 먹었다 → 먹었어 = ate<br />• 갔다 → 갔어 = went<br />• 왔다 → 왔어 = came<br />• 마셨다 → 마셨어 = drankkorea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-90826964181225752742010-07-15T05:17:00.002+09:002010-07-15T05:20:22.801+09:00learn koreanUseful Korean Phrases and Expressions<br />In Store - Korean Vocabulary - Things<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Do you have…? …있나요? …innayo?<br />- shirts 셔츠 [ syeo-cheu ]<br />- pants 바지 [ ba-ji ]<br />- caps 모자 [ mo-ja ]<br />- shoes 신발 [ sin-bal ]<br />Do you have this in…? 이거…로 있나요? Igeo…ro innayo?<br />- red 빨간색으로 [ bbal-gan-sae-geu-ro ]<br />- large 큰걸로 [ keun-geol-lo ]<br />- small 작은걸로 [ ja-geun-geol-lo ]<br />I’m looking for… 전…를 원해요. Jeon…reul wonhaeyo.<br />- something particular 뭔가 특별한 것 [ mwon-ga-teuk-byeol-han-geot ]<br />- something large 뭔가 큰 것 [ mwon-ga-keun-geot ]<br />- something small 뭔가 작은 것 [ mwon-ga-ja-geun-geot ]<br />- something cheaper 더 싼 것 [ deo-ssan-geot ]<br />Where can I find…? …는 어디 있나요? …neun eodi innayo?<br />- apples 사과 [ sa-gwa ]<br />- tomatoes 토마토 [ to-ma-to ]<br />- tuna fish 참치 [ cham-chi ]<br />- beer 맥주 [ maek-ju ]<br />How much is this? 이거 얼마예요? Igeo eolmayeyo?<br />I will pay with a credit card 신용카드로 지불하겠습니다. Sinyongkadeuro jibulhagetsseumnida.<br />- one-time payment 일시불 [ il-si-bul ]<br />- pay over three months 3 개월 할부 [ sam-gae-wol-hal-bu ]<br />Could you give a discount? 좀 깎아주세요. Jom ggaggajuseyo.<br />Please give me a receipt. 영수증을 주세요. Yeongsujeungeul juseyo.<br />Please, put it in the envelope. 봉투에 담아 주세요. Bongtue dama juseyo.<br />Could gift wrap it please? 선물 포장해 주세요. Seonmul pojanghae juseyo.<br />Give me a refund. 환불해 주세요. Hwanbulhae juseyo.<br />I’d like to exchange this. 교환해 주세요. Gyohwanhae juseyo.<br />Give… …주세요. …juseyo.<br />- 1 geun/ 2 geun (Korean measurement - 1 geun = 600 grams) 1 근/ 2 근 [ han-geun/ du-geun ]<br />- 100 grams/ 200 grams 100 그람/ 200 그람 [ baek-geu-ram/ i-baek-geu-ram ]<br />- five thousand won worth 오천원어치 [ o-cheon-won-eo-chi ]<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 32 - Korean Question Word - How<br /> Continue from Lesson 31 - Korean Conjunction - And. Today we come to learn Korean question word - how. In this learn Korean language lesson, we will learn question word - how - 어때요 [ eo-ddae-yo ]. It has the same meaning as English question word - how. However, in Korean, it is use to give a suggestion. So, even though we use it like English word - how, but we use it to suggest, propose or offer something in a friendly manner such as how is something or how is someone? Let’s start!<br />Korean Question Word - How<br />When proposing or offering something in a friendly manner, you can use 어때요? It is commonly used to ask for the listener’s thought about the speaker’s proposal. You can simply add 어때요? to the end of the noun. The intonation rises up in the end of the sentence. Like in Comparison of Korean and English and How are English words pronounced in Korean? Together with Korean Subject Marker 이 or 가, The formula “…이/가 어때요?” means “how is something/someone?” Korean Topic Marker 은 or 는 can be use with question word - how - 어때요 too. However, it is use when one wants to stress a new topic.<br />You may need to refer back both learn Korean language Lesson 4 for Korean topic marker and Lesson 11 for Korean subject marker and understand the difference between both of them. Basically, they are most commonly used noun particles are those used to mark the subject of the sentence and those used to mark the topic of a sentence. Use topic marker 은/는 after the noun and then ask 어때요? The formula “(noun)은/는 어때요?” means “How about (noun)?”<br />“…가 어때요?” is used with nouns ending in a vowel and “…이 어때요?” is used with nouns that end in a consonant.<br />“…는 어때요?” is used with nouns ending in a vowel and “…은 어때요?” is used with nouns that end in a consonant.<br />Read examples below:<br />• 한국어 공부가 어때요? [ han-gu-geo-gong-bu-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How do you like studying Korean?<br />• 동대문 시장이 어때요? [ dong-dae-mun-si-jang-i-eo-ddae-yo ] - How is Dongdaemun market?<br />• 오늘 날씨가 어때요? [ o-neul-nal-ssi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How is the weather today?<br />• 김치가 어때요? [ kim-chi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How do you like Kimchi?<br />• 토요일은 어때요? [ to-yo-il-eun-eo-ddae-yo ] - How about Saturday.<br />Be careful!<br />When connecting this word to Korean verbs which refer to an action (view also Korean adjectives), add “…는 게 어때요?” to the end of the verb stem.<br />• 커피가 어때요? [ keo-pi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - how about coffee?<br />• 내일 집에서 쉬는 게 어때요? [ nae-il-ji-be-seo-swi-neun-ge-eo-ddae-yo ] - How about resting at home tomorrow?<br />Learn Korean Language Flashback<br />Do you remember that we have learned Korean Place Marker in learn Korean language lesson 15? We use the particle -에서 together with Korean verb 오다 to ask someone about their nationality. “에서 오다” means “from”. Use that formula with Korean Question Word - Where 어디 to ask “Where are you from?”, you can say “어디에서 왔어요?” [ eo-di-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ]. When answering a question, the question and answer can be almost the same by replacing the 어디 to Countries.<br />• 빌리는 캐나다에서 왔어요. [ bil-li-neun-kae-na-da-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ] - Billy is from Canada.<br />• 친구가 미국에서 와요. [ chin-gu-ga-mi-guk-e-seo-wa-yo ] - A friend of mine is coming from America.<br />• 저는 일본에서 왔어요. [ jeo-neun-il-bon-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ] - I’m from Japan.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Language Reading Practice<br />In Korean <br />샐리 : 다니엘 씨, 어제 뭐 했어요?<br />다니엘 : 친구를 만나서 시장에 갔어요.<br />샐리 : 시장에 가서 뭐 했어요?<br />다니엘 : 시장에 가서 옷을 샀어요. 그리고 영화를 봤어요.<br />샐리 : 그리고 집에 왔어요?<br />다니엘 : 아니요. 커피숍에 가서 차를 마셨어요. 샐리 씨는 뭐 했어요?<br />샐리 : 저는 집에서 그냥 쉬었어요.<br />In English<br />Sally : What did you do yesterday, Daniel?<br />Daniel : I met my friend and went to the market.<br />Sally : What did you do at the market?<br />Daniel : I bought (some) clothes. Then I watched a movie.<br />Sally : Then did you go home?<br />Daniel : No, I went to a coffee shop and had tea. What did you do, Sally?<br />Sally : I just rested at home (for no special reason).<br />Korean Vocabulary<br />• 어제 [ eo-je ] - yesterday<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] - to meet<br />• 시장 [ si-jang ] - market<br />• 옷 [ ot ] - clothes<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] - to buy<br />• 영화 [ yeong-hwa ] - movie<br />• 커피숍 [ keo-pi-syop ] - coffee shop<br />• 차 [ cha ] - tea<br />• 쉬다 [ swi-da ] - to rest<br />Korean Expressions<br />• 어제 뭐 했어요? [ eo-je-mwo-hae-sseo-yo ] - What did you do yesterday?<br />• 친구를 만나서 시장에 갔어요. [ chin-gu-reul-man-na-seo-si-jang-e-ga-sseo-yo ] - I met my friend and went to the market.<br />• 시장에 가서 뭐 했어요? [ si-jang-e-ga-seo-mwo-hae-sseo-yo ] - What did you do at the market?<br />• 시장에 가서 옷을 샀어요. [ si-jang-e-ga-seo-o-seul-sa-sseo-yo ] - I bought (some) clothes.<br />• 그리고 영화를 봤어요. [ geu-re-go-yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - Then I watched a movie.<br />• 그리고 집에 왔어요? [ geu-ri-go-ji-be-wa-sseo-yo ] - Then did you go home?<br />• 커피숍에 가서 차를 마셨어요. [ keo-pi-syop-e-ga-seo-cha-reul-ma-syeo-sseo-yo ] - I went to a coffee shop and had tea.<br />• 저는 집에서 그냥 쉬었어요. [ jeo-neun-ji-be-seo-geu-nyang-swi-eo-sseo-yo ] - I just rested at home (for no special reason).<br />Korean Conjunction - 서 is used when a subject performs two actions one after the other. It signifies that the second action occurs in connection with the first, but follows after it in time sequence. For Korean Verbs - 만나다, 사다 and 쉬다, by adding appropriate Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings and Korean Past Tense it will become 만났어요, 샀어요 and 쉬었어요 which are commonly used in everyday life (view Korean Sentence Ending Form). Have you learned something from the Korean Language Reading Practice above? Continue to Korean Language Reading Practice 18. Korean Language Reading Practice is a short lesson. Hope you will like it. Have a nice day.<br />Credit: Seoul National University<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 13 - Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 12 - Korean Linking Verb. Today, we will Learn Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings form. We knew that there are two ways when you start a conversation in Learn Korean Language Lesson 2 - Korean Basic Conversation, whether formally or informally and the difference between both of them is the Sentence Ending Form, the only difficulty in learning Korean is the question about when to use formal language? Let’s learn it in more details.<br />Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings<br />We have seen the Korean Sentence Ending Form and understand the differences between Korean Sentence Ending Formal Polite Form and Informal Polite Form in Learn Korean Language Lesson 3 - Korean Sentence Ending Form. -아요/어요 [ a-yo/eo-yo ] are casual but polite sentence endings which are commonly used in everyday life such as shopping, buying tickets, and asking directions etc, etc. It is use to form all present tense verbs (verbs in the present tense). When a verb stem ends with the vowel ㅏ or ㅗ, -아요 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -아요 = 가요 [ ga-yo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -아요 = 사요 [ sa-yo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -아요 = 자요 [ ja-yo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o -da ] + -아요 = 와요 [ wa-yo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -아요 = 봐요 [ bwa-yo ] - to see<br />• 살다 [ sal-da ] + -아요 = 살아요[ sa-ra-yo ] - to live<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] + -아요 = 만나요 [ man-na-yo ] - to meet<br />When a verb stem ends with a vowel other than ㅏ or ㅗ, -어요 is added. But verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어요 results in -여요. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔요 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐요.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -어요 = 줘요 [ jwo-yo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -어요 = 먹어요 [ meo-geo-yo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -어요 = 읽어요 [ il-geo-yo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -어요 = 배워요 [ bae-wo-yo ] - to learn<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -어요 = 마셔요 [ ma-syeo-yo ] - to drink<br />• 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ] + -어요 = 가르쳐요 [ ga-reu-chyeo-yo ] - to teach<br />When a verb stem ends with -하다 [ ha-da ] becomes -해요 [ hae-yo ]. -하다 is verbs “‘to do”. Many nouns can be made into present tense by adding the verb -해요. See examples below.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -해요 = 일해요 [ il-hae-yo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -해요 = 공부해요 [ gong-bu-hae-yo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -해요 = 운동해요 [ un-dong-hae-yo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -해요 = 전화해요 [ jeon-hwa-hae-yo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -해요 = 요리해요 [ yo-ri-hae-yo ] - to cook<br />• 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ] + -해요 = 운전해요 [ un-jeon-hae-yo ] - to drive<br />• 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ] + -해요 = 수영해요 [ su-yeong-hae-yo ] - to swim<br />Raising your intonation makes the Korean sentence into a question like we have learned in Comparison of Korean and English. View Korean verbs list. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 14 - Korean Object Marker.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 27 - Korean Present Tense. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, You will learn how to answer Korean question like “what did you do yesterday?” and ask them to your Korean friends. To put action verbs (Korean Verbs) and descriptive verbs (Korean Adjectives) into the past tense, first think of the present tense or Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings, and replace “요” with “ㅆ어요”.<br />Korean Past Tense<br />The rule above works with all verbs, including Korean irregular verbs (we will learn this in the future). Do you remember that we added 아요/어요/해요 behind a verb to make sentences in Korean? Korean past tense is very easy, just adding 았어요/었어요/했어요 to a verb or adjective stem makes it past tense. When a verb or adjective stem ends with ㅏ or ㅗ, -았어요 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -았어요 = 갔어요 [ ga-sseo-yo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -았어요 = 샀어요 [ sa-sseo-yo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -았어요 = 잤어요 [ ja-sseo-yo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o-da ] + -았어요 = 왔어요 [ wa-sseo-yo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -았어요 = 봤어요 [ bwa-sseo-yo ] - to see<br />• 살다 [ sal-da ] + -았어요 = 살았어요 [ sa-ra-sseo-yo ] - to live<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] + -았어요 = 만났어요 [ man-na-sseo-yo ] - to meet<br />• 비싸다 [ bi-ssa-da ] + -았어요 = 비쌌어요 [ bi-ssa-sseo-yo ] - to be expensive<br />Korean sentences in past tense -았어요.<br />• 한국에 갔어요. [ han-guk-e-ga-sseo-yo ] - I went to Korea.<br />• 친구를 만났어요. [ chin-gu-reul-man-na-sseo-yo ] - I met (my) friend.<br />• 영화를 봤어요. [ yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - I watched a movie.<br />• 사과가 비쌌어요. [ sa-gwa-ga0bi-ssa-sseo-yo ] - Apples were expensive.<br />• 지난주에 조금 바빴어요. [ ji-nan-ju-e-jo-geum-ba-bba-sseo-yo ] - I was a little busy last week.<br />When a verb or adjective stem ends with any other vowel, other thanㅏ or ㅗ, -었어요 is added.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -었어요 = 줬어요 [ jwo-sseo-yo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -었어요 = 먹었어요 [ meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -었어요 = 읽었어요 [ il-geo-sseo-yo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -었어요 = 배웠어요 [ bae-wo-sseo-yo ] - to learn<br />• 만들다 [ man-deul-da ] + -었어요 = 만들었어요 [ man-deu-reo-sseo-yo ] - to make<br />Korean sentences in past tense -었어요.<br />• 밥을 먹었어요. [ bap-eul-meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - I ate (my) meal.<br />• 책을 읽었어요. [ chaek-eul-il-geo-sseo-yo ] - I read a book.<br />• 음식을 만들었어요. [ eum-sik-eul-man-deu-reo-sseo-yo ] - I cooked (some) food.<br />We have learned that when verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어요 results in -여요. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔요 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐요. Adding -었어요 to a verb or adjective stem ending with vowel ㅣ results in -였어요.<br />• 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ] + -었어요 = 가르쳤어요 [ ga-reu-chyeo-sseo-yo ] - to teach<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -었어요 = 마셨어요 [ ma-syeo-sseo-yo ] - to drink<br />Korean sentences in past tense -였어요.<br />• 일본어를 가르쳤어요. [ il-bon-eo-reul-ga-reu-chyeo-sseo-yo ] - I taught Japanese.<br />• 물을 마셨어요. [ mu-reul-ma-syeo-sseo-yo ] - I drank water.<br />When a verb or adjective ends with -하다 [ ha-da ], change 하다 to -했어요. -하다 is verbs “to do”. Many nouns can be made into past tense by adding the verb -했어요. See examples below and continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 29 - Korean Time.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 일했어요 [ il-hae-sseo-yo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 공부했어요 [ gong-bu-hae-sseo-yo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 운동했어요 [ un-dong-hae-sseo-yo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 전화했어요 [ jeon-hwa-hae-sseo-yo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 요리했어요 [ yo-ri-hae-sseo-yo ] - to cook<br />• 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 운전했어요 [ un-jeon-hae-sseo-yo ] - to drive<br />• 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 수영했어요 [ su-yeong-hae-sseo-yo ] - to swim<br />• 청소하다 [ cheong-so-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 청소했어요 [ cheong-so-hae-sseo-yo ] - to clean<br />• 빨래하다 [ bbal-lae-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 빨래했어요 [ bbal-lae-hae-sseo-yo ] - to do laundry<br />• 복잡하다 [ bok-jap-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 복잡했어요 [ bok-jap-hae-sseo-yo ] - to be crowded<br />Korean sentences in past tense -했어요.<br />• 방을 청소했어요. [ bang-eul-cheong-so-hae-sseo-yo ] - I cleaned my room.<br />• 친구가 전화했어요. [ chin-gu-ga-jeon-hwa-hae-sseo-yo ] - A friend of mine called.<br />• 어제 빨래했어요. [ eo-je-bbal-lae-hae-sseo-yo ] - I did laundry yesterday.<br />• 어제 공원에서 운동했어요. [ eo-je-gong-won-e-seo-un-dong-hae-sseo-yo ] - I exercised at the park yesterday.<br />• 길이 복잡했어요. [ gil-i-bok-jap-hae-sseo-yo ] - The road was crowded.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Verbs - 동사 [ dong-sa ]<br />Meaning Korean Verbs Pronunciation<br />not to have enough 모자라다 [ mo-ja-ra-da ]<br />not to know 모르다 [ mo-reu-da ]<br />to arrive 도착하다 [ do-chak-ha-da ]<br />to ask 묻다 [ mut-da ]<br />to ask a question 질문하다 [ jil-mun-ha-da ]<br />to be careful 조심하다 [ jo-sim-ha-da ]<br />to be in fashion 유행하다 [ yu-haeng-ha-da ]<br />to be in sight/ to show (이/가) 보이다/ (을/를) 보이다 (i/ga) [ bo-i-da ]/ (eul/reul) [ bo-i-da ]<br />to be, to exist (honorific) 계시다 [ kye-si-da ]<br />to become 되다 [ doe-da ]<br />to buy 사다 [ sa-da ]<br />to catch a cold (감기에) 걸리다 (gam-gi-e) [ geol-ri-da ]<br />to change 바꾸다 [ ba-ggu-da ]<br />to close 닫다 [ dat-da ]<br />to come 오다 [ o-da ]<br />to come back 돌아오다 [ do-ra-o-da ]<br />to come in 들어오다 [ deu-reo-o-da ]<br />to congratulate 축하하다 [ chuk-ka-ha-da ]<br />to cough 기침(을) 하다 [ gi-chim(eul)-ha-da ]<br />to cry 울다 [ ul-da ]<br />to cut down 깎다 [ ggak-da ]<br />to dance 춤추다 [ chum-chu-da ]<br />to depart 출발하다 [ chul-bal-ha-da ]<br />to die 죽다 [ juk-da ]<br />to dine/to have a meal 식사하다 [ sik-sa-ha-da ]<br />to dislike 싫어하다 [ sil-reo-ha-da ]<br />to do 하다 [ ha-da ]<br />to do homework 숙제하다 [ suk-je-ha-da ]<br />to drink 마시다 [ ma-si-da ]<br />to drive 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ]<br />to eat 먹다 [ meok-da ]<br />to eat (honorific) 잡수시다 (잡수다) [ jap-su-si-da (jap-su-da) ]<br />to excuse 실례하다 [ sil-rye-ha-da ]<br />to exercise 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ]<br />to find 찾다 [ chat-da ]<br />to follow 따라 하다 [ dda-ra-ha-da ]<br />to get up 일어나다 [ i-reo-na-da ]<br />to give 주다 [ ju-da ]<br />to give (honorific) 드리다 [ deu-ri-da ]<br />to give a help 도와주다 [ do-wa-ju-da ]<br />to go 가다 [ ga-da ]<br />to go in 들어가다 [ deu-reo-ga-da ]<br />to go on a date 데이트하다 [ de-i-teu-ha-da ]<br />to have a meeting 회의하다 [ hoe-i-ha-da ]<br />to have food (honorific) 드시다 (들다) [ deu-si-da (deul-da) ]<br />to help 돕다 [ dop-da ]<br />to introduce 소개하다 [ so-gae-ha-da ]<br />to invite 초대하다 [ cho-dae-ha-da ]<br />to learn 배우다 [ bae-u-da ]<br />to leave 떠나다 [ ddeo-na-da ]<br />to like 좋아하다 [ jo-a-ha-da ]<br />to listen 듣다 [ deut-da ]<br />to live 살다 [ sal-da ]<br />to look around 구경하다 [ gu-gyeong-ha-da ]<br />to love 사랑하다 [ sa-rang-ha-da ]<br />to make 만들다 [ man-deul-da ]<br />to make a phone call 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ]<br />to marry 결혼하다 [ gyeo-ron-ha-da ]<br />to meet 만나다 [ man-na-da ]<br />to meet (honorific) 뵙다 [ boep-da ]<br />to move 이사하다 [ i-sa-ha-da ]<br />to open 열다 [ yeol-da ]<br />to paint, to draw a picture 그리다 [ geu-ri-da ]<br />to practice 연습하다 [ yeon-seup-ha-da ]<br />to prepare/get ready 준비하다 [ jun-bi-ha-da ]<br />to rain 비가 오다 [ bi-ga-o-da ]<br />to read 읽다 [ il-da ]<br />to receive 받다 [ bat-da ]<br />to return, to go back 돌아가다 [ do-ra-ga-da ]<br />to ride 타다 [ ta-da ]<br />to say 말하다 [ mal-ha-da ]<br />to see 보다 [ bo-da ]<br />to sell 팔다 [ pal-da ]<br />to send 보내다 [ bo-nae-da ]<br />to shop 쇼핑하다 [ syo-ping-ha-da ]<br />to sing 노래하다 [ no-rae-ha-da ]<br />to sit 앉다 [ an-da ]<br />to sleep 자다 [ ja-da ]<br />to sleep (honorific) 주무시다 [ ju-mu-si-da ]<br />to smoke (담배를) 피우다 (dam-bae-reul) [ pi-u-da ]<br />to snow 눈이 오다 [ nun-i-o-da ]<br />to start 시작하다 [ si-jak-ha-da ]<br />to study 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ]<br />to swim 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ]<br />to take (time) (시간이) 걸리다 (si-gan-i) [ geol-ri-da ]<br />to take a picture (사진을) 찍다 (sa-jin-eul) [ jjik-da ]<br />to take a rest 쉬다 [ swi-da ]<br />to take a shower 샤워하다 [ sya-wo-ha-da ]<br />to talk 이야기하다/얘기하다 [ i-ya-gi-ha-da/yae-gi-ha-da ]<br />to teach 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ]<br />to thank 감사하다 [ gam-sa-ha-da ]<br />to transfer 갈아타다 [ ga-ra-ta-da ]<br />to travel 여행하다 [ yeo-haeng-ha-da ]<br />to use 사용하다 [ sa-yong-ha-da ]<br />to use a computer 컴퓨터하다 [ keom-pyu-teo-ha-da ]<br />to visit 방문하다 [ bang-mun-ha-da ]<br />to wait 기다리다 [ gi-da-ri-da ]<br />to wear 입다 [ ip-da ]<br />to work 일하다 [ il-ha-da ]<br />to write/ to use 쓰다 [ sseu-da ]<br />Korean Vocabulary - Sports<br />Korean Question Word - What Kind Of<br />무슨 allows you to ask about details or characteristic about something. 무슨 can be used with nouns such as 운동 (sports), 영화 (movies), 요일 (name of the week or day), 음식 (food), 계절 (season) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 무슨 영화예요? [ mu-seun-yeong-hwa-ye-yo ] - What kind of movie?<br />• 무슨 운동이에요? [ mu-seun-un-dong-i-e-yo ] - What kind of sport?<br />• 무슨 요일이에요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-i-e-yo ] - What kind of day of the week?<br />• 무슨 음식이에요? [ mu-seun-eum-sik-i-e-yo ] - What kind of food?<br />• 무슨 계절이에요? [ mu-seun-kye-jeol-i-e-yo ] - What kind of season?<br />무슨 can also be use with 날 [ nal ] to ask about occasions (time). We will learn 날 in the future. Below are some examples of Korean Question Word - 무슨 - what kind of?<br />• 무슨 책을 읽어요? [ mu-seun-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - What kind of book are you reading?<br />• 무슨 음악을 좋아해요? [ mu-seun-eum-ak-eul-joh-a-hae-yo ] - What kind of music do you like?<br />• 무슨 차를 마셔요? [ mu-seun-cha-reul-ma-syeo-yo ] - What kind of tea are you drinking?<br />• 오늘은 무슨 요일이에요? [ o-neul-eun-mu-seun-yo-il-i-e-yo ] - What(kind of) day is it today?<br />• 매년 2월 14일이 무슨 날이에요? [ mae-nyeon-i-wol-sip-sa-il-i-mu-seun-nal-i-e-yo ] - What (kind of) day is February 14th every year?<br />책 - book, 읽어요 - read, 음악 - music, 좋아해요 - like, 차 - tea, 마셔요 - drink, 오늘 - today, and 매년 - every year. There are many more Korean interrogative sentence can be formed by 무슨, but for now, we learn the easiest first, we will go into more depth as we move on. Practice your Korean reading skills in Korean Reading Practice 4 - What kind of work do you do? Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 9 - Korean Question Word - Who/Whose.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Vocabulary - Time<br />Time - 시간 [ si-gan ]<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Calendar 달력 [ dal-lyeok ]<br />Solar calendar 양력 [ yang-nyeok ]<br />Lunar calendar 음력 [ eum-nyeok ]<br />Last year 작년 [ jang-nyeon ]<br />This year 올해 [ o-rae ]<br />Next year 내년 [ nae-nyeon ]<br />Last month 지난 달 [ ji-nan-dal ]<br />This month 이번 달 [ i-beon-dal ]<br />Next month 다음 달 [ da-eum-dal ]<br />Last week 지난 주 [ ji-nan-ju ]<br />This week 이번 주 [ i-beon-ju ]<br />Next week 다음 주 [ da-eum-ju ]<br />Yesterday 어제 [ eo-je ]<br />Today 오늘 [ o-neul ]<br />Tomorrow 내일 [ nae-il ]<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Question Word - Who/Whose<br />Use 누구 like English question word- who/whose. Korean Question Word - 누구 (who/whose) same as 무슨 (what kind of) same as 어느 (which) followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요. For the time being, just remember that only 뭐 goes at the end of the sentences. 누구 can be used with noun plus 이에요/예요 (Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification). Nouns such as 첵 (book), 연필 (pencil), 핸드폰 (cellphone), 가방 (bag), and many more (view Korean Vocabulary - Things) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 누구세요? [ nu-gu-se-yo ] - Who’s there? or Who is it?<br />• 누구 거예요? [ nu-gu-geo-ye-yo ] - Whose is it?<br />• 누구 연필이에요? [ nu-gu-yeon-pil-i-e-yo ] - Whose pencil is it?<br />• 누구 가방이에요? [ nu-gu-ga-bang-i-e-yo ] - Whose bag is it?<br />누구 can be use with informal polite Korean Sentence Ending Form 세요 to ask question - 누구세요? means who’s there? or who is it?. 누구 거예요? is the same as asking 누구 책이에요? In here, 거 substitutes for 책. 거 is used in colloquial conversation, while 것 is used more in writing. Generally, 것 means a thing, an object, a matter or an affair.<br />Differences between Korean question words 무슨 (what kind of) and 어느 (which) and 누구 (whose) - 무슨 ask about ask about something details or characteristic, 어느 is asking someone to make a choice among multiple things. whereas 누구 is asking about belonging to which person or people.<br />• 무슨 책이에요? [ mu-seun-chaek-i-e-yo ] - What kind of book is it?<br />• 어느 책이에요? [ eo-neu-chaek-i-e-yo ] - Which book is it?<br />• 누구 책이에요? [ nu-gu-chaek-i-e-yo ] - Whose book is it?<br />There are many more Korean interrogative sentence can be formed by 누구, but for now, we learn the easiest first, we will go into more depth as we move on. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 10 - Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That. n’t same as 뭐.<br />Korean Question Word - Which<br />뭐 is always used together with 예요 to ask questions and is place at the end of the sentences. 어느 followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요. 어느 allows you to ask someone to specify which among a category or group of objects. 어느 can be used with nouns such as 나라 (country), 회사 (company), 학교 (school) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 어느 나라 사람이에요? [ eo-neu-na-ra-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - Which country are you from?<br />• 어느 학교 학생이에요? [ eo-neu-hak-gyo-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - Which school are you from?<br />• 어느 회사 에서 일해요? [ eo-neu-hoe-sa-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - Which company you work at?<br />• 어느 대학교 에서 공부해요? [ eo-neu-dae-hak-gyo-e-seo-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - Which university you study at?<br />학교 means school in Korean refer to primary and secondary school. For university, 대 is added in front of 학교, 대학교 means university. Curious about Educational System of Korea? The answer for Korean question word 어느 above can be normal sentences as below:<br />• 저는 한국 사람이에요. [ jo-neun-han-guk-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - I am Korean.<br />• 저는 일본어학교 학생이에요. [ jo-neun-il-bon-eo-hak-gyo-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - I am Japanese school student.<br />• 저는 자동차회사 에서 일해요. [ jo-neun-ja-dong-cha-hoe-sa-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - I work at a car company.<br />• 저는 한국대학교 에서 공부해요. [ jo-neun-han-guk-dae-hak-gyo-e-seo-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - I study at Korea university.<br />일해요 and 공부해요 are Korean verbs, 일해요 means work, 공부해요 means study, 에서 means at. We will learn this in the future, do Korean Language Exercises 2 and practice your Korean reading skills in Korean Reading Practice 3 - What is your name? Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 8 - Korean Question Word - What Kind Of.<br />Korean Language Reading Practice<br />In Korean<br />안녕하세요? 저는 마이클이에요.<br />미국 사람이에요. 제 고향은 시카고예요.<br />저는 학생이에요. 제 전공은 경제학 이에요.<br />만나서 반가워요.<br />In English<br />Hello, I am Michael.<br />I am American. My hometown is Chicago.<br />I am a student. My major is Economics.<br />Nice to meet you.<br />Korean Vocabulary<br />• 고향 [ go-hyang ] - hometown<br />• 시카고 [ si-ka-go ] - Chicago<br />• 전공 [ jeon-gong ] - major<br />• 경제학 [ gyeong-je-hak ] - Economics<br />Korean Expressions<br />• 안녕하세요? [ an-nyeong-ha-se-yo ] - Hello?<br />• 저는 마이클이에요. [ jo-neun-ma-i-keul-i-e-yo ] - I am Michael.<br />• 미국 사람이에요. [ mi-guk-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - I am American.<br />• 제 고향은 시카고예요. [ je-go-hyang-eun-si-ka-go-ye-yo ] - My hometown is Chicago.<br />• 저는 학생이에요. [ jo-neun-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - I am a student.<br />• 제 전공은 경제학 이에요. [ je-jeon-gong-eun-gyeong-je-hak-i-e-yo ] - My major is Economics.<br />• 만나서 반가워요. [ man-na-seo-ban-ga-wo-yo ] - Nice to meet you.<br />You may come from other countries, so you just need to change the name of the countries where you from. For examples, if you are from Korea, you just need to change the word - 시카고 to 한국, for the name of the countries, you may need to view: Korean Vocabulary - Countries. Michael introduce himself by first telling others his Korean names, his nationality, his hometown and his occupation (view Korean Vocabulary - Occupations). This is a nice example when you introduce yourself to Korean and in the end, add 만나서 반가워요 to show politeness. This expression is used to a person at a first meeting, 반가워요 delivers the same meaning. Korean Language Reading Practice is a short lesson. Hope you will like it. Continue to Korean Language Reading Practice 2 - Yes/No.<br />Credit: Seoul National University<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />orean Adjectives<br />Korean Adjectives - 형용사 [ hyeong-yong-sa ]<br />Meaning Korean Adjective Pronunciation<br />to be/to exist 있다 [ it-da ]<br />to be all right 괜찮다 [ gwaen-chan-da ]<br />to be bad 나쁘다 [ na-bbeu-da ]<br />to be beautiful 아름답다 [ a-reum-dap-da ]<br />to be big 크다 [ keu-da ]<br />to be busy 바쁘다 [ ba-bbeu-da ]<br />to be cheap 싸다 [ ssa-da ]<br />to be cold 차갑다 [ cha-gap-da ]<br />to be cold 춥다 [ chup-da ]<br />to be comfortable 편하다 [ pyeon-ha-da ]<br />to be convenient 편리하다 [ pyeon-ri-ha-da ]<br />to be cool 시원하다 [ si-won-ha-da ]<br />to be cute 귀엽다 [ gwi-yeop-da ]<br />to be delicious 맛있다 [ ma-sit-da ]<br />to be different 다르다 [ da-reu-da ]<br />to be difficult 어렵다 [ eo-ryeop-da ]<br />to be easy 쉽다 [ swip-da ]<br />to be expensive 비싸다 [ bi-ssa-da ]<br />to be far 멀다 [ meol-da ]<br />to be fast 빠르다 [ bba-reu-da ]<br />to be full 배부르다 [ bae-bu-reu-da ]<br />to be glad 기쁘다 [ gi-bbeu-da ]<br />to be good 좋다 [ jo-da ]<br />to be good-natured 착하다 [ chak-ha-da ]<br />to be grateful 고맙다 [ go-map-da ]<br />to be hard 힘들다 [ him-deul-da ]<br />to be healthy 건강하다 [ geon-gang-ha-da ]<br />to be heavy 무겁다 [ mu-geop-da ]<br />to be hot 뜨겁다 [ ddeu-geop-da ]<br />to be hot (spicy) 맵다 [ maep-da ]<br />to be how 어떻다 [ eo-ddeo-da ]<br />to be hungry 배고프다 [ bae-go-peu-da ]<br />to be interesting 재미있다 [ jae-mi-it-da ]<br />to be jammed, crowded 복잡하다 [ bok-jap-ha-da ]<br />to be kind 친철하다 [ chin-cheol-ha-da ]<br />to be late 늦다 [ neut-da ]<br />to be long 길다 [ gil-da ]<br />to be many 많다 [ man-da ]<br />to be near 가깝다 [ ga-ggap-da ]<br />to be noisy 시끄럽다 [ si-ggeu-reop-da ]<br />to be not/there is no… 없다 [ eob-da ]<br />to be pretty 예쁘다 [ ye-bbeu-da ]<br />to be sad 슬프다 [ seul-peu-da ]<br />to be scared 무섭다 [ mu-seop-da ]<br />to be shamed 창피하다 [ chang-pi-ha-da ]<br />to be short 짧다 [ jjal-da ]<br />to be sick 아프다 [ a-peu-da ]<br />to be small 작다 [ jak-da ]<br />to be sorry 미안하다 [ mi-an-ha-da ]<br />to be sorry (honorific) 죄송하다 [ joe-song-ha-da ]<br />to be strange, weird 이상하다 [ i-sang-ha-da ]<br />to be stylish 멋있다 [ meo-sit-da ]<br />to be tasteless, plain 싱겁다 [ sing-geop-da ]<br />to be the same 같다 [ gat-da ]<br />to be tired 피곤하다 [ pi-gon-ha-da ]<br />to be uncomfortable 불편하다 [ bul-pyeon-ha-da ]<br />to be uninteresting 재미없다 [ jae-mi-eob-da ]<br />to be unpleasant 싫다 [ sil-da ]<br />to be glad 기쁘다 [ gi-bbeu-da ]<br />View Korean Verbs. However, please be careful of Korean Irregular Verbs. For more<br />Korean Vocabulary – Means of Transportation<br />Means of Transportation - 교통 기관 [ gyo-tong-gi-gwan ]<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Airliner 정기여객기 [ jeong-gi-yeo-gaek-gi ]<br />Airplane 비행기 [ bi-haeng-gi ]<br />Airship 비행선 [ bi-haeng-seon ]<br />Bicycle 자전거 [ ja-jeon-geo ]<br />Bus 버스 [ beo-seu ]<br />Canoe 카누 [ ka-nu ]<br />Car 자동차 [ ja-dong-cha ]<br />Dog Sled 개 썰매 [ gae-sseol-mae ]<br />Estate Car/Station Wagon 스테이션 왜건 [ seu-te-i-syeon-wae-geon ]<br />Express Bus 고속버스 [ go-sok-beo-seu ]<br />Ferry 나룻배 [ na-rut-bae ]<br />Glider 글라이더/활공기 [ geul-la-i-deo/hwal-gong-gi ]<br />Helicopter 헬리기 [ hel-li-gi ]<br />Hovercraft 호버크래프트 [ ho-beo-keu-rae-peu-teu ]<br />Jeep 지프차 [ ji-peu-cha ]<br />Jet Liner 제트 여객기 [ je-teu-yeo-gaek-gi ]<br />Jet Plane 제트기 [ je-teu-gi ]<br />Jet Ski 제트스키 [ je-teu-seu-ki ]<br />Limousine 리모진 [ ri-mo-jin ]<br />Motor Boat 모터보트 [ mo-teo-bo-teu ]<br />Motor Scooter 모터 스쿠터 [ mo-teo-seu-ku-teo ]<br />Ocean Liner 원양 정기선 [ won-yang-jeong-gi-seon ]<br />On foot 걸어서 [ geol-eo-seo ]<br />Passenger Car 승객 자동차 [ seung-gaek-ja-dong-cha ]<br />Passenger Plane 여객기 [ yeo-gaek-gi ]<br />Row Boat 노젓는 배 [ no-jeot-neun-bae ]<br />Sailboat 돛단배 [ dot-dan-bae ]<br />Scooter 스쿠터 [ seu-ku-teo ]<br />Ship, boat 배 [ bae ]<br />Sleigh 썰매 [ sseol-mae ]<br />Snowmobile 설상차 [ seol-sang-cha ]<br />Street Car 전차 [ jeon-cha ]<br />Subway 지하철 [ ji-ha-cheol ]<br />Taxi 택시 [ taek-si ]<br />Train 기차 [ gi-cha ]<br />Truck 픽업 [ pik-eop ]<br />Van 봉고차 [ bong-go-cha ]<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-8605871405632544732010-07-15T05:16:00.001+09:002010-07-15T05:17:02.927+09:00learn koreankorean Irregular Verbs are the “Gangster Group” in Korean Hangeul system. There are a total of five Korean Irregular Verbs: ㄷ, ㅂ, ㄹ, 으 and 르. This post is just an introduction of the Korean Irregular verbs, I’ll cover them more details in Learn Korean Language lessons. Why I called them the “Gangster Group”? Because they will change accordingly when they meet with certain consonants or vowels. We will look at them in the Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings. Let’s learn the rules below.<br />Korean Irregular Verbs - ㄷ<br />The first irregular verbs we learn today is “ㄷirregular verbs”. When a verb stem ends in “ㄷ”, this “ㄷ” becomes “ㄹ” whenever the verb tense ending begin with a vowel (such as the Korean Present Tense 아/어요). Then add the normal present tense ending to this new stem. See examples below.<br />• 듣다 [ deut-da ] → 들어요 [ deu-reo-yo ] (듣→들) - to listen<br />• 걷다 [ geot-da ] → 걸어요 [ geo-reo-yo ] (걷→걸) - to walk<br />However, there are few exceptions which mean that the “ㄷ” ending verbs that do not change the stems whether the suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant. See examples below.<br />• 받다 [ bat-da ] → 받아요 [ ba-da-yo ] - to receive<br />• 쏟다 [ ssot-da ] → 쏟아요 [ sso-da-yo ] - to pour<br />• 닫다 [ dat-da ] → 닫아요 [ da-da-yo ] - to close<br />• 믿다 [ mit-da ] → 믿어요 [ mi-deo-yo ] - to believe<br />Examples:<br />• 음악을 들었어요. [ eum-a-geul-deu-reo-sseo-yo ] - I listened to music.<br />• 빨리 걸으세요. [ bbal-li-geo-reu-se-yo ] - Please walk quickly.<br />• 문을 닫으세요. [ mu-neul-da-deu-se-yo ] - Close the door, please.<br />• 선물을 받았어요. [ seon-mu-reul-ba-da-sseo-yo ] - I got a present.<br />Korean Irregular Verbs - ㅂ<br />The “ㅂ irregular verbs” can be changed to either “우” or “오” for some cases. When a verb stem ends in “ㅂ”, this “ㅂ” becomes “우” or “오” whenever the verb tense ending begins with a vowel (such as the Korean Present Tense 아/어요). When a verb stem ends with a vowel other than “ㅏ or ㅗ”, this “ㅂ” becomes “우”. Then combined the “우” with the present tense ending 어요 to form the ending 워요. See examples below.<br />• 줍다 [ jup-da ] → 주워요 [ ju-wo-yo ] (줍→주우)+어요) - to pick up<br />• 굽다 [ gup-da ] → 구워요 [ gu-wo-yo ] (굽→구우)+어요) - to roast<br />• 쉽다 [ swip-da ] → 쉬워요 [ swi-wo-yo ] (쉽→쉬우)+어요) - to be easy<br />• 귀엽다 [ gwi-yeop-da ] → 귀여워요 [ gwi-yeo-wo-yo ] (귀엽→귀여우)+어요) - to be cute<br />• 부럽다 [ bu-reop-da ] → 부러워요 [ bu-reo-wo-yo ] (부럽→부러우)+어요) - to be jealous<br />When a verb stem ends with “ㅏ or ㅗ”, this “ㅂ” becomes “오” rather than “우”. Then combined the “오” with the present tense ending 아요 to form the ending 와요. See examples below.<br />• 돕다 [ dop-da ] → 도와요 [ do-wa-yo ] (돕→도오)+아요) - to help<br />• 곱다 [ gop-da ] → 고와요 [ go-wa-yo ] (곱→고오)+아요) - to be beautiful<br />However, there are few exceptions which mean that the “ㅂ” ending verbs that do not change the stems whether the suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant. See examples below.<br />• 잡다 [ jap-da ] → 잡아요 [ ja-ba-yo ] - to catch<br />• 집다 [ jip-da ] → 집어요 [ ji-beo-yo ] - to pick up<br />• 씹다 [ ssip-da ] → 씹어요 [ ssi-beo-yo ] - to chew<br />Korean Irregular Verbs - 으<br />When the verb stem ends with the vowel “으”, this “으” is dropped whenever the verb tense ending begins with a vowel (such as the Korean Present Tense 아/어요). Then add the normal present tense ending to this new stem. See examples below.<br />• 끄다 [ ggeu-da ] → 꺼요 [ ggeo-yo ] (ㄲ+어요) - to put out/turn off<br />• 쓰다 [ sseu-da ] → 써요 [ sseo-yo ] (ㅆ+어요) - to write<br />• 크다 [ keu-da ] → 커요 [ keo-yo ] (ㅋ+어요) - to be big<br />• 바쁘다 [ ba-bbeu-da ] → 바빠요 [ ba-bba-yo ] (ㅃ+아요) - to be busy<br />Korean Irregular Verbs - 르<br />When a verb stem ends in “ㄹ”, before 아/어요 the “ㅡ” is dropped and one more “ㄹ” is added to the syllable preceding the original “ㄹ”. In other word, two “ㄹ” is produced. Then add the normal present tense ending to this new stem. See examples below.<br />• 나르다 [ na-reu-da ] → 날라요 [ nal-la-yo ] (나르+아요 = 날+(ㄹ)+아요 = 날라요) - to carry<br />• 부르다 [ bu-reu-da ] → 불러요 [ bul-leo-yo ] (부르+어요 = 불+(ㄹ)+어요 = 불러요) - to sing/call out<br />• 흐르다 [ heu-reu-da ] → 흘러요 [ heul-leo-yo ] (흐르+어요 = 흘+(ㄹ)+어요 = 흘러요) - to flow<br />• 가르다 [ ga-reu-da ] → 갈라요 [ gal-la-yo ] (가르+아요 = 갈+(ㄹ)+아요 = 갈라요) - to divide<br />• 지르다 [ ji-reu-da ] → 질러요 [ jil-leo-yo ] (지르+어요 = 질+(ㄹ)+어요 = 질러요) - to yell/set fire to<br />Korean Irregular Verbs - ㄹ<br />Here comes our last Korean Irregular Verbs, the “ㄹ irregular verbs”, the most difficult irregular verbs. When a verb stem ends in “ㄹ”, this “ㄹ” is dropped whenever the consonants such as “ㄴ, ㅂ, ㅅ” come next. Then add the normal ending to this new stem. There will be no changes when the verb tense ending begins with a vowel (such as the Korean Present Tense 아/어요). See the table below.<br />Verb/ Adjective -는 -ㅂ니다 -세요 -어/아요<br />길다 [ gil-da ] - to be long 긴 [ gin ] (길+는→기+ㄴ) not “기는” 깁니다 [ gim-ni-da ] (길+ㅂ니다→기+ㅂ니다) 기세요 [ gi-se-yo ] (길+세요→기+세요) 길어요 [ gi-reo-yo ] (길+어요)<br />살다 [ sal-da ] - to live/buy 사는 [ sa-neun ] (살+는→사+는) 삽니다 [ sam-ni-da ] (삽+ㅂ니다→사+ㅂ니다) 사세요 [ sa-se-yo ] (살+세요→사+세요) 살아요 [ sa-ra-yo ] (살+아요)<br />울다 [ ul-da ] - to cry 우는 [ u-neun ] (울+는→우+는) 웁니다 [ um-ni-da ] (울+ㅂ니다→우+ㅂ니다) 우세요 [ u-se-yo ] (울+세요→우+세요) 울어요 [ u-reo-yo ] (울+어요)<br />팔다 [ pal-da ] - to sell 파는 [ pa-neun ] (팔+는→파+는) 팝니다 [ pam-mi-da ] (팔+ㅂ니다→파+ㅂ니다) 파세요 [ pa-se-yo ] (팔+세요→파+세요) 팔아요 [ pa-ra-yo ] (팔+아요)<br />밀다 [ mil-da ] - to push 미는 [ mi-neun ] (밀+는→미+는) 밉니다 [ mim-ni-da ] (밀+ㅂ니다→미+ㅂ니다) 미세요 [ mi-se-yo ] (밀+세요→미+세요) 밀어요 [ mi-reo-yo ] (밀+어요)<br />빌다 [ bil-da ] - to beg 비는 [ bi-neun ] (빌+는→비+는) 빕니다 [ bim-ni-da ] (빌+ㅂ니다→비+ㅂ니다) 비세요 [ bi-se-yo ] (빌+세요→비+세요) 빌어요 [ bi-reo-yo ] (빌+어요)<br />열다 [ yeol-da ] - to open 여는 [ yeo-neun ] (열+는→여+는) 엽니다 [ yeom-ni-da ] (열+ㅂ니다→여+ㅂ니다) 여세요 [ yeo-se-yo ] (열+세요→여+세요) 열어요 [ yeo-reo-yo ] (열+어요)<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-44853427165922430702010-07-15T05:12:00.002+09:002010-07-15T05:16:14.582+09:00learn koreanKorean Vocabulary - Family Terms<br />Family - 가족 [ ga-jok ]<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Cousin 사촌 [ sa-chon ]<br />Daughter 딸 [ ddal ]<br />Father 아버지 [ a-beo-ji ]<br />Grandfather 할아버지 [ ha-ra-beo-ji ]<br />Grandmother 할머니 [ hal-meo-ni ]<br />Husband 남편 [ nam-pyeon ]<br />Maternal aunt 이모 [ i-mo ]<br />Maternal uncle 외삼촌 [ woe-sam-chon ]<br />Mother 어머니 [ eo-meo-ni ]<br />My wife 아내 [ a-nae ]<br />Older brother (of a man) 형 [ hyeong ]<br />Older brother (of a woman) 오빠 [ o-bba ]<br />Older sister (of a man) 누나 [ nu-na ]<br />Older sister (of a woman) 언니 [ eon-ni ]<br />Paternal aunt 고모 [ go-mo ]<br />Paternal uncle 삼촌 [ sam-chon ]<br />Relatives 친척 [ chin-cheok ]<br />Someone’s wife 부인 [ bu-in ]<br />Son 아들 [ a-deul ]<br />Younger brother 남동생 [ nam-dong-saeng ]<br />Younger sister 여동생 [ yeo-dong-saeng ]<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Useful Korean Phrases and Expressions<br />At the Restaurant - Korean Vocabulary - Food and Drinks<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Please give me a menu. 메뉴 좀 갖다주세요. Menyu jom gatdajuseyo.<br />I’d like one order of… …일 인분 부탁 합니다. …il inbun butak hamnida.<br />Don’t make it hot (spicy) 맵지 않게 해주세요. Maepji anke haejuseyo.<br />Please bring me some water. 물 좀 주세요. Mul jom juseyo.<br />Please bring me the check. 여기 계산서 좀 가져오세요. Yeogi gyesanseo jom gajyeooseyo.<br />Please give me a receipt. 영수증을 주세요. Yeongsujeungeul juseyo.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Useful Korean Phrases and Expressions<br />Driving Directions<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Please go to … …에 가주세요. …e gajuseyo.<br />I’m in a hurry. 급해요. Keupaeyo.<br />There’s no hurry. 급하게 가지 않아도 되요. Keupage gaji anado doeyo.<br />Please drive more … 좀 더… 운전해 주세요. Jom deo… unjeonhae juseyo.<br />slowly / quickly 천천히 / 빨리 cheoncheoni / bballi<br />Go straight ahead. 똑바로 가주세요. Ddokbaro gajuseyo.<br />Turn … …으로 돌아가 주세요. … euro dolaga juseyo.<br />left / right 왼쪽 / 오른쪽 woenjjok / oreunjjok<br />Stop here, please. 여기서 내려 주세요. Yeogiseo naeryeo juseyo.<br />How much is the fare? 요금이 얼마예요? Yogeumi eolmayeyo?<br />Emagasia wish you all the best in learning Useful Korean Phrases and Expressions.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Vocabulary for Countries covers all the countries name in Korean. In order to Learn Korean language, it is vital for you to know and memories the Korean vocabulary. Without knowing the Korean vocabulary, it’s very hard for you to form a Korean sentence. Do you know that when introducing yourself, you may need to introduce your name perhaps in Korean (view Korean names), your occupation, your nationality. Today we will learn the vocabulary for countries in Emagasia.<br />There are many advantages if you can memories the name of those countries as it has a lot of usage in Korean language such as nationality, race or languages.<br />Korean Vocabulary - Countries<br />Countries - 나라 [ na-ra ]<br />English Korean Pronunciation<br />Algeria 알제리 [ al-je-ri ]<br />America 미국 [ mi-guk ]<br />Argentina 아르헨티나 [ a-reu-hen-ti-na ]<br />Australia 오스트레일리아/호주 [ o-seu-teu-re-il-ria/ho-ju ]<br />Austria 오스트리아 [ o-seu-teu-ri-a ]<br />Bangladesh 방글라데시 [ bang-geul-ra-de-si ]<br />Belgium 벨기에 [ bel-gi-e ]<br />Bolivia 볼리비아 [ bol-ri-bi-a ]<br />Brazil 브라질 [ beu-ra-jil ]<br />Brunei 브루나이 [ beu-ru-na-i]<br />Burma/Myanmar 버마/미얀마 [ beo-ma/mi-yan-ma ]<br />Cambodia 캄보디아 [ kam-bo-di-a ]<br />Cameroon 카메룬 [ ka-me-run ]<br />Canada 캐나다 [ kae-na-da ]<br />Chicago 시카고 [ si-ka-go ]<br />Chile 칠레 [ chil-re ]<br />China 종국 [ jung-guk ]<br />Colombia 콜롬비아 [ kol-rom-bi-a ]<br />Cuba 쿠바 [ ku-ba]<br />Czech Republic 체코 [ che-ko ]<br />Denmark 덴마크 [ den-ma-keu ]<br />Ecuador 에콰도르 [ e-kwa-do-reu ]<br />Egypt 이집트 [ i-jip-teu ]<br />England 영국 [ yeong-guk ]<br />Fiji 피지 [ pi-ji ]<br />Finland 핀란드 [ pin-ran-deu ]<br />France 프랑스 [ peu-rang-seu ]<br />Germany 독일 [ dok-il ]<br />Ghana 가나 [ ka-na ]<br />Greece 그리스 [ geu-ri-seu ]<br />Hong Kong 홍콩 [ hong-kong ]<br />Hungary 헝가리 [ heong-ga-ri ]<br />Iceland 아이슬란드 [ a-i-seul-ran-deu ]<br />India 인도 [ in-do ]<br />Indonesia 인도네시아 [ in-do-ne-si-a ]<br />Iran 이란 [ i-ran ]<br />Iraq 이라크 [ i-ra-keu ]<br />Ireland 아일랜드 [ a-il-raen-deu ]<br />Israel 이스라엘 [ i-seu-ra-el ]<br />Italy 이탈리아/이태리 [ i-tal-ri-a/i-tae-ri ]<br />Jamaica 자메이카 [ ja-me-i-ka ]<br />Japan 일본 [ il-bon ]<br />Jordon 요르단 [ yo-reu-dan ]<br />Kenya 케냐 [ ke-nya ]<br />Korea 한국 [ han-guk ]<br />Kuwait 쿠웨이트 [ ku-we-i-teu ]<br />Laos 라오스 [ ra-o-seu ]<br />Lebanon 레바논 [ re-ba-non ]<br />Libya 리비아 [ ri-bi-a ]<br />Luxembourg 룩셈부르크 [ ruk-sem-bu-reu-keu ]<br />Macau 마카오 [ ma-ka-o ]<br />Maldives 몰디브 [ mol-di-beu ]<br />Malta 몰타 [ mol-ta ]<br />Malaysia 말레이시아 [ mal-re-i-si-a ]<br />Mexico 맥시코 [ mae-si-ko ]<br />Morocco 모로코 [ mo-ro-ko ]<br />Nepal 네팔 [ ne-pal ]<br />Netherlands 네덜란드 [ ne-deol-ran-deu ]<br />New Zealand 뉴질랜드 [ nyu-jil-raen-deu ]<br />Nigeria 나이지리아 [ na-i-ji-ri-a ]<br />North Korea 북한 [ buk-han ]<br />Norway 노르웨이 [ no-reu-we-i ]<br />Pakistan 파키스탄 [ pa-ki-seu-tan ]<br />Peru 페루 [ pe-ru ]<br />Philippines 필리핀 [ pil-ri-pin ]<br />Poland 폴란드 [ pol-ran-deu ]<br />Portugal 포르투갈 [ po-reu-tu-gal ]<br />Russia 러시아 [ reo-si-a ]<br />Saudi Arabia 사우디아라비아 [ sa-u-di-a-ra-bi-a ]<br />Senegal 세네갈 [ se-ne-gal ]<br />Singapore 싱가폴 [ sing-ga-pol ]<br />Switzerland 스위스 [ seu-wi-seu ]<br />Thailand 태국 [ tae-guk ]<br />Turkey 터키 [ teo-ki ]<br />Vietnam 베트남 [ be-teu-nam ]<br />When you want to describe someone’s nationality, just add the word 사람 (people) behind the country name. For example, Korea 한국 + 사람 = 한국 사람 (Korean). By adding the word 인 behind the country name, it means race, such as 한국 인 (Korean), 인도 인 (Indian), 말레이 인 (Malay) or 말레이시아 인도인 (Malaysian Indians). Names of languages, are formed by placing 어/말 after the name of country. For general language, add 어, 말 is for describing spoken language. Examples - 한국어/한국말 (Korean), 일본어/일본말 (Japanese), 중국어/중국말 (Chinese), 외국어/외국말 (Foreign language). However for English, is just 영어 without referring a country. But for United States English, United Kingdom English or Australia English, may write as 미국 영어, 영국 영어, 호주 영어 to differentiate them. <br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 33 - Korean Conjunction - But<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 32 - Korean Question Word - How. Today we come to learn Korean Conjunction - But. In this learn Korean language lesson, we will learn conjunction - But - 지만 [ ji-man ]. It has the same meaning as English question word - how. In Korean, it is use to shows a contrast between the two sentences. 지만 is a coordinating conjunction used to connect two sentences together in a way that shows a contrast between the two. 지만 is added to the stem of the verb or adjective in the first sentence. Let’s start!<br />Korean Conjunction - But<br />We have learned Korean Conjunction - And in learn Korean language Lesson 23 and Lesson 31. To indicates a contrast between what is said before and after, use 지만. It is a coordinating conjunction used to connect two sentences together in a way that shows a contrast between the two. 지만 is added to the stem of the Korean Verbs or Korean Adjectives in the first sentence. Simply add it to the end of the verb or adjective stem regardless of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant. For example, when the food was expensive but not very tasty, add this Korean conjunction to the end of the adjective stem to make contrast between expensive and tasteless. When you want to watch a movie but have no time, use it to show contrast between your desire and unavailability. See examples below.<br />• 이 식당은 비싸지만 맛이 없어요. [ i-sik-dang-eun-bi-ssa-ji-man-ma-si-eop-seo-yo ] - This restaurant is expensive but not very tasty.<br />• 그 영화를 보고 싶지만 시간이 없어요. [ geu-yeong-hwa-reul-bo-go-sip-ji-man-si-gan-i-eop-seo-yo ] - I want to watch that movie but I have no time.<br />• 토요일에는 하지만 일요일에는 하지 않아요. [ to-yo-il-e-neun-ha-ji-man-il-yo-il-e-neun-ha-ji-an-a-yo ] - It opens Saturday but closes on Sunday.<br />• 한국 친구가 있지만 자주 만날 수 없어요. [ han-guk-chin-gu-ga-it-ji-man-ja-ju-man-nal-su-eop-seo-yo ] - I have a Korean friend but we can’t meet often.<br />When two sentences are connected using 지만, the repeated part in the second sentence is usually omitted.<br />• 저는 학교에 가지만 친구는 학교에 안 가요. [ jeo-neun-hak-gyo-e-ga-ji-man-chin-gu-neun-hak-gyo-e-an-ga-yo ] - I go to school, but my friend doesn’t go to school.<br />• 저는 학교에 가지만 친구는 안 가요. [ jeo-neun-hak-gyo-e-ga-ji-man-chin-gu-neun-an-ga-yo ] - I go to school, but my friend doesn’t.<br />To make contrasts involving the past, 았/었지만 is used adding 았/었 to 지만 to indicate the Korean Past Tense. Simply replace 어요 in 았/었어요 with 지만.<br />• 어젯밤에 그 일을 했지만 안 가져 왔어요. [ i-jet-bam-e-geu-il-eul-haet-ji-man-an-ga-jyeo-wa-sseo-yo ] - I did the work last night but did not bring it with me.<br />• 아까 점심을 먹었지만 배가 고파요. [ a-gga-jeom-sim-eul-meo-geot-ji-man-bae-ga-go-pa-yo ] - I ate lunch a while ago but I am still hungry.<br />Learn Korean Language Flashback<br />Here are the learn Korean language flashback of previous lessons. Do you remember that we have learned Korean Irregular Verbs, the “Gangster Group” in Korean Hangeul system? There are a total of five Korean Irregular Verbs: ㄷ, ㅂ, ㄹ, 으 and 르. Let’s revise the ㅂ irregular verbs here. For more details, please revise that lesson. In Korean there are two types of verbs: Korean Action Verbs (to run, to sleep, to do, to work, to think, to study, etc.) and Descriptive Verbs which is the adjectives (to be happy, to be sad, to be cheap, to be expensive, to be good, to be bad, etc.). These two types of verbs are same when it comes to irregular. When an adjective stem ending in ㅂ is followed by the vowel 아, 어 or 으, the ㅂ changes to 우.<br />• 덥다 [ deop-da ] → 덥 + 어요 = 더워요 [ deo-wo-yo ] - to be hot<br />• 맵다 [ maep-da ] → 맵 + 어요 = 매워요 [ mae-wo-yo ] - to be hot (spicy)<br />• 춥다 [ chup-da ] → 춥 + 어요 = 추워요 [ chu-wo-yo ] - to be cold<br />• 쉽다 [ swip-da ] → 쉽 + 어요 = 쉬워요 [ swi-wo-yo ] - to be easy<br />• 어렵다 [ eo-ryeop-da ] → 어렵 + 어요 = 어려워요 [ eo-ryeo-wo-yo ] - to be difficult<br />For examples:<br />• 날씨가 더워요. [ nal-ssi-ga-deo-wo-yo ] - It is hot.<br />• 한국 신문이 어려워요. [ han-guk-sin-mun-i-eo-ryeo-wo-yo ] - It is difficult to read a Korean newspaper.<br /> -지만 -아/어요 -았/었어요 -아/어서<br />덥다 덥지만 더워요 더웠어요 더워서<br />맵다 맵지만 매워요 매웠어요 매워서<br />춥다 춥지만 추워요 추웠어요 추워서<br />쉽다 쉽지만 쉬워요 쉬웠어요 쉬워서<br />어렵다 어렵지만 어려워요 어려웠어요 어려워서<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br /><br />Korean Words<br /><br />The following table contains important words about days and time in Korean as well as in English.<br />English Korean Words Hangul Script<br /> <br />Sunday eeryoheel 일요일<br />Monday wuhryoheel 월요일<br />Tuesday hwa-yoheel 화요일<br />Wednesday sue-yoheel 수요일<br />Thursday mo gyoeel 목요일<br />Friday gumyoeel 금요일<br />Saturday toh yoeel 토요일<br />Yesterday uhdjeh 어제<br />Today ohnul 오늘<br />Tomorrow neheel 내일<br />Day naht 낮<br />Night paam 밤<br />Week chooh 주<br />Month wuhl 월<br />Year nyuhn 년<br />Second cho 초<br />Minute boohn 분<br />Hour sih 시<br />Morning ah-chim 아침<br />Evening chuh-nyuhk 저녁<br />English Korean Expressions Hangul Script<br /> <br />Above / Over wee / wee 위 / 위<br />After / Past who / chi-nahn 후 / 지난<br />Back / Behind dwee / dwee 뒤 / 뒤<br />Before / In front of / Forward chuhn / ____ ui ahp / ahp 전 / __의 앞 / 앞<br />Between sahee 사이<br />Coordinates jwa pyo 좌표<br />Degrees doh 도<br />Down ah-reh 아래<br />East tong 동<br />Far muhli 멀리<br />Longitude kyung-doh 경도<br />Left when-chok 왼쪽<br />Latitude wee-doh 위도<br />My position is ___. cheh weechinun _______ imneedaa 제 위치는 ____ 입니다.<br />Near gaa kahp geh 가깝게<br />North book 북<br />Northeast book dong chok 북동쪽<br />Northwest book suh chok 북서쪽<br />Right ohroon chok 오른쪽<br />South nahm 남<br />Southeast nahm dong chok 남동쪽<br />Southwest nahm suh chok 남서쪽<br />Straight ahead. ahpooroh chikdjin 앞으로 직진.<br />Under ah reh 아래<br />Up wee 위<br />West suh 서<br />I hope the content of this page was useful to you, and that you learned some Korean Words, to strengthen your vocabulary and expressions skills. Try to memorize them to be able to use them in your daily conversation. Make sure to check our Learn Korean page, which contains several lessons that might help you in your learning process.<br /><br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 2 - Korean Basic Conversation<br /> <br /> Today, we will start learn some Korean basic conversation ( 기본회화 ) such as normal greetings, thank you, sorry in Korean. The Korean language has various expressions according to specific situations and age and status of the people one is addressing to. In simple, there are two ways when you start a conversation, whether formally or informally.<br />Basically, the formal way will be use in formal situation and relationships. On the other hand, informal way will be use in informal situations and relationships. The difference between formal and informal is the Korean Sentence Ending Form. There are two sentence ending form – Formal polite and informal polite, both are essential in Korean language, we will learn this in the next lesson. Now, let’s see some Korean basic conversation.<br />Korean Basic Conversation<br />Korean English Pronunciation<br />네/예 yes [ ne/ye ]<br />아니오 no [ a-ni-o ]<br />안녕하세요?<br />안녕하십니까? (F) good morning<br />good afternoon<br />good evening [ an-nyeong-ha-se-yo ]<br />[ an-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-gga ]<br />안녕히 가세요<br />안녕히 가십시오 (F) good bye (to person leaving) [ ann-yeong-hi-ka-se-yo ]<br />[ ann-yeong-hi-ka-ship-si-yo ]<br />안녕히 계세요<br />안녕히 계십시오 (F) good bye (to person staying) [ ann-yeong-hi-kye-se-yo ]<br />[ ann-yeong-hi-kye-ship-si-yo ]<br />여보세요 hello? (on the phone) [ yeo-bo-se-yo ]<br />어서 오세요 welcome / hello [ eo-seo-o-se-yo ]<br />고마워요<br />고맙습니다 (F)<br />감사합니다 (F) thank you [ go-ma-wo-yo ]<br />[ go-map-seum-ni-da ]<br />[ kam-sa-ham-ni-da ]<br />천만에요 you’re welcome [ cheon-ma-ne-yo ]<br />미안해<br />미안합니다 (F)<br />죄송합니다 (F) sorry [ mi-an-nae ]<br />[ mi-an-ham-ni-da ]<br />[ jwe-song-ham-ni-da ]<br />괜찮아요<br />괜찮습니다 (F) it’s all right, it’s ok, don’t worry [ gwaen-cha-na-yo ]<br />[ gwaen-chan-sseum-ni-da ]<br />실례합니다 excuse me [ sil-rye-ham-ni-da ]<br />*Phrases use the informal level of politeness except those denoted with (F).<br />Yes/no questions can be answered affirmatively with 네/예, 예 gives a polite impression but 네 is more frequently used, and negatively with 아니요.<br />안녕하세요 is the most common greeting used when meeting someone. No matter the time of day, greet someone with 안녕하세요 when you meet him/her. There is no equivalent to good morning, good afternoon or good evening. It can be used either greet someone you meet for the first time or someone older than you (parents, grandparents) or greet someone you see everyday. So you can always use 안녕하세요 greeting a stranger, or greeting someone you know but need to speak polite to (teachers, older neighbors, co-workers).<br />If you want to speak more formally or when meeting someone of higher status, or with whom you have a working relationship (boss, customer), use 안녕하십니까. On the other hand, informally, 안녕 is use when greeting a friend of the same age (especially a friend from youth (childhood friends, school friends). Although this phrase is a greeting, you should pronounce it like a question, with your tone rising at the end. If you are meeting someone for the first time, bow your head a bit as you make your greeting.<br />안녕히 가세요 which also means good bye is say by the host who is bidding his/her guests good bye. You may say 안녕히 가세요 to the person who is leaving. On the other hand, 안녕히 계세요 means good bye, say by the guest who is leaving. You may need to say 안녕히 계세요 to a person who is staying.<br />어서 오세요 means welcome/hello. You say this to greet a guest or your friend whoever when they come to your house. 고맙습니다/감사합니다 both means thank you. Use 고마워/고마워요 in informal situations and relationships.<br />괜찮습니다 /괜찮아요 means it’s all right, it’s ok or don’t worry. Informally, 괜찮아. Do you know why is it Koreans say 괜찮아요 so much? The expression 괜찮아요 occurs in many kinds of situations, with many different meanings. Not only a polite substitute for when one’s mood is bad, 괜찮아요 is also used to accept thanks and apologies. The many varied uses of 괜찮아요 can cause confusion for someone just learning to speak Korean.<br />Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 3 - Korean Sentence Ending Form.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 3 - Korean Sentence Ending Form<br /> <br /> We knew that there are two ways when you start a conversation in Learn Korean Language Lesson 2 - Korean Basic Conversation, whether formally or informally and the difference between both of them is the Korean Sentence Ending Form, the only difficulty in learning Korean is the question that always appears in your mind that when do i need to use formal language?<br />However, first step you must learn is that what’s the differences between formal and informal Korean language. If you don’t understand this lesson, don’t worry, learn Korean lessons in Emagasia will start from using the informal polite form because it is easier to understand and as we proceed, we will learn more into Korean formal polite form. So, let’s learn the Korean Sentence Ending Form and understand the differences between Formal Polite Form and Informal Polite Form in the table below.<br />Korean Sentence Ending Form<br />Declarative (for statement)<br />Formal Polite Informal Polite<br />Verb stem + -ㅂ니다/-습니다 Verb stem + -아요/어요/해요<br />가다 = 갑니다, 먹다 = 먹습니다 가다 = 가요, 먹다 = 먹어요<br />감사합니다. 반갑습니다. 고마워요. 반가워요.<br />Interrogative (for question)<br />Formal Polite Informal Polite<br />-ㅂ니까?/-습니까? -아요/어요/해요?<br />가다 = 갑니까? 먹다 = 먹습니까? 가다 = 가요? 막다 = 먹어요?<br />*-십니까?/으십니까? *-세요?/-으세요?<br />가다 = 가십니까? 앉다 = 앉으십니까? 가다 = 가세요? 앉다 = 앉으세요?<br />안녕하십니까? 안녕하세요?<br />Imperative (for command)<br />Formal polite Informal Polite<br />-ㅂ시오/으시오 -아요/어요/해요<br />*-십시오/-으십시오 *-세요/-으세요<br />가다 = 가십시오, 입다 = 입으십시오 가다 = 가세요. 오다 = 오세요.<br />안녕히 가십시오. 어서 오십시오. 안녕히가세요. 어서오세요.<br />Propositive (for proposal)<br />Formal polite Informal Polite<br />-ㅂ시다/읍시다 -아요/어요/해요<br />가다 = 갑시다, 먹다 = 먹읍시다 가다 = 가요, 먹다 = 먹어요<br />어서 갑시다. 빨리 먹읍시다. 잘 가요. 또 와요. 어서 먹어요.<br />* with honorific –시-<br />가다 = 가 + 시 +ㅂ니까? = 가십니까?<br />일하 + 시 + 어요? = 일하세요?<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 4 - Korean Topic Marker<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 3 - Korean Sentence Ending Form. In Learn Korean Language Lesson 4, you will learn the Korean topic marker and how to used it in forming Korean sentences. So, what is Korean Topic Marker? Obviously, Korean topic marker designates the topic of a sentence. Do you remember that when form a Korean sentences, Korean verb comes last in Comparison of Korean and English? Hence, not like English, the order of the Korean sentence is usually: subject, object, verb.<br />Korean Topic Marker<br />Korean Topic Marker 은/는 follows a noun, indicating that it is the topic under discussion. The topic is often not necessarily the same as the subject. Rather, the topic marker appears when one wants to stress a new topic. Like when introducing yourself in Korean, this topic functions like this gesture, emphasizing each person in turn. Topic marker 은 directly follows words that end in a consonant (with batchim), while 는 is used after words ending in a vowel (without batchim). For example, 저 is a Korean character ending with a vowel (without batchim). Therefore, it is a noun ending with a vowel. In this case, 는 will be place behind 저 and become 저는. On the other hand, when a nouns ending with a consonant (with batchim), 은 will be place behind it. Do you remember what is batchim? Refer Korean Consonants 3. See examples below:<br />Ending with a vowel<br />• 저는 박정수예요. [ jeo-neun-bak-jeong-su-ye-yo ] - I am Park Jung Soo.<br />• 저는 학생이에요. [ jeo-neun-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - I am a student.<br />• 애니씨는 인도네시아 사람이에요. [ ae-ni-ssi-neun-in-do-ne-si-a-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - Annie is Indonesian.<br />Ending with a consonants<br />• 카르멘은 간호사예요. [ ka-reu-men-eun-gan-ho-sa-ye-yo ] - Carmen is a nurse.<br />• 선생님은 미국 사람이에요. [ seon-saeng-nim-eun-mi-guk-sa-rami-e-yo ] - The teacher is American.<br />• 이분은 호주 사람이에요. [ i-bun-eun-ho-ju-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - This gentleman/lady is Australian.<br />Sometimes, in Korean, the subject is often omitted when it is obvious to the other person.<br />• 저는 박정수예요 = 박정수예요. - I am Park Jung Soo.<br />• 엘리스씨는 의사예요? = 의사예요? - Is Alice doctor? Or Alice, are you doctor?<br />• 선생님은 미국 사람이에요? = 미국 사람이에요? - Is teacher American? Or teacher, are you American?<br />분 has the same meaning with 사람 both mean person in Korean, but Korean people use 분 when they are mentioning a person that is older or a respective person, is more formal than 사람 even though both of them have the same meaning. 씨 can be added behind a Korean name as a term of address.<br />5Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 4 - Korean Topic Marker, in Learn Korean Language Lesson 5, we will learn Korean sentence endings expressing identification - 이에요/예요. In Comparison of Korean and English, we knew that Korean verb comes last, the order of the Korean sentence is subject, object, verb. 이에요/예요 comes from the verb 이다. Formally, -입니다 (we will learn this in the future). Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification 이에요/예요 are attached to nouns.<br />Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification<br />이에요/예요 has the same usage as English word – Is. It helps describe some equivalence between two things. The rules are the same as Korean topic marker. 이에요 directly follows words that end in a consonant (with batchim), and 예요 is used after words ending in a vowel (without batchim). Do you remember what is batchim? Refer Korean Consonants 3. The subject is often omitted when it is obvious to the other person. However, when changing the topic, do not leave the subject out of the first sentence. See examples below:<br />Ending with a vowel<br />• (저는) 크리스티예요 [ keu-ri-seu-ti-ye-yo ] - I am Christy.<br />• (저는) 빌리예요 [ bil-ri-ye-yo ] - I am Billy.<br />• (저는) 간호사예요 [ gan-ho-sa-ye-yo ] - I am a nurse.<br />Ending with a consonants<br />• (저는) 이성민이에요 [ i-seong-min-i-e-yo ] - I am Lee Sung Min<br />• (저는) 경찰이에요 [ kyeong-chal-i-ye-yo ] - I am a police.<br />• (저는) 일본 사람이에요 [ il-bon-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - I am Japanese.<br />Do you remember that sentence structure of Korean order of questions and its answer are the same in Comparison of Korean and English? The only difference between questions and answer is questions are always end with a rising tone and declarative sentences end with a slightly falling tone. Hence, when using 이에요/예요, just raising intonation at the end without any change in word order makes the sentence into a question. If you have any doubts on the pronunciation, go through Korean Language Reading Practice 2 - Yes or No.<br />• 의사예요? [ ui-sa-ye-yo ] - Are you a doctor?<br />• 한국 사람이에요? [ han-guk-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - Are you Korean?<br />• 경찰 이에요? [ gyeong-chal-i-e-yo ] - Are you a police?<br />Do Korean Language Exercises 1 and practice your Korean reading skills in Korean Language Reading Practice 1 - Introducing Yourself. Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 6 - Korean Question Word - What.<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 6 - Korean Question Word - What<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 5 - Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification, in this Learn Korean Language Lesson 6 we will learn Korean question word - 뭐 [ mwo ]. It has the same usage as English question word - what. 뭐 is use to form Korean interrogative sentence (question). Use it like English word - what to ask questions such as what is this? what is that? what is your name? 무엇 [ mu-eot ] is same as 뭐 but used in formal writing. 무엇 can be used with 이에요/입니까 to form questions.<br />Korean Question Word - What<br />뭐 is always used together with 예요 to ask questions as 뭐 is a Korean character ending with a vowel (without batchim). We have learn Korean sentence endings expressing identification - 이에요/예요 in Learn Korean Lesson 5 and we knew that 이에요/예요 has the same usage as English word – is, hence, when asking what is this, what is that, 뭐 will be used together with 예요. Do you remember what is batchim? (Refer Korean Consonants 3).<br />In Comparison of Korean and English, we knew that Korean verb comes last, the order of the Korean sentence is subject, object, verb. Therefore, 뭐예요 goes at the end of the sentences. There are many English speakers will try to emphasize 뭐 as they would stress the word what in English. But in Korean, you tone should rise a bit at the end.<br />Colloquial Conversation<br />• 이게 뭐예요? [ i-ge-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is this?<br />• 저게 뭐예요? [ jo-ge-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is that?<br />• 그게 뭐예요? [ geu-ge-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is that?<br />• 이름이 뭐예요? [ i-reum-i-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is your name?<br />• 직업이 뭐예요? [ ji-geo-bi-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is your occupation?<br />Formal writing<br />• 이것이 무엇입니까? [ i-geo-si-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] - What is this?<br />• 저것이 무엇입니까? [ jeo-geo-si-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] - What is that?<br />• 그것이 무엇입니까? [ geu-geo-si-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] - What is that?<br />• 이름이 무엇입니까? [ i-reum-i-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] - What is your name?<br />• 직업이 무엇입니까? [ ji-geo-bi-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] - What is your occupation?<br />You may need to know more Korean vocabulary in order to answer Korean question word 뭐, such as Korean Vocabulary - Occupations and Korean Vocabulary - Things. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 7 - Korean Question Word - Which.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 7 - Korean Question Word - Which<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 6 - Korean Question Word - What, in Learn Korean Lesson 7 we will learn another Korean question word - 어느 [ eo-neu ]. It has the same usage as English question word - which. 어느 is use to form Korean interrogative sentence (question) too. Use it like English word - which to ask questions such as which country are you from? which university? which company you work at? etc, etc. Korean question word 어느 doesn’t same as 뭐.<br />Korean Question Word - Which<br />뭐 is always used together with 예요 to ask questions and is place at the end of the sentences. 어느 followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요. 어느 allows you to ask someone to specify which among a category or group of objects. 어느 can be used with nouns such as 나라 (country), 회사 (company), 학교 (school) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 어느 나라 사람이에요? [ eo-neu-na-ra-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - Which country are you from?<br />• 어느 학교 학생이에요? [ eo-neu-hak-gyo-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - Which school are you from?<br />• 어느 회사 에서 일해요? [ eo-neu-hoe-sa-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - Which company you work at?<br />• 어느 대학교 에서 공부해요? [ eo-neu-dae-hak-gyo-e-seo-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - Which university you study at?<br />학교 means school in Korean refer to primary and secondary school. For university, 대 is added in front of 학교, 대학교 means university. Curious about Educational System of Korea? The answer for Korean question word 어느 above can be normal sentences as below:<br />• 저는 한국 사람이에요. [ jo-neun-han-guk-sa-ram-i-e-yo ] - I am Korean.<br />• 저는 일본어학교 학생이에요. [ jo-neun-il-bon-eo-hak-gyo-hak-saeng-i-e-yo ] - I am Japanese school student.<br />• 저는 자동차회사 에서 일해요. [ jo-neun-ja-dong-cha-hoe-sa-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - I work at a car company.<br />• 저는 한국대학교 에서 공부해요. [ jo-neun-han-guk-dae-hak-gyo-e-seo-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - I study at Korea university.<br />일해요 and 공부해요 are Korean verbs, 일해요 means work, 공부해요 means study, 에서 means at. We will learn this in the future, do Korean Language Exercises 2 and practice your Korean reading skills in Korean Reading Practice 3 - What is your name? Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 8 - Korean Question Word - What Kind Of.<br />arn Korean Language Lesson 8 - Korean Question Word - What Kind Of<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 7 - Korean Question Word - Which, today we will learn the third Korean Question Word - what kind of - 무슨 [ mu-seun ]. Use it like English question word- what kind of to form Korean interrogative sentence (question) such as what kind of sports, what kind of foods, what kind of season etc, etc. Korean question word 무슨 (what kind of) same as 어느 but doesn’t same as 뭐. 무슨 followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요.<br />Korean Question Word - What Kind Of<br />무슨 allows you to ask about details or characteristic about something. 무슨 can be used with nouns such as 운동 (sports), 영화 (movies), 요일 (name of the week or day), 음식 (food), 계절 (season) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 무슨 영화예요? [ mu-seun-yeong-hwa-ye-yo ] - What kind of movie?<br />• 무슨 운동이에요? [ mu-seun-un-dong-i-e-yo ] - What kind of sport?<br />• 무슨 요일이에요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-i-e-yo ] - What kind of day of the week?<br />• 무슨 음식이에요? [ mu-seun-eum-sik-i-e-yo ] - What kind of food?<br />• 무슨 계절이에요? [ mu-seun-kye-jeol-i-e-yo ] - What kind of season?<br />무슨 can also be use with 날 [ nal ] to ask about occasions (time). We will learn 날 in the future. Below are some examples of Korean Question Word - 무슨 - what kind of?<br />• 무슨 책을 읽어요? [ mu-seun-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - What kind of book are you reading?<br />• 무슨 음악을 좋아해요? [ mu-seun-eum-ak-eul-joh-a-hae-yo ] - What kind of music do you like?<br />• 무슨 차를 마셔요? [ mu-seun-cha-reul-ma-syeo-yo ] - What kind of tea are you drinking?<br />• 오늘은 무슨 요일이에요? [ o-neul-eun-mu-seun-yo-il-i-e-yo ] - What(kind of) day is it today?<br />• 매년 2월 14일이 무슨 날이에요? [ mae-nyeon-i-wol-sip-sa-il-i-mu-seun-nal-i-e-yo ] - What (kind of) day is February 14th every year?<br />책 - book, 읽어요 - read, 음악 - music, 좋아해요 - like, 차 - tea, 마셔요 - drink, 오늘 - today, and 매년 - every year. There are many more Korean interrogative sentence can be formed by 무슨, but for now, we learn the easiest first, we will go into more depth as we move on. Practice your Korean reading skills in Korean Reading Practice 4 - What kind of work do you do? Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 9 - Korean Question Word - Who/Whose.<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 9 - Korean Question Word - Who/Whose<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 8 - Korean Question Word - What Kind Of. Today we come to Learn Korean Language Lesson 9 - Korean Question Word - who/whose - 누구 [ nu-gu ]. 누구 is both the English equivalent of who and whose) to form Korean interrogative sentence (question) such as who is it? who’s there? whose it it? whose pencil is this? etc, etc. Korean Question Word - 누구 same as 무슨 same as 어느 followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요.<br />Korean Question Word - Who/Whose<br />Use 누구 like English question word- who/whose. Korean Question Word - 누구 (who/whose) same as 무슨 (what kind of) same as 어느 (which) followed by a noun and goes at the beginning of the sentences and doesn’t used together with 예요. For the time being, just remember that only 뭐 goes at the end of the sentences. 누구 can be used with noun plus 이에요/예요 (Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification). Nouns such as 첵 (book), 연필 (pencil), 핸드폰 (cellphone), 가방 (bag), and many more (view Korean Vocabulary - Things) to form questions like stated above.<br />• 누구세요? [ nu-gu-se-yo ] - Who’s there? or Who is it?<br />• 누구 거예요? [ nu-gu-geo-ye-yo ] - Whose is it?<br />• 누구 연필이에요? [ nu-gu-yeon-pil-i-e-yo ] - Whose pencil is it?<br />• 누구 가방이에요? [ nu-gu-ga-bang-i-e-yo ] - Whose bag is it?<br />누구 can be use with informal polite Korean Sentence Ending Form 세요 to ask question - 누구세요? means who’s there? or who is it?. 누구 거예요? is the same as asking 누구 책이에요? In here, 거 substitutes for 책. 거 is used in colloquial conversation, while 것 is used more in writing. Generally, 것 means a thing, an object, a matter or an affair.<br />Differences between Korean question words 무슨 (what kind of) and 어느 (which) and 누구 (whose) - 무슨 ask about ask about something details or characteristic, 어느 is asking someone to make a choice among multiple things. whereas 누구 is asking about belonging to which person or people.<br />• 무슨 책이에요? [ mu-seun-chaek-i-e-yo ] - What kind of book is it?<br />• 어느 책이에요? [ eo-neu-chaek-i-e-yo ] - Which book is it?<br />• 누구 책이에요? [ nu-gu-chaek-i-e-yo ] - Whose book is it?<br />There are many more Korean interrogative sentence can be formed by 누구, but for now, we learn the easiest first, we will go into more depth as we move on. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 10 - Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 10 - Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 9 - Korean Question Word - Who/Whose, today we will learn Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - this/that/that - 이/그/저 [ i/geu/jo ]. We use 이 (this) like English word - this. But, don’t use 그/저 (that) like English word - that. In Korean, there are two way to say that, whether 그/저. Even though both 그/저 means that in English but the usage is different. Do you know how to use 이/그/저? When locating objects in space, Korean speakers make a three-way distinction.<br />Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That<br />In short, Koreans look at the location of an object to decide whether to use 이/그/저 (this/that/that). Korean people use 이 for an object close by - if it is located relative to the speaker and listener, and whether the speaker or listener can see the object, 이 will be use. However, 그 is use when something is near the listener but not near the speaker. 저 is use when the object is far away from both speaker and listener.<br />• Object near the speaker - 이 (this)<br />• Object near the listener - 그 (that)<br />• Object away from both speaker and listener - (저) that over there<br />이/그/저 can be use with noun 것 (thing) when pointing to things. 이것 is used for something near the speaker, 그것 is used for something near the listener, and 저것 is used for something far from both the speaker and the listener. 이거/그거/저거 are shortened forms of 이것, 그것, 저것 and commonly used in casual speech.<br />• 이거는 우유예요. [ i-geo-neun-u-yu-ye-yo ] - This is milk.<br />• 그거는 가방이에요. [ geu-geo-neun-ga-bang-i-e-yo ] - That is a bag.<br />• 저거는 뭐예요? [ jo-geo-neun-mwo-ye-yo ] - What is that?<br />이게/그게/저게 are also shortened forms of 이것, 그것, 저것, but it is the shortened forms of 이것, 그것, 저것 and the subject marker. 이/그/저 plus the noun 것 (thing) and the subject marker 이 become 이것이/그것이/저것이, which are then shortened to 이게/그게/저게. 이건/그건/저건 share the same meaning but with a sight emphasis on the object indicated.<br />• 이게 뭐예요? [ i-ge-mwo-ye-yo ] (informal) = 이것이 무엇입니까? [ i-geo-si-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] (formal)<br />• 이건 뭐예요? [ i-geon-mwo-ye-yo ] (informal) = 이것은 무엇입니까? [ i-geo-seun-mu-eot-im-ni-gga ] (formal)<br />We have learned 무엇 in Learn Korean Language Lesson 6 - Korean Question Word - What. 이게/그게/저게 can be used together with Korean question word 뭐 to ask question. See this in Korean Language Reading Practice 5 - What is this? and go through Korean Language Exercises 3. Then, continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 11 - Korean Subject Marker.<br /> <br />Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That <br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 11 - Korean Subject Marker<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 10 - Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That, today we will learn Korean Subject Marker - 이/가 [ i/ga ]. The most commonly used noun particles are those used to mark the subject of the sentence and those used to mark the topic of a sentence (Korean Topic Marker). When form a Korean sentences, Korean verb comes last in Comparison of Korean and English? Hence, not like English, the order of the Korean sentence is usually: subject, object, verb.<br />Korean subject marker<br />In Korean, the subject of a sentence is designated by a subject marker 이/가. Both subject markers and topic markers are used to indicate the person or thing that is main actor or element in the sentence. The difference between subject and topics in Korean represents a distinction not directly found in English, as such, knowing understanding the difference between subject markers and topic markers is difficult for beginning Korean language learners. There are some basic principles that govern the use of each.<br />• A subject marker is often attached to a noun that the speaker wishes to introduce into the conversation for the first time. It has no direct interpretation into English.<br />• A topic marker is generally attached to a noun that has already been established in the conversion. The noun X-는 can be interpreted “as for X,…”.<br />In a conversation that involves identifying people or things, the opening question often includes a noun with a subject marker. The corresponding response would mark the same entity with a topic marker. It’s already been established as part of the discourse. We have learned Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - 이/그/저 (this/that/that) in Learn Korean Language Lesson 10.<br />• 이 것이 무엇이에요? [ i-geo-si-mu-eot-i-e-yo ] - What is this (thing)?<br />• 그 것은 책이에요. [ geu-geo-seun-chaek-i-e-yo ] - That thing is a book. (As for that thing, (it) is a book.)<br />In most of the sentences that you will encounter at this point, there will be either a subject or a topic. It’s much less common to find both types of particles in a single sentence. There is one important exception. A sentence that include the verb 아니다 - to not be.<br />• 이것은 책이 아니에요. [ i-geo-seun-chaek-i-a-ni-e-yo ] - This thing is not a book. (As for this thing, (it) is not a book.)<br />• 이것은 냉장고가 아니에요. [ i-geo-seun-naeng-jang-go-ga-a-ni-e-yo ] - This is not a refrigerator. (As for this thing, (it) is not a refrigerator.)<br />Knowing exactly when to use one as opposed to the other takes time and experience. In the meantime, acquaint yourself with the grammatical patterns and open yourself to absorbing new intuitions about these two particles function.<br /> Subject marker Topic marker<br />Ending with a vowel 가 는<br />Ending with a consonants 이 은<br />Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 12 - Korean Linking Verb.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />arn Korean Language Lesson 12 - Korean Linking Verb<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 11 - Korean Subject Marker. Today, we will Korean Linking Verb - 이에요/예요 [ i-e-yo/ye-yo ]. We have learned this in Learn Korean Language Lesson 5 - Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification which are attached to nouns and the sentence structure of Korean order of questions and its answer are the same. Please focus on the opposite of 이에요/예요 in this lesson. In Learn Korean Language Lesson 5, the verb 이다, is a linking verb that requires a noun be attached to it.<br />Korean Linking Verb<br />Use 이에요/예요 like English word – Is. It helps describe some equivalence between two things. 이에요 directly follows words that end in a consonant (with batchim) such as 책이에요 - It is a book, 신문이에요 - It is a newspaper, and 예요 is used after words ending in a vowel (without batchim) such as 의자예요 - It is a chair, 지도예요 - It is a map. It is best interpreted as - is (a) ___.<br />• 이것은 책이에요. [ i-geo-seun-chaek-i-e-yo ] - This is a book.<br />• 그거는 지도예요. [ geu-geo-neun-ji-do-ye-yo ] - That is a map.<br />• 저사람은 최선생님이에요. [ jo-sa-ram-eun-choe-seon-saeng-nim-i-e-yo ] - That person over there is Teacher Choi.<br />• 그것이 무엇이에요? [ geu-geo-si-mu-eot-i-e-yo ] - What is that?<br />• 이것이 중국 신문이에요? [ i-geo-si-jung-guk-sin-mun-i-e-yo ] - Is this a Chinese newspaper?<br />아니에요 is the negative counterpart of -이에요/예요. Unlike 이에요/예요, the verb 아니에요 does not involve a directly attached noun. Rather, the pattern for using 아니에요 is - Topic (은/는), Subject (이/가), Verb. There are two particles (Topic Marker and Subject Marker) in a single sentence.<br />• 이것은 책이 아니에요. [ i-geo-seun-chaek-i-a-ni-e-yo ] - This is not a book.<br />• 그사람은 학생이 아니에요. [ geu-sa-ram-eun-hak-saeng-i-a-ni-e-yo ] - That person is not a student.<br />• 이것은 신문이 아니에요. [ i-geo-seun-sin-mun-i-a-ni-e-yo ] - This is not a newspaper.<br />• 저는 선생님이 아니에요. [ jo-neun-seon-saeng-nim-i-a-ni-e-yo ] - I am not a teacher.<br />• 이거는 냉장고가 아니에요. [ i-geo-neun-naeng-jang-go-ga-a-ni-e-yo ] - This is not a refrigerator.<br />You must always remember that 아니에요 does not involve a directly attached noun. The formula will always be -이/가 아니에요. If possible, please revise Learn Korean Language Lesson 10 - Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That for the differences between 이것, 이거, 이게 and 이건. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 13 - Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />arn Korean Language Lesson 13 - Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 12 - Korean Linking Verb. Today, we will Learn Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings form. We knew that there are two ways when you start a conversation in Learn Korean Language Lesson 2 - Korean Basic Conversation, whether formally or informally and the difference between both of them is the Sentence Ending Form, the only difficulty in learning Korean is the question about when to use formal language? Let’s learn it in more details.<br />Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings<br />We have seen the Korean Sentence Ending Form and understand the differences between Korean Sentence Ending Formal Polite Form and Informal Polite Form in Learn Korean Language Lesson 3 - Korean Sentence Ending Form. -아요/어요 [ a-yo/eo-yo ] are casual but polite sentence endings which are commonly used in everyday life such as shopping, buying tickets, and asking directions etc, etc. It is use to form all present tense verbs (verbs in the present tense). When a verb stem ends with the vowel ㅏ or ㅗ, -아요 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -아요 = 가요 [ ga-yo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -아요 = 사요 [ sa-yo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -아요 = 자요 [ ja-yo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o -da ] + -아요 = 와요 [ wa-yo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -아요 = 봐요 [ bwa-yo ] - to see<br />• 살다 [ sal-da ] + -아요 = 살아요[ sa-ra-yo ] - to live<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] + -아요 = 만나요 [ man-na-yo ] - to meet<br />When a verb stem ends with a vowel other than ㅏ or ㅗ, -어요 is added. But verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어요 results in -여요. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔요 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐요.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -어요 = 줘요 [ jwo-yo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -어요 = 먹어요 [ meo-geo-yo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -어요 = 읽어요 [ il-geo-yo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -어요 = 배워요 [ bae-wo-yo ] - to learn<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -어요 = 마셔요 [ ma-syeo-yo ] - to drink<br />• 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ] + -어요 = 가르쳐요 [ ga-reu-chyeo-yo ] - to teach<br />When a verb stem ends with -하다 [ ha-da ] becomes -해요 [ hae-yo ]. -하다 is verbs “‘to do”. Many nouns can be made into present tense by adding the verb -해요. See examples below.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -해요 = 일해요 [ il-hae-yo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -해요 = 공부해요 [ gong-bu-hae-yo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -해요 = 운동해요 [ un-dong-hae-yo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -해요 = 전화해요 [ jeon-hwa-hae-yo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -해요 = 요리해요 [ yo-ri-hae-yo ] - to cook<br />• 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ] + -해요 = 운전해요 [ un-jeon-hae-yo ] - to drive<br />• 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ] + -해요 = 수영해요 [ su-yeong-hae-yo ] - to swim<br />Raising your intonation makes the Korean sentence into a question like we have learned in Comparison of Korean and English. View Korean verbs list. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 14 - Korean Object Marker.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 14 - Korean Object Marker<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 13 - Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings, today we will learn Korean Object Marker -을/를 [ eul/reul ]. Do you remember that when form a Korean sentences, Korean verb comes last in Comparison of Korean and English? Hence, not like English, the order of the Korean sentence is usually: subject, object, verb such as 캐시 씨는 텔레비전을 봐요. [ kae-si-ssi-neun-tel-re-bi-jeon-eul-bwa-yo ] - Casey watches television.<br />Learn Korean Lesson 14 - Korean Object Marker<br />In Korean, objects are designated by the object marker 을/를. 을/를 is a particle used to identify the object of a verb in a sentence. The rules are the same as others. 을 is used when a noun ends with a consonant (with batchim)and 를 is used when a noun ends with a vowel (without batchim). Do you remember what is batchim? Refer Korean Consonants 3. The subject is often omitted when it is obvious to the other person. Sometimes, in Korean, the subject is often omitted in colloquial conversation, people often leave the object marker 을/를 out.<br />Ending with a vowel<br />• 차를 마셔요. [ cha-reul-ma-syeo-yo ] - I drink tea.<br />• 사과를 먹어요. [ sa-gwa-reul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat an apple.<br />• 친구를 만나요. [ chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - I meet my friend.<br />• 한국어를 공부해요. [ han-gu-geo-reul-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - I study Korean.<br />Ending with a consonants<br />• 옷을 사요. [ os-eul-sa-yo ] - I buy clothes.<br />• 책을 읽어요. [ chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - I read a book.<br />• 밥을 먹어요. [ ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat a meal.<br />• 아이스크림을 사요. [ a-i-seu-keu-rim-eul-sa-yo ] - I buy ice cream.<br />So now, you may form a Korean sentence by combining what you have learned before such as Korean Subject Marker, Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings. For examples, the pattern for using 을/를 is - Subject (이/가), Object (을/를), Verb (Korean Sentence Ending Form). See examples below.<br />• 빌리 씨가 친구를 만나요. [ bil-ri-ssi-ga-chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - Billy meets a friend.<br />• 캔디 씨가 음식을 먹어요. [ kaen-di-ssi-ga-eum-si-geul-meo-geo-yo ] - Candi eats food.<br />• 크리스티나 씨가 옷을 사요. [ keu-ri-seu-ti-na-ssi-ga-o-seul-sa-yo ] - Christina buy clothes.<br />• 다니엘 책을 읽어요. [ da-ni-el-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - Daniel read a book.<br />Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 15 - Korean Place Marker. We will learn particle that indicates where the action conveyed by the verb phrase takes place in the next lesson. View Korean verbs list. Try Korean Language Exercises 4.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 15 - Korean Place Marker<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 14 - Korean Object Marker, today we come to Learn Korean Language Lesson 15 - Korean Place Marker - 에 [ e ] and 에서 [ e-seo ]. Both of them are particles that indicates location. So, what is the difference between them? Korean place marker 에 is place after a noun indicates a special location. Korean place marker 에서 is place after a noun indicates a special location to designate where some action takes place. Use Korean place marker 에 after the place name with the Korean Verbs.<br />Korean Place Marker<br />Use Korean place marker 에 after the place name with the verbs 가다/오다. 가다 is used when one is going away from the place where the conversation is taking place. Use it like English word - Go. 오다 is used when one is coming toward the place where the conversation is taking place. Use it like English word - Come. When we added the particle 에 with 가다/오다 is attached to the name of a place to designate it as the destination. See examples below.<br />• 저는 집에 가요. [ jo-neun-jib-e-ga-yo ] - I am going home.<br />• 저는 학교에 가요. [ jo-neun-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - I am going to school.<br />• 저는 은행에 가요. [ jo-neun-eun-haeng-e-ga-yo ] - I am going to bank.<br />• 저는 커피숍에 가요. [ jo-neun-keo-pi-syop-e-ga-yo ] - I am going to coffee shop.<br />• 저는 대사관에 가요. [ jo-neun-dae-sa-gwan-e-ga-yo ] - I am going to embassy.<br />On the other hand, 에서 is a particle that indicates where the action conveyed by the verb phrase takes place. This Korean place marker is used with action verbs, with the exception of 있어요/없어요 and 가요/와요, which take the Korean place marker 에.<br />• 도서관에서 책을 읽어요. [ do-seo-gwan-e-seo-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - I read a book in the library.<br />• 식당에서 밥을 먹어요. [ sik-dang-e-seo-ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat (my meals) at the cafeteria.<br />• 은행에서 일해요. [ eun-haeng-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - I work at a bank.<br />• 학교에서 공부해요. [ hak-gyo-e-seo-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - I study at school.<br />• 노래방에서 노래해요. [ no-rae-bang-e-seo-no-rae-hae-yo ] - I sing at singing room. (view Korean Bang)<br />Do you remember that sentence structure of Korean order of questions and its answer are the same in Comparison of Korean and English? The only difference between questions and answer is questions are always end with a rising tone and declarative sentences end with a slightly falling tone. Hence, when using 에 with 가요/와요, just raising intonation at the end without any change in word order makes the sentence into a question. When asking a question, use the 어디 (Korean Question Word - Where). Use it like English question word - Where. 어디에서 with action verbs and 어디에 with 있어요/없어요 and 가요/와요.<br />• 어디에 가요? [ eo-di-e-ga-yo ] - Where are you going?<br />• 내일 학교에 와요? [ nae-il-hak-gyo-e-wa-yo ] - Are you coming to school tomorrow?<br />• 어디에서 책을 읽어요? [ eo-di-e-seo-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - Where do you read the book?<br />• 어디에서 밥을 먹어요? [ eo-di-e-seo-ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - Where do you eat (your meals)?<br />• 어디에서 친구를 만나요? [ eo-di-e-seo-chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - Where do you meet your friends?<br />Remember that Korean place marker 에서 is used with action verbs, with the exception of 있어요/없어요 and 가요/와요, which take the Korean place marker 에. Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Vocabulary - Places, Korean Verbs, and Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 16 - Korean Sentence Endin<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 16 - Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 15 - Korean Place Marker, today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 16 - Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence - 있다/없다 [ it-da/eob-da ]. Do you remember Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification? The rules are the same. 있다/없다 always goes to the end. With Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings, 있다/없다 will become 있어요/없어요 which are casual but polite sentence endings commonly used in everyday life.<br />Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence<br />The Korean verb 있다 expresses location or existence. The opposite of 있다 is the Korean verb 없다. Change both of them to Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings. Use 있어요 [ i-sseo-yo ] when something exist, 없어요 [ eob-seo-yo ] when something does not. Use them like English “There is(are) or There is(are) not”. Place the Korean Subject Marker - 이/가 after the noun which exist (or not) and then 있어요/없어요.<br />• 침대가 있어요. [ chim-dae-ga-i-sseo-yo ] - There is a bed.<br />• 책상이 있어요. [ chaek-sang-i-i-sseo-yo ] - There is a desk.<br />• 옷장이 없어요. [ ot-jang-i-eob-sseo-yo ] - There is no closet.<br />• 의자가 없어요. [ ui-ja-ga-eob-seo-yo ] - There is no chair.<br />• 컴퓨터가 없어요. [ keom-pyu-teo-ga-eob-seo-yo ] - There is no computer.<br />Korean place marker -에 which we learned in Learn Korean Language Lesson 15 can be use with 있다/없다. Putting the Korean place marker -에 after a noun indicates a special location (Korean Vocabulary - Places). This locative particle -에 is used with -이/가 있다/없다 (as above) to show where someone or something is located. Usually, the pattern for using -에 with -이/가 있다/없다 will be “-이/가 (Korean Subject Marker) -에 (Korean Place Marker) 있다/없다 (Korean Verbs)”.<br />• 가방이 교실에 있어요. [ ga-bang-i-gyo-si-re-i-sseo-yo ] - There is a bag in the classroom.<br />• 컴퓨터가 집에 있어요. [ keom-pyu-teo-ga-ji-be-i-sseo-yo ] - There is a computer in the house.<br />• 예성이 공항에 있어요. [ ye-seong-i-gong-hang-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Yesung is at airport.<br />• 한경이 공원에 없어요. [ han-kyeong-i-gong-won-e-eob-seo-yo ] - Hankyung is not at the park.<br />• 려욱 씨가 집에 없어요. [ ryeo-wuk-ssi-ga-ji-be-eob-seo-yo ] - Ryeowook is not at home.<br />However, it doesn’t matter whether the object is specified before the location, or vice versa. Means that changing the word order does not necessarily change the meaning. But 있어요/없어요 must always come at the end.<br />• 교실에 가방이 있어요. [ gyo-si-re-ga-bang-i-i-sseo-yo ] - The bag is in the classroom.<br />• 집에 컴퓨터가 있어요. [ ji-be-keom-pyu-teo-ga-i-sseo-yo ] - There is a computer in the house.<br />• 공항에 예성이 있어요. [ gong-hang-e-ye-seong-i-i-sseo-yo ] - Yesung is at airport.<br />• 공원에 한경이 없어요. [ gong-won-e-han-kyeong-i-eob-seo-yo ] - Hankyung is not at the park.<br />• 집에 려욱 씨가 없어요. [ ji-be-ryeo-wuk-ssi-ga-eob-seo-yo ] - Ryeowook is not at home.<br />Last but not least, 있어요/없어요 can also be used like English “have/don’t have”. 있어요/없어요 also means have/don’t have which indicate what someone possesses. See examples below.<br />• 신디가 집이 있어요. [ sin-di-ga-ji-bi-i-sseo-yo ] - Cindy has a house.<br />• 신디가 자동차가 없어요. [ sin-di-ga-ja-dong-cha-ga-eob-seo-yo ] - Cindy doesn’t have a car.<br />House and car are objects in English, but in Korean when you use the verb 있어요/없어요, these possessive objects always take the marker 이/가. Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Vocabulary - Things, Korean Vocabulary - Places, and Korean Place Marker to express location or existence. Please remember that 있어요/없어요 always come at the end. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 17 - Korean Question Word - Where.korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-85857274147632415862010-07-15T05:11:00.001+09:002010-07-15T05:12:27.385+09:00learn koreanKorean Verbs - 동사 [ dong-sa ]<br />Meaning Korean Verbs Pronunciation<br />not to have enough 모자라다 [ mo-ja-ra-da ]<br />not to know 모르다 [ mo-reu-da ]<br />to arrive 도착하다 [ do-chak-ha-da ]<br />to ask 묻다 [ mut-da ]<br />to ask a question 질문하다 [ jil-mun-ha-da ]<br />to be careful 조심하다 [ jo-sim-ha-da ]<br />to be in fashion 유행하다 [ yu-haeng-ha-da ]<br />to be in sight/ to show (이/가) 보이다/ (을/를) 보이다 (i/ga) [ bo-i-da ]/ (eul/reul) [ bo-i-da ]<br />to be, to exist (honorific) 계시다 [ kye-si-da ]<br />to become 되다 [ doe-da ]<br />to buy 사다 [ sa-da ]<br />to catch a cold (감기에) 걸리다 (gam-gi-e) [ geol-ri-da ]<br />to change 바꾸다 [ ba-ggu-da ]<br />to close 닫다 [ dat-da ]<br />to come 오다 [ o-da ]<br />to come back 돌아오다 [ do-ra-o-da ]<br />to come in 들어오다 [ deu-reo-o-da ]<br />to congratulate 축하하다 [ chuk-ka-ha-da ]<br />to cough 기침(을) 하다 [ gi-chim(eul)-ha-da ]<br />to cry 울다 [ ul-da ]<br />to cut down 깎다 [ ggak-da ]<br />to dance 춤추다 [ chum-chu-da ]<br />to depart 출발하다 [ chul-bal-ha-da ]<br />to die 죽다 [ juk-da ]<br />to dine/to have a meal 식사하다 [ sik-sa-ha-da ]<br />to dislike 싫어하다 [ sil-reo-ha-da ]<br />to do 하다 [ ha-da ]<br />to do homework 숙제하다 [ suk-je-ha-da ]<br />to drink 마시다 [ ma-si-da ]<br />to drive 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ]<br />to eat 먹다 [ meok-da ]<br />to eat (honorific) 잡수시다 (잡수다) [ jap-su-si-da (jap-su-da) ]<br />to excuse 실례하다 [ sil-rye-ha-da ]<br />to exercise 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ]<br />to find 찾다 [ chat-da ]<br />to follow 따라 하다 [ dda-ra-ha-da ]<br />to get up 일어나다 [ i-reo-na-da ]<br />to give 주다 [ ju-da ]<br />to give (honorific) 드리다 [ deu-ri-da ]<br />to give a help 도와주다 [ do-wa-ju-da ]<br />to go 가다 [ ga-da ]<br />to go in 들어가다 [ deu-reo-ga-da ]<br />to go on a date 데이트하다 [ de-i-teu-ha-da ]<br />to have a meeting 회의하다 [ hoe-i-ha-da ]<br />to have food (honorific) 드시다 (들다) [ deu-si-da (deul-da) ]<br />to help 돕다 [ dop-da ]<br />to introduce 소개하다 [ so-gae-ha-da ]<br />to invite 초대하다 [ cho-dae-ha-da ]<br />to learn 배우다 [ bae-u-da ]<br />to leave 떠나다 [ ddeo-na-da ]<br />to like 좋아하다 [ jo-a-ha-da ]<br />to listen 듣다 [ deut-da ]<br />to live 살다 [ sal-da ]<br />to look around 구경하다 [ gu-gyeong-ha-da ]<br />to love 사랑하다 [ sa-rang-ha-da ]<br />to make 만들다 [ man-deul-da ]<br />to make a phone call 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ]<br />to marry 결혼하다 [ gyeo-ron-ha-da ]<br />to meet 만나다 [ man-na-da ]<br />to meet (honorific) 뵙다 [ boep-da ]<br />to move 이사하다 [ i-sa-ha-da ]<br />to open 열다 [ yeol-da ]<br />to paint, to draw a picture 그리다 [ geu-ri-da ]<br />to practice 연습하다 [ yeon-seup-ha-da ]<br />to prepare/get ready 준비하다 [ jun-bi-ha-da ]<br />to rain 비가 오다 [ bi-ga-o-da ]<br />to read 읽다 [ il-da ]<br />to receive 받다 [ bat-da ]<br />to return, to go back 돌아가다 [ do-ra-ga-da ]<br />to ride 타다 [ ta-da ]<br />to say 말하다 [ mal-ha-da ]<br />to see 보다 [ bo-da ]<br />to sell 팔다 [ pal-da ]<br />to send 보내다 [ bo-nae-da ]<br />to shop 쇼핑하다 [ syo-ping-ha-da ]<br />to sing 노래하다 [ no-rae-ha-da ]<br />to sit 앉다 [ an-da ]<br />to sleep 자다 [ ja-da ]<br />to sleep (honorific) 주무시다 [ ju-mu-si-da ]<br />to smoke (담배를) 피우다 (dam-bae-reul) [ pi-u-da ]<br />to snow 눈이 오다 [ nun-i-o-da ]<br />to start 시작하다 [ si-jak-ha-da ]<br />to study 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ]<br />to swim 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ]<br />to take (time) (시간이) 걸리다 (si-gan-i) [ geol-ri-da ]<br />to take a picture (사진을) 찍다 (sa-jin-eul) [ jjik-da ]<br />to take a rest 쉬다 [ swi-da ]<br />to take a shower 샤워하다 [ sya-wo-ha-da ]<br />to talk 이야기하다/얘기하다 [ i-ya-gi-ha-da/yae-gi-ha-da ]<br />to teach 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ]<br />to thank 감사하다 [ gam-sa-ha-da ]<br />to transfer 갈아타다 [ ga-ra-ta-da ]<br />to travel 여행하다 [ yeo-haeng-ha-da ]<br />to use 사용하다 [ sa-yong-ha-da ]<br />to use a computer 컴퓨터하다 [ keom-pyu-teo-ha-da ]<br />to visit 방문하다 [ bang-mun-ha-da ]<br />to wait 기다리다 [ gi-da-ri-da ]<br />to wear 입다 [ ip-da ]<br />to work 일하다 [ il-ha-da ]<br />to write/ to use 쓰다 [ sseu-da ]korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-9699202436869481282010-07-15T05:09:00.001+09:002010-07-15T05:10:53.820+09:00learn koreanKorean Phrases<br /><br />English Phrases Korean Phrases<br /> <br />English Greetings Korean Greetings:<br />Hi! An-yŏng-ha-se-yo. 안녕하세요<br />Good morning! An-yŏng-hi ju-mu-shŏ-ssŏ-yo? / An-nyŏng-ha-se-yo? (polite)<br />안녕히 주무셨어요? 안녕하세요?<br />Good evening! Shik-sa-ha-shŏ-ssŏ-yo? / An-nyŏng-ha-shŏ-ssŏ-yo? (polite)<br />식사하셨어요? 안녕하세요?<br />Welcome! (to greet someone) Hwan-yŏng-ham-ni-da. 환영합니다.<br />How are you? Chal ji-nae-shŏ-ssŏ-yo? 잘 지내셨어요?<br />I'm fine, thanks! Ne. Chal ji-nae-ssŏ-yo. 네. 잘 지냈어요.<br />And you? … ŭ-nyo/nŭ-nyo? *1 Title+ 은/는요?<br />Good/ So-So. Chal ji-nae-ssŏ-yo. / Kŭ-jŏ kŭ-rae-yo.<br />잘 지냈어요. / 그저 그래요.<br />Thank you (very much)! (Nŏ-mu) kam-sa-ham-ni-da! (너무) 감사합니다!<br />You're welcome! (for "thank you") A-ni-e-yo. 아니에요.<br />Hey! Friend! Ya! Ch'in-gu! (informal) 야! 친구!<br />I missed you so much! Nŏ-mu po-go shi-p'ŏ-ssŏ-yo. 너무 보고 싶었어요.<br />What's new? Pyŏl-li-ri ŏp-ssŭ-shŏ-ssŏ-yo? 별일이 없으셨어요?<br />Nothing much Ne. ŏp-ssŏ-ssŏ-yo. 네. 없었어요.<br />Good night! An-yŏng-hi ju-mu-se-yo! 안녕히 주무세요!<br />See you later! Na-jung-e bwae-yo! 나중에 봬요!<br />Good bye! An-nyŏng-hi ga-se-yo! / An-nyŏng-hi ge-se-yo! *2<br />안녕히 가세요! /or/ 안녕히 계세요!<br />Asking for Help and Directions <br />I'm lost Ki-rŭl i-rŏ-bŏ-ryŏ-ssŏ-yo. 길을 잃어버렸어요.<br />Can I help you? Mu-ŏ-sŭl do-wa-dŭ-ril-kka-yo? 무엇을 도와 드릴까요?<br />Can you help me? Chom to-wa-ju-shil ssu i-ssŭ-shi-na-yo?<br />좀 도와주실 수 있으시나요?<br />Where is the (bathroom/ pharmacy)? (Hwa-jang-shil/yak-kuk)-i ŏ-di-ye-yo?<br />(화장실/약국)이 어디예요?<br />Go straight! then turn left/ right! Tchuk ka-se-yo! Kŭ da-ŭ-me woen/o-rŭn tcho-gŭ-ro jom ga-se-yo.<br />쭉 가세요! 그 다음에 왼/오른 쪽으로 좀 가세요.<br />I'm looking for john. Cha-ni-ran sa-ra-mŭl ch'at-ko-i-ssŭm-ni-da.<br />잔이란 사람을 찾고 있습니다.<br />One moment please! Cham-kkan-ma-nyo! 잠깐만요!<br />Hold on please! (phone) Cham-shi-ma-nyo! 잠시만요!<br />How much is this? I-ge ŏl-ma-ye-yo? 이게 얼마예요?<br />Excuse me ...! (to ask for something) Shil-le-ji-man… 실례지만…<br />Excuse me! ( to pass by) Shil-le-ha-ge-ssŭm-ni-da. 실례하겠습니다.<br />Come with me! Tta-ra o-se-yo! 따라 오세요!<br />How to Introduce Yourself <br /> <br />Do you speak (English/ Korean)? Yŏng-ŏ/han-gu-gŏ hal jul a-se-yo? 영어/한국어 할 줄 아세요?<br />Just a little. Cho-gŭ-myo. 조금요.<br />What's your name? I-rŭ-mi ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 이름이 어떻게 되세요?<br />My name is ... Chŏ-nŭn_____i-e-yo. 저는 ____이에요.<br />Mr.../ Mrs.…/ Miss… Sŏn-saeng-nim/sa-mo-nim. *3 선생님/ 사모님 (Mrs.)<br />Nice to meet you! Man-na-sŏ ban-gap-ssŭm-ni-da! 만나서 반갑습니다!<br />You're very kind! Nŏ-mu ch'in-jŏ-ra-shi-ne-yo! 너무 친절하시네요!<br />Where are you from? Ŏ-di-sŏ o-shiŏ-ssŏ-yo? 어디서 오셨어요?<br />I'm from (the U.S/ Korea) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-guk/han-guk)-e-sŏ wa-ssŏ-yo.<br />저는 (미국/한국) 에서 왔어요.<br />I'm (American) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-gu-gin)-i-e-yo. 저는 (미국인)이에요.<br />Where do you live? Ŏ-di sa-se-yo? 어디 사세요?<br />I live in (the U.S/ Korea) Chŏ-nŭn (mi-guk/han-guk)-e-sŏ sa-ra-yo.<br />저는 (미국/한국)에서 살아요.<br />Did you like it here? Yŏ-gi-ga cho-ŭ-se-yo? 여기가 좋으세요?<br />Korea is a wonderful country Han-gu-gŭn dae-dan-han na-ra-im-ni-da.<br />한국은 대단한 나라입니다.<br />What do you do for a living? Chik-tchang-ŭn ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 직장은 어떻게 되세요?<br />I work as a (translator/ businessman) Chik-tchang-ŭn (pŏ-nyŏk-tcha/sa-ŏp-kka)-im-ni-da.<br />직장은 (번역자/사업가)입니다.<br />I like Korean Chŏ-nŭn han-gu-gŏ-ga cho-a-yo. 저는 한국어가 좋아요. <br />I've been learning Korean for 1 month Han-gu-gŏ gong-bu shi-ja-k'an ji han da-ri dwoe-ŏ-ssŏ-yo.<br />한국어 공부 시작한 지 한 달이 되었어요.<br />Oh! That's good! U-wa! Cho-ŭ-ne-yo! 우와! 좋으네요!<br />How old are you? Na-i-ga ŏ-ttŏ-k'e dwoe-se-yo? 나이가 어떻게 되세요?<br />I'm (twenty, thirty...) years old. Chŏ-nŭn (sŭ-mu/sŏ-rŭn)-sa-ri-e-yo. 저는 (스무/서른)살이에요.<br />I have to go Ka-bwa-ya dwoe-yo. 가봐야 돼요.<br />I will be right back! Kŭm-bang ga-tta ol-kke-yo. 금방 갔다 올께요.<br />Wish Someone Something <br />Good luck! Hang-u-nŭl bim-ni-da! 행운을 빕니다!<br />Happy birthday! Sang-il ch'u-k'a-ham-ni-da! 생일 축하합니다!<br />Happy new year! Sae-hae-bok ma-ni pa-dŭ-se-yo! 새해복 많이 받으세요!<br />Merry Christmas! Me-ri k'ŭ-ri-sŭ-ma-sŭ! 메리 크리스마스!<br /> <br /> <br />Congratulations! Ch'u-k'a-dŭ-rim-ni-da! 축하드립니다!<br />Enjoy! (for meals...) Ma-ni dŭ-se-yo! 많이 드세요!<br />I'd like to visit Korea one day Ŏn-jen-ga-nŭn han-gu-ge ka-go shi-p'ŏ-yo.<br />언젠가는 한국에 가고 싶어요.<br />Say hi to John for me Cha-nan-t'e an-bu-rŭl chŏ-nae-ju-se-yo.<br />잔한테 안부를 전해주세요.<br />Bless you (when sneezing) (No reaction, as if nothing happened) -<br />Good night and sweet dreams! Dwae-ji-kkum kku-se-yo! 돼지꿈 꾸세요!<br />Solving a Misunderstanding <br />I'm Sorry! (if you don't hear something) Mwŏ-ra-go-yo? 뭐라고요?<br />Sorry (for a mistake) Choe-song-ham-ni-da. 죄송합니다.<br />No Problem! A-ni-e-yo. 아니에요.<br />Can You Say It Again? Ta-shi han-bŏn mal-ssŭ-mae-ju-shi-ge-ssŏ-yo?<br />다시 한번 말씀해주시겠어요?<br />Can You Speak Slowly? Ch'ŏn-ch'ŏ-ni mal-ssŭ-mae ju-shi-ge-ssŏ-yo?<br />천천히 말씀해 주시겠어요?<br />Write It Down Please! Chŏ-gŏ ju-se-yo! 적어 주세요!<br />I Don't Understand! Mo-na-ra-dŭt-kke-ssŏ-yo. 못 알아 듣겠어요.<br />I Don't Know! Mo-rŭ-ge-ssŏ-yo. 모르겠어요.<br />I Have No Idea. Chŏ-nyŏ mo-rŭ-ge-ssŏ-yo. 전혀 모르겠어요.<br />What's That Called In Korean? Kŭ-gŏt han-gung-mal-lo mwŏ-ra-go hae-yo?<br />그것 한국말로 뭐라고 해요?<br />What Does "gato" Mean In English? Da-nŭn yŏng-ŏ-ro mu-sŭn ttŭ-shi-e-yo?<br />”단”은 영어로 무슨 뜻이에요?<br />How Do You Say "Please" In Korean? “Please”rŭl han-gung-mal-lo ŏ-ttŏ-k'e ma-rae-yo?<br />“Please”를 한국말로 어떻게 말해요?<br />What Is This? I-ge mwŏ-ye-yo? 이게 뭐예요? <br />My Korean is bad. Chŏ-nŭn han-gung-mal chal-mo-t'ae-yo. 저는 한국말 잘못 해요.<br />I need to practice my Korean Han-gung-mal yŏn-sŭ-p'ae-ya dwoe-yo. 한국말 연습해야 돼요.<br />Don't worry! Kŏk-tchŏng ma-se-yo! 걱정 마세요!<br />Korean Expressions and Words <br />Good/ Bad/ So-So. Cho-a-yo./An-jo-a-yo./Kŭ-jŏ kŭ-rae-yo.<br />좋아요./안 좋아요./ 그저 그래요.<br />Big/ Small K'ŭn/Cha-gŭn *4 큰/작은<br />Today/ Now O-nŭl/Chi-gŭm 오늘/지금 <br />Tomorrow/ Yesterday Nae-il/Ŏ-je 내일/어제<br />Yes/ No Ne/A-ni-yo. 네/아니요.<br />Here you go! (when giving something) Yŏ-gi-yo! 여기요!<br />Do you like it? Kwaen-ch'a-na-yo? 괜찮아요? <br />I really like it! Nŏ-mu cho-a-yo! 너무 좋아요!<br />I'm hungry/ thirsty. Pae-go-p'a-yo./Mong-mal-la-yo. 배고파요. / 목말라요.<br />In The Morning/ Evening/ At Night. A-ch'i-me/Chŏ-nyŏ-ge/Pa-me 아침에/저녁에/밤에 <br />This/ That. Here/There I-gŏt/Kŭ-gŏt. Yŏ-gi/Kŏ-gi. *5 이것/그것. 여기/거기 <br />Me/ You. Him/ Her. Chŏ/... Kŭ-bun/Kŭ-bun 저/title 그분/ 그분 <br />Really! Chŏng-mal-lyo? 정말요?<br />Look! Po-se-yo! 보세요!<br />Hurry up! Sŏ-du-rŭ-se-yo! 서두르세요!<br />What? Where? Mwŏ-yo? Ŏ-di-yo? 뭐요? 어디요?<br />What time is it? Myŏ-sshi-ye-yo? 몇시예요?<br />It's 10 o'clock. 07:30pm. Yŏl-sshi-ye-yo. Il-gop-sshi ba-ni-e-yo. 열시예요. 일곱시 반이에요.<br />Give me this! I-gŏt ju-se-yo! 이것 주세요! .<br />I love you! Sa-rang-hae-yo! 사랑해요!<br />I feel sick. A-p'a-yo. 아파요.<br />I need a doctor Ŭi-sa-ga p'i-ryo-hae-yo. 의사가 필요해요.<br />One, Two, Three Il, i, sam / ha-na, tul, set *6 일, 이, 삼 / or / 하나, 둘, 셋 <br />Four, Five, Six Sa, o, ryuk / net, ta-sŏt, yŏ-sŏt 사, 오, 륙/ or/ 넷, 다섯, 여섯<br />Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten Ch'il, p'al, ku, ship / il-gop, yŏ-dŏl, a-hop, yŏl<br />칠, 팔, 구, 십/ or/ 일곱, 여덜, 아홉, 열<br /><br />*1: And You? (This is somewhat difficult to say. Koreans don’t use “you,” so you have to know which title to use.) Title+ 은/ 는요? (은 if it ends in a consonant, 는 if it ends in a vowel.)<br />*2: If the other person is leaving: 안녕히 가세요! If you are leaving and the other person is staying: 안녕히 계세요!<br />*3: Titles (Always follow the name, unlike English) Mr.: 선생님/ Ma’am: 사모님/ Teacher: 선생님/ General name follower: 씨 (ex. 고우진 씨 – Mr. Ko U-jin.)/Miss: 아가씨.<br />*4: Adjectives are placed before nouns.<br />*5: That over there/ Over there. 저것/ 저기<br />*6: Sino-Korean Counting (minutes, seconds, Won): One, Two, Three: 일, 이, 삼/ Four, Five, Six: 사, 오, 륙/ Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten: 칠, 팔, 구, 십<br />Pure Korean Counting (hours, counting objects, people, etc.): One, Two, Three: 하나, 둘, 셋/ Four, Five, Six: 넷, 다섯, 여섯/ Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten: 일곱, 여덜, 아홉, 열<br />I hope the content of this page was useful to you, and that you learned some Korean phrases, expressions and words. Try to memorize them to be able to use them in your daily conversation. Make sure to check our Learn Korean page, which contains several lessons that might help you in your learning process.korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-48840608039942963392010-07-15T05:07:00.002+09:002010-07-15T05:09:30.307+09:00learn koreanKorean lessons: Lesson 1
<br />Fundamental features of Korean Language
<br />The Korean language is spoken by more than 60 million people. It belongs to the group of Altaic languages together with Japanese, Ainu, and Mongolian, which were splitted one another several thousand years ago. Syntactically, Korean shares some common characteristics with these Altaic languages, while over 70% of its contemporary vocabulary came from Chinese.
<br />1) SOV language
<br />Korean is classified as an SOV language, which stands for <Subject-Object-Verb> word order. English on the other hand is an SVO language. A subject is the one who acts. An object is the one who receives the subjects action. For example:
<br /><English> Bob loves Jenny.
<br />Who loves Jenny? Bob does. Who is loved by Bob? Jenny is. In Korean this sentence will be in the the word order:
<br /><Korean> Bob Jenny loves.
<br />2) Topic-prominent language
<br />Although we call it a subject, its position is not for subjects, the actor, only. A topic can also be in the position. A topic may not be an actor, but the one which the sentence is about. Let's take an example: You bumped into a friend after lunch. Your friend asks you, "Hey, how about a lunch?" You might want to say, "Lunch? I already had it. How about a cup of coffee?" The first part of this speech can be understood, 'As for (or, speaking of) lunch, I already ate it.' In Korean, this can be stated simply:
<br /><Korean> Lunch, I ate.
<br />
<br />3) Agglutinating language
<br />Now, you may have been confused, saying, "I don't get it. How come no one interprets it 'A lunch ate me.'?" This is where the powerful function of particles, endings, and conjugation comes in. By attaching these little grammatical devices, you label each words, so that your words come into places without causing misunderstanding.
<br />4) Basic Sentence Formation:
<br />{Subject/Topic+particle} + {Object+particle} + {Verb/Adjective+conjugation}
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 2
<br />Hangul
<br />1. Consonants (자음) -- Click on the chart and listen to how they sound.
<br />Consonant chart
<br />Plain Aspirated tensed
<br />ㄱ [k]
<br />ㅋ [k']
<br />ㄲ [kk]
<br />
<br />ㄴ [n]
<br />
<br />ㄷ [t]
<br />ㅌ[t']
<br />ㄸ [tt]
<br />
<br />ㄹ[ r / l ]
<br />
<br />ㅁ [m]
<br />
<br />ㅂ [p]
<br />ㅍ[p']
<br />ㅃ [pp]
<br />
<br />ㅅ [s]
<br /> ㅆ [ss]
<br />
<br />ㅇ [zero / ng ]
<br />
<br />ㅈ [ch]
<br />ㅊ [ch']
<br />ㅉ[cc]
<br />
<br />ㅎ[h]
<br />
<br />
<br />dictionary order:
<br />ㄱ (ㄲ), ㄴ, ㄷ (ㄸ), ㄹ, ㅁ, ㅂ (ㅃ), ㅅ (ㅆ), ㅇ, ㅈ (ㅉ), ㅊ, ㅋ, ㅌ, ㅍ, ㅎ
<br />Aspirated ones are with more puff of air than the plain ones. As for tensed ones, you add more stricture, but without puff of air, when letting out the sound. Tensed ones are difficult for beginners, and many students take long time to acquire the correct pronunciation.
<br />ㄱ is similar to g as in god.
<br />ㄲ is similar to k as in sky.
<br />ㅋ is similar to k as in kill.
<br />ㄷ is similar to d as in do.
<br />ㄸ is similar to t as in stop.
<br />ㅌ is similar to t as in two.
<br />ㄹ is similar to tt as in butter (not [t] but a flap like a Spanish [r]), in a syllable initial position.
<br />ㄹ is similar to l as in filling, in a syllable final (받침) position.
<br />ㅂ is similar to b as in bad.
<br />ㅃ is similar to p as in spy.
<br />ㅍ is similar to p as in pool.
<br />ㅅ is similar to s as in astronaut.
<br />ㅆ is similar to s as in suit.
<br />ㅈ is similar to j as in jail.
<br />ㅉ is similar to tz as in pretzel.
<br />ㅊ is similar to ch as in charge.
<br />ㅎ is similar to h as in hat.
<br />2. Vowels (모음) -- Click on the chart and listen to how they sound.
<br />
<br />Vowel Chart
<br />Simple Palatalized labiovelarized
<br />ㅏ [a]
<br />ㅑ [ya]
<br />
<br />ㅐ [ae]
<br />ㅒ [yae]
<br />
<br />ㅓ [o^]
<br />ㅕ [yo^]
<br />
<br />ㅔ [e]
<br />ㅖ [ye]
<br />
<br />ㅗ [o]
<br />ㅛ [yo]
<br />ㅘ [wa]
<br />ㅙ [wae]
<br />ㅚ [oe]
<br />
<br />ㅜ [u]
<br />ㅠ [yu]
<br />ㅝ [wo^]
<br />ㅞ [we]
<br />ㅟ [ui]
<br />
<br />ㅡ [u^]
<br /> ㅢ[u^i]
<br />
<br />ㅣ [i]
<br />
<br />
<br />dictionary order:
<br />ㅏ(ㅐ, ㅒ), ㅑ, ㅓ (ㅔ, ㅖ), ㅕ, ㅗ (ㅘ, ㅙ, ㅚ), ㅛ, ㅜ (ㅝ, ㅞ, ㅟ), ㅠ, ㅡ (ㅢ), ㅣ
<br />ㅏ is similar to "Ah".
<br />ㅑ is similar to "yard".
<br />ㅓ is similar to "cut".
<br />ㅕ is similar to "just" or "Eliot".
<br />ㅗ is similar to "order".
<br />ㅛ is similar to " Yoda".
<br />ㅜ is similar to " Ungaro".
<br />ㅠ is similar to "you".
<br />ㅡ is similar to "good" or "le chatau".
<br />ㅣ is similar to "easy".
<br />ㅐ is similar to "add".
<br />ㅒ is similar to "yam".
<br />ㅔ is similar to " editor".
<br />ㅖ is similar to " yes".
<br />ㅘ is similar to " Wow!" or "what".
<br />ㅙ is similar to "wagon".
<br />ㅚ is similar to "Koeln".
<br />ㅝ is similar to " one".
<br />ㅞ is similar to " weather".
<br />ㅟ is similar to "we" or "Oui!".
<br />
<br />Traditional vowel classification:
<br /> Traditionally, vowels are classified into three categories, that is yang (bright), yin (dark), and neutral. This classification is very important, for it will be used when we learn conjugation of predicates and some phonological aspects of Korean. The classification also principles the vowel-hamp3ony phenomena that Korean has as a member of Altaic language family. The cassification is as follows:
<br />yang (bright) -- ㅏ and ㅗ series (ㅏ, ㅑ, ㅗ, ㅛ, ㅘ)
<br />yin (dark) -- ㅓ and ㅜ series (ㅓ, ㅕ, ㅜ, ㅠ, ㅝ)
<br />neutral -- ㅡ and ㅣ
<br />
<br />3. How to make a character out of alphabet
<br />Each character is designed to represent one syllable, the structure of which may be described as (C)V(C), where C stands for a consonant, and V does a vowel--(C) means that the consonant in the position is optional.
<br /> (C) + V + (CC)
<br />initial consonant vowel final consonant (coda)
<br />Some vowels are placed on the right side of the initial consonant; some are placed underneath the initial consonant: Vowels ㅏ, ㅓ, ㅣ (and their derivatives, i.e. ㅐ, ㅔ, ㅒ,ㅖ) are placed on the right; and vowels ㅗ, ㅜ, ㅡ are placed undersneath the initial consonant. Final consonants are always placed at the bottom.
<br />E.g)
<br />ㄱ + ㅏ + ㅁ = 감 [kam]
<br />ㄱ + ㅜ + ㄱ = 국 [kuk]
<br />ㄲ + ㅜ + ㅇ = 꿍
<br />ㄴ + ㅏ = 나 [na]
<br />ㅎ + ㅘ = 화 [hwa]
<br />ㅇ + ㅐ = 애 [ae]
<br />ㅇ + ㅗ + ㅅ = 옷 [ot]
<br />ㄱ + ㅗ + ㄷ = 곧 [kot]
<br />ㄲ + ㅗ + ㅊ = 꽃 [kkot]
<br />ㅂ + ㅏ + ㅌ = 밭 [pat]
<br />ㅎ + ㅡ + ㄺ = 흙 [hu^(r)k]
<br />ㅇ + ㅓ + ㅄ = 없 [o^p]
<br />ㄸ + ㅓ + ㄼ = 떫 [tto^(r)p]
<br />NB) Final consonant clusters: ㄳ, ㄵ, ㄶ, ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄽ, ㄾ, ㄿ, ㅀ, ㅄ
<br />Except for ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄽ, ㄾ, ㄿ, ㅀ (ones with ㄹ placed befre another consonant), when followed by another consonant or nothing, the second consonant of the cluster becomes silent. This second consonant will come alive when there is a vowel after it.
<br />값 = kap "price"
<br />값 + 과 = kap kwa "price and"
<br />값 + 이 = kapsi "price (with a subject particle)"
<br />Final clusters with 'ㄹ+consonant' fomp3ation are pronounced with slight irregularity. As for ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄾ, ㄿ, the foregoing liquid sound [ㄹ] of the cluster is ignored when followed by another consonant or nothing. This ㄹ comes alive when the cluster is followed by another vowel. However, Seoul speakers (and many other regions too) tend to throw in a touch of liquid sound for the ㄹ even when the cluster is followed by a consonant or nothing.
<br /> 삶 = sa(l)m "a living"
<br /> 삶 + 이 = sal mi "a living (with a subject particle)"
<br />In clusters ㄽ and ㅀ, however, [ㄹ] is alive even when followed by another consosnant.
<br />끓 + 고 = kku^l k'o "boil and.."
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 3
<br />Phonological notes
<br /> 1. Syllable-final Consonants (받침):
<br />1) Theoretically, any consonant can be in the 받침 (syllable final) position. In reality, ㄸ, ㅉ, and ㅃ are not used as 받침.
<br />2) Some of the consonants merge into one sound when they are in the syllable-final position. Orthographically, however, they remain different. Summarized as follows:
<br />consonant endings 받침 sound examples
<br />ㄱ, ㅋ [k] 각, 부엌
<br />
<br />ㄴ [n] 눈
<br />
<br />ㄷ, ㅅ, ㅈ, ㅊ, ㅌ, ㅎ [t] 낟, 낫, 낮, 낯, 낱, 낳 all pronounced as [ 낟]
<br />
<br />ㄹ [l] 쌀
<br />
<br />ㅁ [m] 봄
<br />
<br />ㅂ, ㅍ [p] 입, 잎 both pronounced as [입]
<br />
<br />ㅇ [ng] 영
<br />
<br />3) These merged sounds regain their original values when they are followed by a zero-initial syllable (i.e. vowel).
<br />각 + 이 (topic/subject marker) = [가기 kagi]
<br />부엌 + 에 (place marker) = [부어케 puo^k`e]
<br />낮 + 에 (temporal marker) = [나제 naje]
<br />낯 + 에 (place marker) = [나체 nach`e]
<br />입 + 이 (top./sub. marker) = [이비 ibi]
<br />잎 + 이 (top./sub. maeker) = [이피 ip`i]
<br />
<br />2. Rules of Pronunciation
<br />
<br />2.1. Liason (받침 carry-over)
<br />1) A 받침 is carried over by the following syllable when the following syllable starts with a zero-initial.
<br />ex)
<br />국이 → [구기]
<br /> 문이 → [무니]
<br />
<br />밥을 → [바블]
<br /> 옷이 → [오시 ]
<br />
<br />잎이 → [이피]
<br /> 밖에 → [바께]
<br />
<br />2) The second part of a double 받침 is carried over by the folowing syllable when the following syllable starts with a zero-syllable.
<br />ex)
<br />앉아요 → [안자요]
<br /> 읽어요 → [일거요]
<br />
<br />밟아요 → [발바요]
<br /> 핥아요 → [할타요]
<br />
<br />읊어요 → [을퍼요]
<br /> 없어요 → [업서요]
<br />
<br />
<br />2.2. Nasalization
<br />When a final (non-nasal) consonant is followed by a nasal initial (ㄴ,ㅁ), the non-nasal consonant absorbs the nasality, keeping its place of articulation. Remember, 'ㅇ' in the initial position is not a nasal consonant but a zero.
<br />ㄱ, ㅋ → ㅇ
<br />ㄷ, ㅅ, ㅈ, ㅊ, ㅌ, ㅎ → ㄴ / before ㄴ or ㅁ
<br />ㅂ, ㅍ → ㅁ
<br />
<br />ex)
<br />갑니다 → [감니다]
<br />낱말 → [난말]
<br />먹는다 → [멍는다]
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />2.3. Aspiration
<br /> When ㅎ [h] is adjacent, a consonant is influenced and aspirated.
<br />ㄱ → ㅋ
<br />ㄷ → ㅌ / before or after ㅎ
<br />ㅂ → ㅍ
<br />ㅈ → ㅊ
<br />ex)
<br />좋다 → [조타]
<br />노랗다 → [노라타]
<br />
<br />생각하다 → [생가카다]
<br />입히다 →[이피다]
<br />
<br />
<br />2.4. Palatalization
<br />When ㄷ or ㅌ is followed by 이 [i], a paplatalization occurs.
<br />ㄷ[t] → ㅈ [ch]
<br />ㅌ[t`] → ㅊ [ch`] / before 이
<br />ex)
<br />미닫이→[미다지]
<br />굳이 →[구지]
<br />같이 →[가치]
<br />
<br />
<br />2.5. Liquidation
<br />ㄴ → ㄹ /before another ㄹ
<br />ex)
<br />전라북도 → [절라북도]
<br />신라 → [실라]
<br />
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 4
<br />Base forms and Stems
<br />In a language, we find three basic ways of describing facts: description of action, state, and identity. To describe an action, we use verbs. For example, in English, we say "I eat lunch," which describes the action ('eating') of the subject ('I'). To describe a state, we use adjectives. When we say, "I am tall," it describes the state ('being tall') of the subject ('I'). Describing an identity is relating one thing to another, characterizing the property of the subject. To say "I am a student" is characterizing a property of the subject ('I'), by identifying the subect as a student. When we talk about facts that happened in the past, or a something that will happen in the future, the story is not simple. In English, if the your action of eating had happened in the past, you need to use a different form of the verb, i.e., "I ate lunch." If you used to be quite tall for your age in the past, but it is not the case now, you have to say, "I was tall."
<br />
<br /> For similar reasons, we say, "I was a student." In order to differentiate the mode of facts, such as tense, we make variation on the predicates--in other words, verbs, adjectives, and noun phrases, etc. This variation is called "conjugation." Like English, Korean also uses this conjugation of predicates. Therefore, in a verb predicate, for example, we see a part that is constant in all kinds of sentences, and the other part that changes according to the modes of facts. (Think of "push, pushes, pushed, pushing..." in English. "Push" is the constant, where "-es", "-ed", and "-ing" are alternating.) The constant part is called the 'stems'. The conjugation in Korean is made by attaching different suffixes to the stems.
<br />
<br /> 가 요
<br /> stem mid-polite suffix
<br /> "to go/leave" (present tense)
<br />
<br /> "가", a lexical verb stem, is attached with a mid-polite suffix "요", making a present-tense predicate. ("-요" has more stories. We will learn them later.) Subjects can be omitted in many simple everyday-conversational sentences, as long as they are obvious by the context. "가요"thus can be used in the sense of "I go," "you go," or sometimes, "He goes," etc. With an intonation rising at the end ( ), it can be a question, "Do you go (Are you leaving?)" or "Shall we go?", etc. It can even be taken as an imperative sentence, "Go (Leave)!"
<br />
<br /> A stem is a part of a verb predicate, not a whole word. When we list it in dictionaries, or refer to it as a word--just as when we say "to go" or "to eat" as words--, we add "다" at the end of a stem. Thus,
<br />Stem + 다 = Base Form
<br />
<br /> 가 + 다 = 가다 (Base Form, "to go")
<br />High-polite -세요
<br />When addressing a senior (in terms of age or social ranking), a high-polite stle of speech is used. "-세요" is a typical suffix of this style. A simple "How are you?" is made as the following.
<br />
<br />안녕하
<br />세요
<br />stem
<br />"to be well" high-polite suffix
<br />(present tense)
<br />
<br />"안녕하" is a stem, the base form of which is "안녕하다". Apart from the politeness of the style, "-세요" can be used you use "요", as in "You go (Please leave)" or "Do you go (Are you leaving)?", "He/She goes", or "Does he/she go", etc. However, you may not want to use it when the subject is you, the subject. For the added politeness by "-세-" is for the subject, not the addressee, whereas "-요" is for the addressee, as it is used in the mid-polite style.
<br />Practice
<br />Using the given words, make different sentences as seen in the key.
<br />
<br />1. [verbs] --- 만나다 (to meet), 자다 (to sleep), 사다 (to buy), 타다 (to ride), 파다 (to dig)
<br />
<br /><Key>
<br />
<br />가다 (to go):
<br />
<br /> 가요. 가세요. I/you go. He/she goes.
<br /> 가요? 가세요? Do you go? Does he/she go?
<br /> 가요! 가세요! Please go!
<br />2. [adjectives] --- 비싸다 (to be expensive), 짜다 (to be salty), 차다 (to be cold)
<br />
<br /><Key>
<br />싸다 (to be cheap) : 싸요. It's cheap.
<br /> 싸요? Is it cheap?
<br />
<br />3. '-하다' verbs and adjectives (adj.)건강하다 (to be healthy)
<br /> (verb)공부하다 (to study), 일하다 (to work)
<br /><Key>
<br />
<br />(adj.) 안녕하다 (to be well): 안녕하세요? Are you well (How are you)?
<br />(verb) 하다 (to do) : 하세요? Do you do (it)?
<br /> 하세요! Do (it)!
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 5
<br />Nominal predicates : "--이에요"
<br />Sample Dialogues
<br />
<br />By 'nominal predicate', we mean a predicate of a sentence that describes the subject by identifying it with another noun: "I am a student." For verbs and adjectives, we learned that there are base forms and stems. We thus get base forms, "가다" for "to go", and "싸다" for "to be cheap", etc. Now, we are facing a new problem. If there is no such thing as the English verb "to be", how are we going to say such sentences as "I am a student"? Many languages lack the verb like "to be," which can be used both in nominal predicates and adjectival predicates. ("I am a student" and "I am tall".) In order to relate two nouns (i.e., the subject and the nominal complement), such languages use so-called 'copula'. In Korean, that copula is "-이다". "-이다" is of course the base form, which still has to be conjugated to be used in actual sentences. Hence, "학생이다" ("to be a student"); "구름이다" ("to be clouds").
<br />
<br />True stories of the present-tense suffix -요 and -세요
<br />
<br />In Lesson 4, -요 and -세요 were introduced. It was, however, not exactly everything that we should know about them.
<br />
<br />1) Mid-polite suffix -아/어요
<br />
<br />Verbs and adjectives that we practiced with for -요 suffix in Lesson 4 have something in common: they all have the stem ending in vowel ? without any patch'im followed ('가다', '자다', '싸다', etc.) Those whose stems end otherwise, should take either -아요 or -어요. The last vowel of the stem decides which of the two to take. Once again, the vowel harmony principle ('yang with yang; yin with yin') applies:
<br />
<br />If the stem has a yang vowel at the last syllable, use -아요;
<br />
<br />If the stem has a yin or neutral vowel at the last syllable, use -어요.
<br />(For yang/yin/neutral vowels, see Lesson 2.)
<br />
<br />작다
<br /> to be small : 작 + -아요
<br /> → 작아요
<br />"It's small." or "He/She is small."?
<br />오다
<br />to come : 오 + -아요 → (오아요) → 와요
<br />"Come!" or "I come" or "He/She comes."
<br />괜찮다[괜찬타]
<br />to be alright : 괜찮 + -아요
<br /> → 괜찮아요 [괜차나요]
<br /> "It's OK."
<br />주다
<br />to give :
<br /> 주 + -어요
<br /> → (주어요) → 줘요
<br />"Give (me, etc.)!" or "I give."
<br />먹다
<br />to eat : 먹 + -어요 → 먹어요
<br />"Eat!" or "I eat." or "He/She eats."
<br />읽다 [익다]
<br />to read : 읽 + -어요 → 읽어요 [일거요]
<br />"Read!" or "I read." or "He/She reads."
<br />In fact, 가다 → 가요 is a contraction [가 + -아요 → (가아요) → 가요], so are the others in Lesson 4.
<br />
<br />(NB) -하다 verbs and adjectives are rather peculiar. For them, -여요 is assumed instead of -아요. This may sound quite overwhelming, but -하다 words are in fact easier. All the -하다 stems with no exception appear as -해요.
<br />
<br />일하다
<br />to work → 일해요
<br />공부하다
<br />to study → 공부해요
<br />착하다
<br />to be nice (person) → 착해요
<br />
<br />
<br />2) High-polite suffix -(으)세요
<br />
<br />Although not so complicated as -아/어요, this suffix also has its own rules:
<br />
<br />If the stem ends without a patch'im, use -세요;
<br />If the stem ends with a patch'im, use -으세요.
<br />가다 : 가 + 세요 → 가세요
<br />웃다 to laugh : 웃 + 으세요 → 웃으세요
<br />안녕하다 : 안녕하 + 세요 → 안녕하세요
<br />괜찮다 : 괜찮 + 으세요 → 괜찮으세요 [괜차느세요]
<br />"오영균이에요"
<br />
<br />Finally, we arrive the detail structure of "안녕하세요. XXX(name)이에요." Since personal names are the same as nouns, we use the nominal-predicate copula, -이다. In order to make it into a real sentence, we need to add either -아요 or -어요 in place of the base-form making -다 after -이-. For 이 is a neutral vowel, -어요 is added. -이어요 had gone through a certain phonological change in modern Seoul speakers' speech, and ended in -이에요.
<br />
<br />오영균 이다 →오영균 이 + -어요 → 오영균이에요 "I am Oh Young Kyun."
<br />
<br />Similarly,
<br />
<br />학생: 학생이에요 "I am / You are a student" or "He/She is a student"
<br />
<br />기차: 기차이에요 "It's a train."
<br />
<br />There are two forms to spell this -이에요: -예요 and -이에요. As far as we are concerned, just -이에요 suffice.
<br />
<br />Practice
<br />1. Using the following words, make sentences with -아/어요 and -(으)세요 conjugation. Please give at least one possible translation for each sentence. Also, mark each word whether it is a verb (V) or an adjective (A).
<br />
<br /><Key>
<br />
<br />좋다 "to be good" (A) 좋아요. "It is good."
<br /> 좋아요 ? "Is it good?"
<br /> 좋으세요. "He/She is good."
<br /> 좋으세요? "Is he/she good?"
<br />
<br />일하다 "to work" (V) 일해요. "I work."
<br /> 일해요? "Do you work?"
<br /> 일하세요. "He/she works."
<br /> 일하세요? "Is he/she working?"
<br /> <Words>
<br />
<br />보다
<br />(to see) 싫다 [실타]
<br />(to be hated) 입다
<br />(to wear, put on)
<br />작다
<br />(to be small) 사다
<br />(to buy) 비싸다
<br />(to be expensive)
<br />읽다
<br />(to read) 괜찮다
<br />(to be OK) 편안하다
<br />(to be comfortable)
<br />차다
<br />(to be cold) 많다 [만타]
<br />(to be many/much) 웃다
<br />(to laugh)
<br />건강하다 [겅강하다]
<br />(to be healthy) 공부하다
<br />(to study)
<br />2. Using the following nouns, make dialogues. (And translate them.)
<br />
<br /><Key>
<br />오리: A-오리이에요? B- 네, 오리이에요.
<br />a duck Is that a duck? Yes, it is a duck.
<br />
<br /><Nouns>
<br />나무 (tree); 아기 (baby) 모자 (hat)
<br />바지 (pants) 나비 (butterfly) 차 (car)
<br />바나나 (banana) 별 (star) 곰 (bear)
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 6
<br />Subject marker: -이/가
<br />As mentioned in Lesson 1, Korean is an agglutinating language. It means that Korean uses little grammatical devices attached to words to specify their roles in a sentence. English is not an agglutinating language, employing rather a fixed word order and prepositions in order to specify the role of each part.
<br />A subject of a sentence is the agent (doer) of the action described by the sentence. Assuming that a state of being can also be treated as an action, a subject can take any kind of predicate, i.e., a verbal, an adjectival, or a nominal predicate. Think of "S goes," "S is bad," and "S is a man." In each case, S is the subject. To mark this subject, Korean attaches either 이 or 가 to it. -이 is used when the subject word ends without a final consonant (patch'im), whereas -가 is for those ending without a final consonant.
<br />Only nouns can be subjects in Korean, such is the case in English. In other words, when you see a part of a sentence attached with -이 or -가, you will know that it must be a noun. However, you might hear sometimes people say sentences without using subject markers -이/가 for subjects. It is because the sentences were simple and a conversational reality is presumed. For these sentences, subject markers can be replaced by a short pause. In sentences the structure of which is complex, or in written forms, the markers should be specified.
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />Finally, we get a sentence meaning, "The embassy is far."
<br />Now, let's look at some more examples.
<br />
<br />subject predicate
<br />이 바지 가 편안해요. These pants are comfortable.
<br />기차 가 와요. The train is coming.
<br />선생님 이 웃으세요. The teacher is laughing.
<br />저것 이 학교이에요. That (over there) is a school.
<br />이것 이 곰이예요. This is a bear.
<br />
<br />연습 <practice>
<br />Use the following pairs of words to make sentences in mid-poite style. Don't forget to use subject markers, and to translate each sentence, as given in the above examples.
<br /> subject predicate
<br />1. 이 사람 (this person) 친구 (friend)
<br />2. 장미 (rose) 비싸다 (to be expensive)
<br />3. 물 (water) 차다 (to be cold)
<br />4. 나무 (tree) 좋다 (to be good)
<br />5. 저 사람 (that person) 건강하다 (to be healthy)
<br />6. 돈 (money) 많다 (to be many/much)
<br />7. 아기 (baby) 건강하다
<br />8. 이것 (this [thing]) 모자 (hat; cap)
<br />9. 여기 (here; this place) 학교
<br />10. 바지 작다 (to be small)
<br />11. 공부 (studying) 싫다 (to be dislikable)
<br />12. 차 (car) 오다 (to come)
<br />13. 친구 일하다 (to work)
<br />14. 집 (home) 어디 (where)
<br />15. 저 사람 누구 (who)
<br />16. 책 (book) 싸다 (to be cheap)
<br />17. 미국 (America) 멀다
<br />18. 이 컴퓨터 (this computer) 괜찮다 (to be okay)
<br />19. 동생 (a younger sibling) 자다 (to sleep)
<br />20. 숙제 (homework) 많다
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 6: Answer
<br />1. 이 사람이 친구이에요. This is a friend.
<br />2. 장미가 비싸요. Roses are expensive.
<br />3. 물이 차요. The water is cold.
<br />4. 나무가 좋아요. Trees are good. (I like trees.)
<br />5. 저 사람이 건강해요. That person is healthy.
<br />6. 돈이 많아요. There are a lot of money.
<br />7. 아기가 건강해요. The baby is healthy.
<br />8. 이것이 모자이에요. This is a hat.
<br />9. 여기가 학교이에요. There (or, this) is a school.
<br />10. 바지가 작아요. The pants are small.
<br />11. 공부가 싫어요. Studying is dislikable. (I hate studying.)
<br />12. 차가 와요 (<오+아요). A car comes. (Here comes a/the car.)
<br />13. 그 친구가 일해요. That friend works.
<br />14. 집이 어디이에요? Where is your home? (Where do you live?)
<br />15. 저 사람이 누구이에요? Who is that man?
<br />16. 책이 싸요 (<싸+아요). The book is cheap/inexpensive.
<br />17. 매디슨(Madison)이 멀어요. Madison is far (from here).
<br />18. 이 컴퓨터가 괜찮아요. This computer is okay.
<br />19. 동생이 자요 (<자+아요). My younger sibling is sleeping.
<br />20. 숙제가 많아요. Homework is a lot. (I have a lot of home work.)
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 7
<br />
<br />Object marker -을 / -를
<br />
<br />[Not many people are fond of talking about grammar. However, this is the least bit of the Korean grammar that you should know. We will be as plain as possible while discussing it.] An object in a sentence is the thing or a person that receives the action (described by the verb) from the subject. As we know, the subject is the doer (agent) of the action that the verb describes.
<br />
<br />In this sentence, the doer of eating is "friend ('my' is assumed)," and the recipient of the action ("eating") is "lunch." As you might have noticed already, not every sentence will have both subject and object. Only those sentences containing verbs that take objects will. Let us think about English for a moment, in order to understand this grammatical terminology. In English grammar, the verbs that take objects are called 'transitive verbs.' For example, "to eat" is a transitive verb, since there must be something that is eaten (that is, receives the action). Similarly, you have a group of verbs that are transitive and another that are intransitive. Such verbs as "love, buy, drink, see, understand, choose, find..." are transitive. (What these verbs have in common is that you can say "to [verb] something / someone.") Such verbs as "go, sit, stay, die, come..." are intransitive. You handle an object in an English sentence simply by placing it AFTER the verb.
<br />A dog
<br />subject bites
<br />verb predicate a person.
<br />object
<br />
<br />If you switch the positions of the subject and the object, you get a completely different meaning.
<br />A person
<br />subject bites
<br />verb predicate a dog.
<br />object
<br />Now, let's go back to Korean. We know that the predicate must be placed at the of a sentence. Thus, both subject and object should come before the verb (predicate), and such change of meaning depending on the word order is less likely to happen. A subject does not necessarily come before the object in a Korean sentence. What clarifies the meaning, therefore, is the particle, i.e., subject/object markers. (Linguists usually call them Case markers.)
<br />사람이
<br />subject "a person" 개를
<br />object "a dog" 물어요.
<br />verb predicate "bite"
<br />
<br />"A person bites a dog."
<br />-이 and -를 are subject and object markers, respectively. Since the subject and object are labeled with markers, there is no possibility of confusion, as long as you keep them together.
<br />개를
<br />object "a dog" 사람이
<br />subject "a person" 물어요.
<br />verb predicate "bite"
<br />
<br />"A person bites a dog."
<br />
<br />The meaning can only change when you switch the markers.
<br />사람을
<br />object "a person" 개가
<br />subject "a dog" 물어요.
<br />verb predicate "bite"
<br />
<br />"A dog bites a person."
<br />Oftentimes, a subject is simply not said in Korean when it is understood.
<br />A: 개가 누구를 물어요? (Who does the dog bite?)
<br />B: 사람을 물어요. ([It] bites a person.)
<br />As you might have noticed, the difference between -을 and -를 is purely phonological: when the previous syllable ends with a consonant (patch'im), use -을; with a vowel (no patch'im), use -를.
<br />
<br />연습 <practice> answer
<br />
<br />You are given two nouns and one transitive verb in each line. Combine them into a sentence, assuming that the first noun is the subject and the second is the object. Be sure to conjugate the verb with -아요, -어요, -(으)세요, when needed.
<br />Key
<br />친구,
<br />(friend) 텔레비,
<br />(television) 보다
<br />(watch, see) → 친구가 텔레비를 봐요.
<br />([My] friend watches TV.)
<br />
<br />
<br />1. 남자친구 (boy friend), 책 (book), 사다 (buy)
<br />2. 아버지 (father), 신문 (newspaper), 읽다 (read)
<br />3. 학생 (student), 책, 읽다
<br />4. 여자친구 (girl friend), 영화 (movie), 좋아하다 (like)
<br />5. 할머니 (grandmother), 돈 (money), 주다 (give)
<br />6. 아이 (child), 점심 (lunch), 먹다 (eat)
<br />7. 친구, 남자친구, 만나다 (meet)
<br />8. 삼촌 (uncle), 영어 (English), 공부하다 (study)
<br />9. 여자친구, 한국어 (Korean), 공부하다
<br />10. 어머니 (mother), 친구, 만나다
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 8
<br />
<br />Who, What, Where?
<br />
<br />
<br />Q: 누구 세요?
<br />
<br />Who is it?
<br /> A: 순이이에요.
<br />
<br />It's Sun-i.
<br />
<br />Q: 누구를 만나요?
<br />
<br />Whom are you meeting?
<br /> A: 순이를 만나요.
<br />
<br />I meet sun-i.
<br />
<br />Q: 무엇이에요?
<br />
<br />What is it?
<br /> A: 사과이에요.
<br />
<br />It is an apple.
<br />
<br />Q: 무엇을 좋아하세요?
<br />
<br />What do you like?
<br /> A: 사과를 좋아해요.
<br />
<br />I like apples.
<br />
<br />Q: 어디에 있어요?
<br />
<br />Where is it?
<br /> A: 서울에 있어요.
<br />
<br />It is in Seoul.
<br />
<br />Q: 어디에 가요?
<br />
<br />Where are you going?
<br /> A: 서울에 가요.
<br />
<br />I go to Seoul.
<br />
<br />누구 who
<br />무엇 (often > 뭐 ) what
<br />어디 where
<br />
<br />These words are pronouns. They need particles to be specified for their functions, such as subject, object, adverbial, etc. Although we have not discussed it in detail, let us learn -을 and -를, object markers. -을 is used when there is a final consonant (patch'im) preceding; whereas 를 is for elsewhere. Note that 어디 (where) is also a noun (pronoun), while "where" in English is not.
<br /> sub. obj.
<br />what 무엇이 (= 뭐가 ) 무엇을 (=뭐를)
<br />who 누구가 (>누가) 누구를
<br />where 어디가 어디를
<br />
<br />E.g.
<br />무엇이 어려워요? What is difficult?
<br />누가 와요? Who is coming?
<br />어디가 아파요? lit. Where is hurting? (Which part of your body is hurting?)
<br />무엇을 배워요? What do you learn?
<br />누구를 만나요? Whom are you meeting?
<br />어디를 때려요? Where do I hit?
<br />
<br />For similar reasons, -에 is needed after 어디 in the above dialogues. -에 is a marker that functions like the preposition ('in' or 'to') in English, though they are placed after the noun they work with.
<br /><English> <Korean>
<br />in Seoul = 서울 에 (Seoul + in)
<br />We will discuss this in detail later.
<br />
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 9
<br />This 'n that, here 'n there 이--, 그--, 저--
<br />
<br />이, 그, and 저 are demonstrative modifiers for nouns.
<br />
<br />
<br /> +thing +person +place
<br />this 이 이것 이 사람 여기
<br />that over there 저 저것 저 사람 저기
<br />that 그 그것 그 사람 거기
<br />Q-word 무엇(what) 누구 (who) 어디(where)
<br />When the referent (an object or a person) is close to the speaker, it is referred to as 이--. When it is closer to the listener than to the speaker, it is referred to as 그--. If it is rather distant from both parties, it is referred to 저--. The only thing that is different from the case in English would be that what is referred to with 저-- should be in the sight of the speaker.
<br />이것이 무엇이에요? 그것은 한국 책이에요.
<br />저것은 무엇이에요? 저것은 미국 신문이에요.
<br />그것은 무엇이에요? 이것은 일본 잡지이에요.
<br />
<br />이 사람은 누구이에요? 그 사람은 내 친구이에요.
<br />저 사람은 누구이에요? 저 사람은 내 동생이에요.
<br />그 사람은 어디 가요? 이 사람은 학교에 가요.
<br />
<br />여기는 어디이에요? 여기는 학교이에요.
<br />저기는 어디이에요? 저기는 우리 집이에요.
<br />거기는 어디이에요? 여기는 미국이에요.
<br />Using 사람 ('person') is not polite enough to refer to an older person. You replace 사람
<br />with 분 in such cases. Then, the predicate will have to change accordingly into high-polite
<br />(with honorific infix -시-) style.
<br />이 분은 누구세요? 그분은 김 선생님이세요.
<br />저 분은 누구세요? 저분은 박 선생님이세요.
<br />그 분은 어디 가세요? 이분은 학교에 가세요.
<br /> Korean lessons: Lesson 10
<br />Styles of speech--a broad classification
<br />
<br />1. 존댓말 or Polite speech
<br />반말(non-polite style): the style of speech in which you speak to your friends (of your age) or to people younger than you are.
<br />존댓말 (polite style): the style in which you speak to your superiors or seniors. Politeness of style can be demarcated into two criteria:
<br />
<br />(1) whom you talk to -- Politeness is achieved by -아요/-어요 or -ㅂ니다
<br />
<br />(2) whom you talk about -- Politeness is achieved by infix -시-.
<br />
<br />When you talk to someone, that person you are talking to could be older or younger than you are; when you talk about a person to someone (of course, they can either be different or identical), that person you are talking about can also be older or younger than you are. Chon-dae mal concerns the proper handling of both these criteria in speech. In addition to age, rank in various social relations also dictates proper use of these speech styles.
<br />
<br />Throughout these categories applies a supervening category of formality. This category concerns the occasion where the conversation occurs. For example, the formal style will be adopted more in work place, public speech, army, etc. ; whereas the informal would better be used among close friends, family members, and people in private relationship. However, in many cases, the consistency of formal/informal speech style is not really strict. In other words, you may feel free switch back and forth between formal and informal style within a conversation, as long as you keep the consistency of politeness.
<br />
<br />We can summarize the above:
<br />
<br />TO ABOUT formal ending informal ending
<br />TO seniors
<br />(polite) ABOUT juniors or self -ㅂ/습니다 -아/어요
<br /> ABOUT seniors -(으)십니다 -(으)세요
<br />TO juniors
<br />(plain) ABOUT juniors or self -다 -아/어
<br /> ABOUT seniors -(으)시다 -(으)셔
<br />
<br />This is a simple outline of endings. As we will learn later, there are other grammatical details that may be needed according to tense, verb/adjective differentiation, etc. There are also other supplementary devices, such as self-effacing pronoun for the first person (저 instead of plain 나 for 'I'), lexically honorific words (말씀 instead of 말 for 'speech, words'), etc. , which will also be discussed later.
<br />
<br />Now let us see how we can make variation for same sentences. The following is in informal style.
<br />
<br />(Talking to my friend) The teacher is coming to our house.
<br />선생님이 우리 집에 오셔.
<br />
<br />(Talking to my mother) The teacher is coming to our house.
<br />선생님이 우리 집에 오세요.
<br />
<br />(Talking to my younger sister) My friend is coming to our house.
<br />친구가 우리 집에 와.
<br />
<br />(Talking to my mother) My friend is coming to our house.
<br />친구가 우리 집에 와요.
<br />
<br />Extensive variety in speech style is often the most overwhelming part when a foreigner begins to learn Korean. It is known to be more complicated than in Japanese. However, as much as it is hard to foreigners, it is not an easy matter to native speaker. People in younger generations in Korea also experience difficulty with proper use of speech style. (In fact, this is somehow related to the shifts that happened in the Korean social structure. Speech style is a product of layers of social/kinship relationship. Compared to traditional families where more than three generations lived in one house or neighbourhood, modern 'nuclear' families offer very few opportunities for the children to practice different speech styles. )
<br />2. 문어체 or written style
<br />문어체 literally means "written-language style," in which you write formal documents, articles, papers in classes, and so on. As there are polite and non-polite styles, we have polite formal style and non-polite formal style. They both have -다 at the end.
<br />
<br />polite formal ending -- -ㅂ니다/습니다
<br />
<br />non-polite formal ending -- -ㄴ다/는다 (present-tense verb) or -다 (elsewhere)
<br />
<br />Newspaper articles, academic papers, public announcement, and so forth, are written in these styles. In fact, the non-polite is preferred in most written documents over the polite, unless the document is by nature a dialogue (i. e. , announcement) aiming at actual readers.
<br />
<br />The non-polite formal, from a native speaker's intuition, gives the impression of self-addressing, which may explain why it is also used in diaries--something that can be most informal. The style is also used frequently by a speaker toward others in the same or younger age, as we saw in the chart above, and therefore we can call it 반말.
<br />
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 11
<br />Numbers (I)
<br />
<br />Two Sets of numbers
<br />Two sets of numbers are in use in Korean: native Korean and Chinese-based sets. The Chinese-based set transmitted to Korea long time ago, probably with Chinese writing system, to settle in the language. It is also the case in Japanese, and we see certain phonological similarity among Chinese numbers and Chinese-based sets of Japanese and Korean numbers.
<br /> Japanese Korean
<br />one yi ichi il (일)
<br />two er ni i (이)
<br />three san san sam (삼)
<br />four si shi sa (사)
<br />five wu go o (오)
<br />In fact, the Japanese and Korean sounds of Chinese numbers are quite similar to those in many modern Chinese dialects, sometimes even more similar than modern Mandarin to them. The Chinese remnants in Japanese and Korean, along with other Chinese dialects, reflect old phases of Chinese language.
<br />
<br />For the sake of our convenience, let us call these two sets 'Korean numbers' and 'Chinese numbers.' Here are the two sets of 1 to 10.
<br /> Korean numbers Chinese numbers
<br />1 하나 일
<br />2 둘 이
<br />3 셋 삼
<br />4 넷 사
<br />5 다섯 오
<br />6 여섯 육
<br />7 일곱 칠
<br />8 여덟 팔
<br />9 아홉 구
<br />10 열 십
<br />There is no semantic difference between the two sets. Both '하나' and '일' means one. They differ according to when and how they are used. We will discuss this in the next lesson.
<br />
<br />First, let us learn more about the Chinese numbers. Counting more than ten observes the arithmetic principles. Take "12" and "20" for example. 12 is made of 10 and 2--there are other ways of making it, but this is what the number stands for--. On the other hand, 20 stands for two tens. Thus, the Chinese number has them:
<br />
<br />12 = 10 + 2
<br /> 십 이
<br />
<br />20 = 2 x 10
<br /> 이 십
<br />
<br />
<br />Chinese numbers under 100
<br />10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
<br />십 십일 십이 십삼 십사 십오 십육 십칠 십팔 십구
<br />20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
<br />이십 이십일 이십이 이십삼 이십사 이십오 이십육 이십칠 이십팔 이십구
<br />30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
<br />삼십 삼십일 삼십이 삼십삼 삼십사 삼십오 삼십육 삼십칠 삼십팔 삼십구
<br />
<br />
<br />Tens, hundreds, thousands . . .
<br />0
<br />영 1
<br />일 2
<br />이 3
<br />삼 4
<br />사 5
<br />오 6
<br />육 7
<br />칠 8
<br />팔 9
<br />구
<br />tens
<br />십 10
<br />십 20
<br />이십 30
<br />삼십 40
<br />사십 50
<br />오십 60
<br />육십 70
<br />칠십 80
<br />팔십 90
<br />구십
<br />hundreds
<br />백 100
<br />백 200
<br />이백 300
<br />삼백 400
<br />사백 500
<br />오백 600
<br />육백 700
<br />칠백 800
<br />팔백 900
<br />구백
<br />thousands
<br />천 1,000
<br />천 2,000
<br />이천 3,000
<br />삼천 4,000
<br />사천 5,000
<br />오천 6,000
<br />육천 7,000
<br />칠천 8,000
<br />팔천 9,000
<br />구천
<br />10 thou.
<br />만 10,000
<br />만 20,000
<br />이만 30,000
<br />삼만 40,000
<br />사만 50,000
<br />오만 60,000
<br />육만 70,000
<br />칠만 80,000
<br />팔만 90,000
<br />구만
<br />100 thou.
<br />십만 100,000
<br />십만 200,000
<br />이십만 300,000
<br />삼십만 400,000
<br />사십만 500,000
<br />오십만 600,000
<br />육십만 700,000
<br />칠십만 800,000
<br />팔십만 900,000
<br />구십만
<br />millions
<br />백만 1 mil.
<br />백만 2 mil.
<br />이백만 3 mil.
<br />삼백만 4 mil.
<br />사백만 5 mil.
<br />오백만 6 mil.
<br />육백만 7 mil.
<br />칠백만 8 mil.
<br />팔백만 9 mil.
<br />구백만
<br />10 mil.
<br />천만 10 mil.
<br />천만 20 mil.
<br />이천만 30 mil.
<br />삼천만 40 mil.
<br />사천만 50 mil.
<br />오천만 60 mil.
<br />육천만 70 mil.
<br />칠천만 80 mil.
<br />팔천만 90 mil.
<br />구천만
<br />100 mil.
<br />억 100 mil.
<br />억 200 mil.
<br />이억 300 mil.
<br />삼억 400 mil.
<br />사억 500 mil.
<br />오억 600 mil.
<br />육억 700 mil.
<br />칠억 800 mil.
<br />팔억 900 mil.
<br />구억
<br />Notice that 'one hundred', 'one thousand', etc. are not '일백', '일천', etc.
<br />
<br />Now, let us see how these work.
<br />
<br />168: 백 육십 팔
<br />
<br />250: 이백 오십
<br />
<br />7,892: 칠천 팔백 구십 이
<br />
<br />980,768,543: 구억 팔천 칠십 육만 팔천 오백 사십 삼
<br />Some examples in the usage of Chinese numbers.
<br />Money: 만 이천 원 (12,000 won), 삼천 오백 달러 (3,500 dollar)
<br />
<br />Phone number: 238-7834 (이삼팔에 칠팔삼사)
<br />
<br />Room/APT Number: Room 305 (삼백오 호)
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 12
<br />Numbers (II)
<br />Native Korean Numbers
<br />Another set of numbers are of native Korean numbers. They are indigenous in Korean, possibly stemmed through a different route from that of the Chinese-based set. Although they used to have a complete system of native numbers that can go up to three digits (or more), they now only use the numbers up to two digits (99). The formation of numbers is quite similar to that of English numbers in the sense that you have a set of numbers for single digits (1-10) and another set for tens (10-90).
<br />
<br />Numbers and formation
<br />Single digits
<br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
<br />Native numbers 하나 둘 셋 넷 다섯 여섯 일곱 여덟 아홉 열
<br />Ten, twenty, thirty....
<br /> 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
<br />Native numbers 열 스물 서른 마흔 쉰 예순 일흔 여든 아흔 백
<br />The formation is quite simple:
<br />15 = 10+5 열 다섯
<br />21 = 20+1 스물 하나
<br />87 = 80+7 여든 일곱
<br />
<br />Using with counters and measure words
<br />Such formation as "five birds," however, is not directly applicable in Korean. When you speak of a thing with its amount, the proper formation should be the following:
<br />**Noun + number + counter**
<br />noun + number + counter
<br />새
<br />(bird) 다섯
<br />(five) 마리
<br />(counter for animals)
<br />Thus, an expression like "다섯 새" is not used in Korean. It may remind you of such expressions as "two bottles of wine" in English. It is necessary in English to specify the measure unit when it comes to uncountable nouns, such as 'water,' 'coffee,' etc. In Korean, this is applied to all nouns. Does this mean that they have different counters for all nouns and that you have to memorize all of them? Probably. Do not panic, though, for there are a certain number of counters that are more frequent and common than the others, and you could strat by learning them and then move on to the rest.
<br />There is yet another issue of when to use Chinese numbers and when to use native Korean numbers. This will be discussed in the next lesson.
<br />Slight changes when used before counters
<br />Also, when before counters, numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 20, change their shape slightly, for the ease of pronunciation.
<br />numbers changes examples
<br />하나 → 한 새 한 마리
<br />"a bird"
<br />(마리: counter for animals)
<br />둘 → 두 학생 두 명
<br />"two students"
<br />(명: counter for people)
<br />셋 → 세 사과 세 개
<br />"three apples"
<br />(개: counter for countable objects)
<br />넷 → 네 책 네 권
<br />"four volumes of books"
<br />(권: counter for books)
<br />스물 → 스무 나이 스무 살
<br />"age of twenty"
<br />(살: counter for age)
<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 13
<br />Locative markers - 에서 and - 에
<br />So far, we have used - 에 as a marker indicating a place. We now have a new location marker: - 에서 . The meaning of - 에서 is 'in', used after a noun, like a postposition (the opposite concept to English 'preposition'). For example:
<br />나는 은행에서 일해요 . I work at a bank.
<br />
<br />Now it becomes quite puzzling how - 에 and - 에서 are different.
<br />(1) Meaning of 'in (or at/on)'
<br />- 에 indicates the place of a state of being (있다, 없다, 계시다, etc.)
<br />- 에서 indicates the place of an action (하다, 일하다, 공부하다, 먹다, etc.)
<br />NB) 살다 is rather peculiar, being used with both - 에 and - 에서 . No apparent semantic difference is noticed, except that - 에서 with 살다 induces more vivid image of 'life' than simple 'dwelling'.
<br />(2) With directional predicates (가다, 오다, 다니다, etc.)
<br />- 에 means 'to'.
<br />- 에서 means 'from'.
<br />NB) 넣다 (to put) and 앉다 (to sit) also use - 에 because these verbs are recognized to be directional.
<br />김 선생님은 한국에서 오셨어요 . Mr. Kim came from Korea.
<br />We may understand that - 에서 still keeps the meaning of 'in' and that it is the directionality implied by the predicate that produces the sense of 'from'. In the above example, although Mr. Kim may not be in Korea at the time that the sentence is spoken, his action of 'coming' must have started in Korea.
<br />The following table summarizes what we have discussed above.
<br /> - 에 - 에서
<br />state
<br />( 있다 , 없다 , 계시다 ) in ( at )
<br />집에 있어요 x
<br />directional
<br />( 가다 , 오다 , 다니다 ) to
<br />학교에 가요 from
<br />한국에서 왔어요
<br />action
<br />( 먹다 , 보다 , 일하다 , etc.) x in ( at )
<br />은행에서 일해요
<br />x indicates that the respective marker is not used with the predicates.
<br />
<br />korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-27830341653376374432010-07-15T05:05:00.000+09:002011-01-07T19:47:13.061+09:00Korean lessons: Lesson 1<br />Fundamental features of Korean Language <br />The Korean language is spoken by more than 60 million people. It belongs to the group of Altaic languages together with Japanese, Ainu, and Mongolian, which were splitted one another several thousand years ago. Syntactically, Korean shares some common characteristics with these Altaic languages, while over 70% of its contemporary vocabulary came from Chinese. <br />1) SOV language <br />Korean is classified as an SOV language, which stands for <Subject-Object-Verb> word order. English on the other hand is an SVO language. A subject is the one who acts. An object is the one who receives the subjects action. For example: <br /><English> Bob loves Jenny. <br />Who loves Jenny? Bob does. Who is loved by Bob? Jenny is. In Korean this sentence will be in the the word order: <br /><Korean> Bob Jenny loves. <br />2) Topic-prominent language <br />Although we call it a subject, its position is not for subjects, the actor, only. A topic can also be in the position. A topic may not be an actor, but the one which the sentence is about. Let's take an example: You bumped into a friend after lunch. Your friend asks you, "Hey, how about a lunch?" You might want to say, "Lunch? I already had it. How about a cup of coffee?" The first part of this speech can be understood, 'As for (or, speaking of) lunch, I already ate it.' In Korean, this can be stated simply: <br /><Korean> Lunch, I ate. <br /> <br />3) Agglutinating language <br />Now, you may have been confused, saying, "I don't get it. How come no one interprets it 'A lunch ate me.'?" This is where the powerful function of particles, endings, and conjugation comes in. By attaching these little grammatical devices, you label each words, so that your words come into places without causing misunderstanding. <br />4) Basic Sentence Formation:<br />{Subject/Topic+particle} + {Object+particle} + {Verb/Adjective+conjugation} <br /> <br /> <br /><br />Korean lessons: Lesson 2<br />Hangul<br />1. Consonants (자음) -- Click on the chart and listen to how they sound.<br />Consonant chart <br />Plain Aspirated tensed<br />ㄱ [k]<br />ㅋ [k']<br />ㄲ [kk]<br /><br />ㄴ [n]<br /> <br />ㄷ [t]<br />ㅌ[t']<br />ㄸ [tt]<br /><br />ㄹ[ r / l ]<br /> <br />ㅁ [m]<br /> <br />ㅂ [p]<br />ㅍ[p']<br />ㅃ [pp]<br /><br />ㅅ [s]<br /> ㅆ [ss]<br /><br />ㅇ [zero / ng ]<br /> <br />ㅈ [ch]<br />ㅊ [ch']<br />ㅉ[cc]<br /><br />ㅎ[h]<br /> <br /> <br />dictionary order: <br />ㄱ (ㄲ), ㄴ, ㄷ (ㄸ), ㄹ, ㅁ, ㅂ (ㅃ), ㅅ (ㅆ), ㅇ, ㅈ (ㅉ), ㅊ, ㅋ, ㅌ, ㅍ, ㅎ<br />Aspirated ones are with more puff of air than the plain ones. As for tensed ones, you add more stricture, but without puff of air, when letting out the sound. Tensed ones are difficult for beginners, and many students take long time to acquire the correct pronunciation. <br />ㄱ is similar to g as in god. <br />ㄲ is similar to k as in sky. <br />ㅋ is similar to k as in kill. <br />ㄷ is similar to d as in do. <br />ㄸ is similar to t as in stop. <br />ㅌ is similar to t as in two. <br />ㄹ is similar to tt as in butter (not [t] but a flap like a Spanish [r]), in a syllable initial position. <br />ㄹ is similar to l as in filling, in a syllable final (받침) position. <br />ㅂ is similar to b as in bad. <br />ㅃ is similar to p as in spy. <br />ㅍ is similar to p as in pool. <br />ㅅ is similar to s as in astronaut. <br />ㅆ is similar to s as in suit. <br />ㅈ is similar to j as in jail. <br />ㅉ is similar to tz as in pretzel. <br />ㅊ is similar to ch as in charge. <br />ㅎ is similar to h as in hat. <br />2. Vowels (모음) -- Click on the chart and listen to how they sound.<br /><br />Vowel Chart <br />Simple Palatalized labiovelarized <br />ㅏ [a]<br />ㅑ [ya]<br /> <br />ㅐ [ae]<br />ㅒ [yae]<br /> <br />ㅓ [o^]<br />ㅕ [yo^]<br /> <br />ㅔ [e]<br />ㅖ [ye]<br /> <br />ㅗ [o]<br />ㅛ [yo]<br />ㅘ [wa] <br />ㅙ [wae] <br />ㅚ [oe]<br /><br />ㅜ [u]<br />ㅠ [yu]<br />ㅝ [wo^] <br />ㅞ [we] <br />ㅟ [ui]<br /><br />ㅡ [u^]<br /> ㅢ[u^i]<br /><br />ㅣ [i]<br /> <br /><br />dictionary order: <br />ㅏ(ㅐ, ㅒ), ㅑ, ㅓ (ㅔ, ㅖ), ㅕ, ㅗ (ㅘ, ㅙ, ㅚ), ㅛ, ㅜ (ㅝ, ㅞ, ㅟ), ㅠ, ㅡ (ㅢ), ㅣ<br />ㅏ is similar to "Ah".<br />ㅑ is similar to "yard". <br />ㅓ is similar to "cut". <br />ㅕ is similar to "just" or "Eliot".<br />ㅗ is similar to "order". <br />ㅛ is similar to " Yoda". <br />ㅜ is similar to " Ungaro". <br />ㅠ is similar to "you". <br />ㅡ is similar to "good" or "le chatau". <br />ㅣ is similar to "easy". <br />ㅐ is similar to "add". <br />ㅒ is similar to "yam". <br />ㅔ is similar to " editor". <br />ㅖ is similar to " yes". <br />ㅘ is similar to " Wow!" or "what". <br />ㅙ is similar to "wagon". <br />ㅚ is similar to "Koeln". <br />ㅝ is similar to " one". <br />ㅞ is similar to " weather". <br />ㅟ is similar to "we" or "Oui!". <br /> <br />Traditional vowel classification:<br /> Traditionally, vowels are classified into three categories, that is yang (bright), yin (dark), and neutral. This classification is very important, for it will be used when we learn conjugation of predicates and some phonological aspects of Korean. The classification also principles the vowel-hamp3ony phenomena that Korean has as a member of Altaic language family. The cassification is as follows:<br />yang (bright) -- ㅏ and ㅗ series (ㅏ, ㅑ, ㅗ, ㅛ, ㅘ)<br />yin (dark) -- ㅓ and ㅜ series (ㅓ, ㅕ, ㅜ, ㅠ, ㅝ)<br />neutral -- ㅡ and ㅣ <br /> <br />3. How to make a character out of alphabet <br />Each character is designed to represent one syllable, the structure of which may be described as (C)V(C), where C stands for a consonant, and V does a vowel--(C) means that the consonant in the position is optional.<br /> (C) + V + (CC) <br />initial consonant vowel final consonant (coda) <br />Some vowels are placed on the right side of the initial consonant; some are placed underneath the initial consonant: Vowels ㅏ, ㅓ, ㅣ (and their derivatives, i.e. ㅐ, ㅔ, ㅒ,ㅖ) are placed on the right; and vowels ㅗ, ㅜ, ㅡ are placed undersneath the initial consonant. Final consonants are always placed at the bottom.<br />E.g) <br />ㄱ + ㅏ + ㅁ = 감 [kam]<br />ㄱ + ㅜ + ㄱ = 국 [kuk] <br />ㄲ + ㅜ + ㅇ = 꿍 <br />ㄴ + ㅏ = 나 [na] <br />ㅎ + ㅘ = 화 [hwa] <br />ㅇ + ㅐ = 애 [ae] <br />ㅇ + ㅗ + ㅅ = 옷 [ot]<br />ㄱ + ㅗ + ㄷ = 곧 [kot] <br />ㄲ + ㅗ + ㅊ = 꽃 [kkot] <br />ㅂ + ㅏ + ㅌ = 밭 [pat] <br />ㅎ + ㅡ + ㄺ = 흙 [hu^(r)k] <br />ㅇ + ㅓ + ㅄ = 없 [o^p] <br />ㄸ + ㅓ + ㄼ = 떫 [tto^(r)p] <br />NB) Final consonant clusters: ㄳ, ㄵ, ㄶ, ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄽ, ㄾ, ㄿ, ㅀ, ㅄ<br />Except for ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄽ, ㄾ, ㄿ, ㅀ (ones with ㄹ placed befre another consonant), when followed by another consonant or nothing, the second consonant of the cluster becomes silent. This second consonant will come alive when there is a vowel after it. <br />값 = kap "price"<br />값 + 과 = kap kwa "price and"<br />값 + 이 = kapsi "price (with a subject particle)" <br />Final clusters with 'ㄹ+consonant' fomp3ation are pronounced with slight irregularity. As for ㄺ, ㄻ, ㄼ, ㄾ, ㄿ, the foregoing liquid sound [ㄹ] of the cluster is ignored when followed by another consonant or nothing. This ㄹ comes alive when the cluster is followed by another vowel. However, Seoul speakers (and many other regions too) tend to throw in a touch of liquid sound for the ㄹ even when the cluster is followed by a consonant or nothing. <br /> 삶 = sa(l)m "a living" <br /> 삶 + 이 = sal mi "a living (with a subject particle)"<br />In clusters ㄽ and ㅀ, however, [ㄹ] is alive even when followed by another consosnant.<br />끓 + 고 = kku^l k'o "boil and.."<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 3<br />Phonological notes <br /> 1. Syllable-final Consonants (받침): <br />1) Theoretically, any consonant can be in the 받침 (syllable final) position. In reality, ㄸ, ㅉ, and ㅃ are not used as 받침. <br />2) Some of the consonants merge into one sound when they are in the syllable-final position. Orthographically, however, they remain different. Summarized as follows: <br />consonant endings 받침 sound examples <br />ㄱ, ㅋ [k] 각, 부엌 <br /><br />ㄴ [n] 눈 <br /><br />ㄷ, ㅅ, ㅈ, ㅊ, ㅌ, ㅎ [t] 낟, 낫, 낮, 낯, 낱, 낳 all pronounced as [ 낟] <br /><br />ㄹ [l] 쌀 <br /><br />ㅁ [m] 봄 <br /><br />ㅂ, ㅍ [p] 입, 잎 both pronounced as [입]<br /><br />ㅇ [ng] 영 <br /><br />3) These merged sounds regain their original values when they are followed by a zero-initial syllable (i.e. vowel). <br />각 + 이 (topic/subject marker) = [가기 kagi] <br />부엌 + 에 (place marker) = [부어케 puo^k`e] <br />낮 + 에 (temporal marker) = [나제 naje] <br />낯 + 에 (place marker) = [나체 nach`e] <br />입 + 이 (top./sub. marker) = [이비 ibi] <br />잎 + 이 (top./sub. maeker) = [이피 ip`i] <br /> <br />2. Rules of Pronunciation <br /> <br />2.1. Liason (받침 carry-over) <br />1) A 받침 is carried over by the following syllable when the following syllable starts with a zero-initial. <br />ex) <br />국이 → [구기] <br /> 문이 → [무니] <br /><br />밥을 → [바블] <br /> 옷이 → [오시 ] <br /><br />잎이 → [이피]<br /> 밖에 → [바께] <br /><br />2) The second part of a double 받침 is carried over by the folowing syllable when the following syllable starts with a zero-syllable. <br />ex)<br />앉아요 → [안자요]<br /> 읽어요 → [일거요] <br /><br />밟아요 → [발바요] <br /> 핥아요 → [할타요] <br /><br />읊어요 → [을퍼요]<br /> 없어요 → [업서요] <br /><br /> <br />2.2. Nasalization <br />When a final (non-nasal) consonant is followed by a nasal initial (ㄴ,ㅁ), the non-nasal consonant absorbs the nasality, keeping its place of articulation. Remember, 'ㅇ' in the initial position is not a nasal consonant but a zero. <br />ㄱ, ㅋ → ㅇ <br />ㄷ, ㅅ, ㅈ, ㅊ, ㅌ, ㅎ → ㄴ / before ㄴ or ㅁ <br />ㅂ, ㅍ → ㅁ <br /><br />ex) <br />갑니다 → [감니다] <br />낱말 → [난말] <br />먹는다 → [멍는다] <br /><br /> <br /> <br />2.3. Aspiration <br /> When ㅎ [h] is adjacent, a consonant is influenced and aspirated. <br />ㄱ → ㅋ <br />ㄷ → ㅌ / before or after ㅎ <br />ㅂ → ㅍ <br />ㅈ → ㅊ <br />ex) <br />좋다 → [조타]<br />노랗다 → [노라타] <br /><br />생각하다 → [생가카다] <br />입히다 →[이피다]<br /><br /> <br />2.4. Palatalization <br />When ㄷ or ㅌ is followed by 이 [i], a paplatalization occurs. <br />ㄷ[t] → ㅈ [ch] <br />ㅌ[t`] → ㅊ [ch`] / before 이 <br />ex) <br />미닫이→[미다지]<br />굳이 →[구지]<br />같이 →[가치]<br /><br /> <br />2.5. Liquidation <br />ㄴ → ㄹ /before another ㄹ <br />ex) <br />전라북도 → [절라북도]<br />신라 → [실라]<br /><br />Korean lessons: Lesson 4<br />Base forms and Stems <br />In a language, we find three basic ways of describing facts: description of action, state, and identity. To describe an action, we use verbs. For example, in English, we say "I eat lunch," which describes the action ('eating') of the subject ('I'). To describe a state, we use adjectives. When we say, "I am tall," it describes the state ('being tall') of the subject ('I'). Describing an identity is relating one thing to another, characterizing the property of the subject. To say "I am a student" is characterizing a property of the subject ('I'), by identifying the subect as a student. When we talk about facts that happened in the past, or a something that will happen in the future, the story is not simple. In English, if the your action of eating had happened in the past, you need to use a different form of the verb, i.e., "I ate lunch." If you used to be quite tall for your age in the past, but it is not the case now, you have to say, "I was tall." <br /><br /> For similar reasons, we say, "I was a student." In order to differentiate the mode of facts, such as tense, we make variation on the predicates--in other words, verbs, adjectives, and noun phrases, etc. This variation is called "conjugation." Like English, Korean also uses this conjugation of predicates. Therefore, in a verb predicate, for example, we see a part that is constant in all kinds of sentences, and the other part that changes according to the modes of facts. (Think of "push, pushes, pushed, pushing..." in English. "Push" is the constant, where "-es", "-ed", and "-ing" are alternating.) The constant part is called the 'stems'. The conjugation in Korean is made by attaching different suffixes to the stems. <br /><br /> 가 요 <br /> stem mid-polite suffix<br /> "to go/leave" (present tense) <br /><br /> "가", a lexical verb stem, is attached with a mid-polite suffix "요", making a present-tense predicate. ("-요" has more stories. We will learn them later.) Subjects can be omitted in many simple everyday-conversational sentences, as long as they are obvious by the context. "가요"thus can be used in the sense of "I go," "you go," or sometimes, "He goes," etc. With an intonation rising at the end ( ), it can be a question, "Do you go (Are you leaving?)" or "Shall we go?", etc. It can even be taken as an imperative sentence, "Go (Leave)!" <br /><br /> A stem is a part of a verb predicate, not a whole word. When we list it in dictionaries, or refer to it as a word--just as when we say "to go" or "to eat" as words--, we add "다" at the end of a stem. Thus, <br />Stem + 다 = Base Form <br /><br /> 가 + 다 = 가다 (Base Form, "to go") <br />High-polite -세요 <br />When addressing a senior (in terms of age or social ranking), a high-polite stle of speech is used. "-세요" is a typical suffix of this style. A simple "How are you?" is made as the following. <br /><br />안녕하 <br />세요<br />stem <br />"to be well" high-polite suffix <br />(present tense) <br /><br />"안녕하" is a stem, the base form of which is "안녕하다". Apart from the politeness of the style, "-세요" can be used you use "요", as in "You go (Please leave)" or "Do you go (Are you leaving)?", "He/She goes", or "Does he/she go", etc. However, you may not want to use it when the subject is you, the subject. For the added politeness by "-세-" is for the subject, not the addressee, whereas "-요" is for the addressee, as it is used in the mid-polite style. <br />Practice<br />Using the given words, make different sentences as seen in the key. <br /><br />1. [verbs] --- 만나다 (to meet), 자다 (to sleep), 사다 (to buy), 타다 (to ride), 파다 (to dig) <br /><br /><Key><br /><br />가다 (to go): <br /> <br /> 가요. 가세요. I/you go. He/she goes.<br /> 가요? 가세요? Do you go? Does he/she go?<br /> 가요! 가세요! Please go!<br />2. [adjectives] --- 비싸다 (to be expensive), 짜다 (to be salty), 차다 (to be cold) <br /><br /><Key> <br />싸다 (to be cheap) : 싸요. It's cheap.<br /> 싸요? Is it cheap?<br /><br />3. '-하다' verbs and adjectives (adj.)건강하다 (to be healthy) <br /> (verb)공부하다 (to study), 일하다 (to work)<br /><Key> <br /><br />(adj.) 안녕하다 (to be well): 안녕하세요? Are you well (How are you)?<br />(verb) 하다 (to do) : 하세요? Do you do (it)? <br /> 하세요! Do (it)! <br />Korean lessons: Lesson 5<br />Nominal predicates : "--이에요" <br />Sample Dialogues<br /><br />By 'nominal predicate', we mean a predicate of a sentence that describes the subject by identifying it with another noun: "I am a student." For verbs and adjectives, we learned that there are base forms and stems. We thus get base forms, "가다" for "to go", and "싸다" for "to be cheap", etc. Now, we are facing a new problem. If there is no such thing as the English verb "to be", how are we going to say such sentences as "I am a student"? Many languages lack the verb like "to be," which can be used both in nominal predicates and adjectival predicates. ("I am a student" and "I am tall".) In order to relate two nouns (i.e., the subject and the nominal complement), such languages use so-called 'copula'. In Korean, that copula is "-이다". "-이다" is of course the base form, which still has to be conjugated to be used in actual sentences. Hence, "학생이다" ("to be a student"); "구름이다" ("to be clouds"). <br /><br />True stories of the present-tense suffix -요 and -세요 <br /><br />In Lesson 4, -요 and -세요 were introduced. It was, however, not exactly everything that we should know about them. <br /><br />1) Mid-polite suffix -아/어요 <br /><br />Verbs and adjectives that we practiced with for -요 suffix in Lesson 4 have something in common: they all have the stem ending in vowel ? without any patch'im followed ('가다', '자다', '싸다', etc.) Those whose stems end otherwise, should take either -아요 or -어요. The last vowel of the stem decides which of the two to take. Once again, the vowel harmony principle ('yang with yang; yin with yin') applies: <br /><br />If the stem has a yang vowel at the last syllable, use -아요; <br /><br />If the stem has a yin or neutral vowel at the last syllable, use -어요. <br />(For yang/yin/neutral vowels, see Lesson 2.) <br /><br />작다<br /> to be small : 작 + -아요 <br /> → 작아요 <br />"It's small." or "He/She is small."?<br />오다 <br />to come : 오 + -아요 → (오아요) → 와요 <br />"Come!" or "I come" or "He/She comes." <br />괜찮다[괜찬타] <br />to be alright : 괜찮 + -아요<br /> → 괜찮아요 [괜차나요] <br /> "It's OK." <br />주다<br />to give :<br /> 주 + -어요<br /> → (주어요) → 줘요 <br />"Give (me, etc.)!" or "I give."<br />먹다 <br />to eat : 먹 + -어요 → 먹어요 <br />"Eat!" or "I eat." or "He/She eats." <br />읽다 [익다] <br />to read : 읽 + -어요 → 읽어요 [일거요] <br />"Read!" or "I read." or "He/She reads." <br />In fact, 가다 → 가요 is a contraction [가 + -아요 → (가아요) → 가요], so are the others in Lesson 4. <br /><br />(NB) -하다 verbs and adjectives are rather peculiar. For them, -여요 is assumed instead of -아요. This may sound quite overwhelming, but -하다 words are in fact easier. All the -하다 stems with no exception appear as -해요. <br /> <br />일하다 <br />to work → 일해요 <br />공부하다 <br />to study → 공부해요 <br />착하다<br />to be nice (person) → 착해요 <br /><br /> <br />2) High-polite suffix -(으)세요 <br /><br />Although not so complicated as -아/어요, this suffix also has its own rules: <br /><br />If the stem ends without a patch'im, use -세요; <br />If the stem ends with a patch'im, use -으세요.<br />가다 : 가 + 세요 → 가세요 <br />웃다 to laugh : 웃 + 으세요 → 웃으세요 <br />안녕하다 : 안녕하 + 세요 → 안녕하세요<br />괜찮다 : 괜찮 + 으세요 → 괜찮으세요 [괜차느세요] <br />"오영균이에요" <br /><br />Finally, we arrive the detail structure of "안녕하세요. XXX(name)이에요." Since personal names are the same as nouns, we use the nominal-predicate copula, -이다. In order to make it into a real sentence, we need to add either -아요 or -어요 in place of the base-form making -다 after -이-. For 이 is a neutral vowel, -어요 is added. -이어요 had gone through a certain phonological change in modern Seoul speakers' speech, and ended in -이에요. <br /><br />오영균 이다 →오영균 이 + -어요 → 오영균이에요 "I am Oh Young Kyun." <br /><br />Similarly, <br /> <br />학생: 학생이에요 "I am / You are a student" or "He/She is a student" <br /><br />기차: 기차이에요 "It's a train." <br /><br />There are two forms to spell this -이에요: -예요 and -이에요. As far as we are concerned, just -이에요 suffice. <br /> <br />Practice <br />1. Using the following words, make sentences with -아/어요 and -(으)세요 conjugation. Please give at least one possible translation for each sentence. Also, mark each word whether it is a verb (V) or an adjective (A). <br /><br /><Key><br /><br />좋다 "to be good" (A) 좋아요. "It is good." <br /> 좋아요 ? "Is it good?" <br /> 좋으세요. "He/She is good." <br /> 좋으세요? "Is he/she good?" <br /> <br />일하다 "to work" (V) 일해요. "I work." <br /> 일해요? "Do you work?"<br /> 일하세요. "He/she works." <br /> 일하세요? "Is he/she working?" <br /> <Words><br /><br />보다 <br />(to see) 싫다 [실타]<br />(to be hated) 입다<br />(to wear, put on) <br />작다<br />(to be small) 사다<br />(to buy) 비싸다 <br />(to be expensive) <br />읽다<br />(to read) 괜찮다 <br />(to be OK) 편안하다<br />(to be comfortable) <br />차다<br />(to be cold) 많다 [만타]<br />(to be many/much) 웃다 <br />(to laugh) <br />건강하다 [겅강하다] <br />(to be healthy) 공부하다 <br />(to study) <br />2. Using the following nouns, make dialogues. (And translate them.) <br /><br /><Key> <br />오리: A-오리이에요? B- 네, 오리이에요. <br />a duck Is that a duck? Yes, it is a duck. <br /><br /><Nouns> <br />나무 (tree); 아기 (baby) 모자 (hat)<br />바지 (pants) 나비 (butterfly) 차 (car)<br />바나나 (banana) 별 (star) 곰 (bear)<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 6<br />Subject marker: -이/가 <br />As mentioned in Lesson 1, Korean is an agglutinating language. It means that Korean uses little grammatical devices attached to words to specify their roles in a sentence. English is not an agglutinating language, employing rather a fixed word order and prepositions in order to specify the role of each part. <br />A subject of a sentence is the agent (doer) of the action described by the sentence. Assuming that a state of being can also be treated as an action, a subject can take any kind of predicate, i.e., a verbal, an adjectival, or a nominal predicate. Think of "S goes," "S is bad," and "S is a man." In each case, S is the subject. To mark this subject, Korean attaches either 이 or 가 to it. -이 is used when the subject word ends without a final consonant (patch'im), whereas -가 is for those ending without a final consonant. <br />Only nouns can be subjects in Korean, such is the case in English. In other words, when you see a part of a sentence attached with -이 or -가, you will know that it must be a noun. However, you might hear sometimes people say sentences without using subject markers -이/가 for subjects. It is because the sentences were simple and a conversational reality is presumed. For these sentences, subject markers can be replaced by a short pause. In sentences the structure of which is complex, or in written forms, the markers should be specified. <br /><br /> <br /><br />Finally, we get a sentence meaning, "The embassy is far."<br />Now, let's look at some more examples.<br /><br />subject predicate <br />이 바지 가 편안해요. These pants are comfortable.<br />기차 가 와요. The train is coming. <br />선생님 이 웃으세요. The teacher is laughing. <br />저것 이 학교이에요. That (over there) is a school. <br />이것 이 곰이예요. This is a bear.<br /><br />연습 <practice><br />Use the following pairs of words to make sentences in mid-poite style. Don't forget to use subject markers, and to translate each sentence, as given in the above examples. <br /> subject predicate<br />1. 이 사람 (this person) 친구 (friend) <br />2. 장미 (rose) 비싸다 (to be expensive)<br />3. 물 (water) 차다 (to be cold)<br />4. 나무 (tree) 좋다 (to be good)<br />5. 저 사람 (that person) 건강하다 (to be healthy)<br />6. 돈 (money) 많다 (to be many/much)<br />7. 아기 (baby) 건강하다 <br />8. 이것 (this [thing]) 모자 (hat; cap)<br />9. 여기 (here; this place) 학교 <br />10. 바지 작다 (to be small)<br />11. 공부 (studying) 싫다 (to be dislikable)<br />12. 차 (car) 오다 (to come)<br />13. 친구 일하다 (to work)<br />14. 집 (home) 어디 (where)<br />15. 저 사람 누구 (who) <br />16. 책 (book) 싸다 (to be cheap)<br />17. 미국 (America) 멀다 <br />18. 이 컴퓨터 (this computer) 괜찮다 (to be okay)<br />19. 동생 (a younger sibling) 자다 (to sleep)<br />20. 숙제 (homework) 많다<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 6: Answer<br />1. 이 사람이 친구이에요. This is a friend.<br />2. 장미가 비싸요. Roses are expensive.<br />3. 물이 차요. The water is cold.<br />4. 나무가 좋아요. Trees are good. (I like trees.)<br />5. 저 사람이 건강해요. That person is healthy.<br />6. 돈이 많아요. There are a lot of money.<br />7. 아기가 건강해요. The baby is healthy.<br />8. 이것이 모자이에요. This is a hat.<br />9. 여기가 학교이에요. There (or, this) is a school.<br />10. 바지가 작아요. The pants are small.<br />11. 공부가 싫어요. Studying is dislikable. (I hate studying.)<br />12. 차가 와요 (<오+아요). A car comes. (Here comes a/the car.)<br />13. 그 친구가 일해요. That friend works.<br />14. 집이 어디이에요? Where is your home? (Where do you live?)<br />15. 저 사람이 누구이에요? Who is that man?<br />16. 책이 싸요 (<싸+아요). The book is cheap/inexpensive.<br />17. 매디슨(Madison)이 멀어요. Madison is far (from here).<br />18. 이 컴퓨터가 괜찮아요. This computer is okay.<br />19. 동생이 자요 (<자+아요). My younger sibling is sleeping.<br />20. 숙제가 많아요. Homework is a lot. (I have a lot of home work.)<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 7<br /><br />Object marker -을 / -를<br /><br />[Not many people are fond of talking about grammar. However, this is the least bit of the Korean grammar that you should know. We will be as plain as possible while discussing it.] An object in a sentence is the thing or a person that receives the action (described by the verb) from the subject. As we know, the subject is the doer (agent) of the action that the verb describes. <br /> <br />In this sentence, the doer of eating is "friend ('my' is assumed)," and the recipient of the action ("eating") is "lunch." As you might have noticed already, not every sentence will have both subject and object. Only those sentences containing verbs that take objects will. Let us think about English for a moment, in order to understand this grammatical terminology. In English grammar, the verbs that take objects are called 'transitive verbs.' For example, "to eat" is a transitive verb, since there must be something that is eaten (that is, receives the action). Similarly, you have a group of verbs that are transitive and another that are intransitive. Such verbs as "love, buy, drink, see, understand, choose, find..." are transitive. (What these verbs have in common is that you can say "to [verb] something / someone.") Such verbs as "go, sit, stay, die, come..." are intransitive. You handle an object in an English sentence simply by placing it AFTER the verb. <br />A dog <br />subject bites <br />verb predicate a person. <br />object<br /> <br />If you switch the positions of the subject and the object, you get a completely different meaning.<br />A person <br />subject bites <br />verb predicate a dog. <br />object<br />Now, let's go back to Korean. We know that the predicate must be placed at the of a sentence. Thus, both subject and object should come before the verb (predicate), and such change of meaning depending on the word order is less likely to happen. A subject does not necessarily come before the object in a Korean sentence. What clarifies the meaning, therefore, is the particle, i.e., subject/object markers. (Linguists usually call them Case markers.)<br />사람이 <br />subject "a person" 개를 <br />object "a dog" 물어요. <br />verb predicate "bite"<br /><br />"A person bites a dog."<br />-이 and -를 are subject and object markers, respectively. Since the subject and object are labeled with markers, there is no possibility of confusion, as long as you keep them together.<br />개를 <br />object "a dog" 사람이 <br />subject "a person" 물어요. <br />verb predicate "bite"<br /><br />"A person bites a dog."<br /> <br />The meaning can only change when you switch the markers.<br />사람을 <br />object "a person" 개가 <br />subject "a dog" 물어요. <br />verb predicate "bite"<br /><br />"A dog bites a person."<br />Oftentimes, a subject is simply not said in Korean when it is understood. <br />A: 개가 누구를 물어요? (Who does the dog bite?) <br />B: 사람을 물어요. ([It] bites a person.) <br />As you might have noticed, the difference between -을 and -를 is purely phonological: when the previous syllable ends with a consonant (patch'im), use -을; with a vowel (no patch'im), use -를. <br /><br />연습 <practice> answer<br /><br />You are given two nouns and one transitive verb in each line. Combine them into a sentence, assuming that the first noun is the subject and the second is the object. Be sure to conjugate the verb with -아요, -어요, -(으)세요, when needed. <br />Key <br />친구, <br />(friend) 텔레비, <br />(television) 보다 <br />(watch, see) → 친구가 텔레비를 봐요. <br />([My] friend watches TV.)<br /><br /><br />1. 남자친구 (boy friend), 책 (book), 사다 (buy) <br />2. 아버지 (father), 신문 (newspaper), 읽다 (read) <br />3. 학생 (student), 책, 읽다 <br />4. 여자친구 (girl friend), 영화 (movie), 좋아하다 (like) <br />5. 할머니 (grandmother), 돈 (money), 주다 (give) <br />6. 아이 (child), 점심 (lunch), 먹다 (eat) <br />7. 친구, 남자친구, 만나다 (meet) <br />8. 삼촌 (uncle), 영어 (English), 공부하다 (study) <br />9. 여자친구, 한국어 (Korean), 공부하다 <br />10. 어머니 (mother), 친구, 만나다 <br />Korean lessons: Lesson 8<br /><br />Who, What, Where? <br /> <br /><br />Q: 누구 세요?<br /><br />Who is it?<br /> A: 순이이에요.<br /><br />It's Sun-i.<br /> <br />Q: 누구를 만나요?<br /><br />Whom are you meeting?<br /> A: 순이를 만나요.<br /><br />I meet sun-i.<br /> <br />Q: 무엇이에요? <br /><br />What is it?<br /> A: 사과이에요.<br /><br />It is an apple.<br /> <br />Q: 무엇을 좋아하세요?<br /><br />What do you like?<br /> A: 사과를 좋아해요.<br /><br />I like apples.<br /> <br />Q: 어디에 있어요?<br /><br />Where is it?<br /> A: 서울에 있어요.<br /><br />It is in Seoul.<br /> <br />Q: 어디에 가요?<br /><br />Where are you going?<br /> A: 서울에 가요. <br /><br />I go to Seoul.<br /> <br />누구 who <br />무엇 (often > 뭐 ) what <br />어디 where <br /> <br />These words are pronouns. They need particles to be specified for their functions, such as subject, object, adverbial, etc. Although we have not discussed it in detail, let us learn -을 and -를, object markers. -을 is used when there is a final consonant (patch'im) preceding; whereas 를 is for elsewhere. Note that 어디 (where) is also a noun (pronoun), while "where" in English is not. <br /> sub. obj. <br />what 무엇이 (= 뭐가 ) 무엇을 (=뭐를) <br />who 누구가 (>누가) 누구를 <br />where 어디가 어디를 <br /> <br />E.g. <br />무엇이 어려워요? What is difficult? <br />누가 와요? Who is coming?<br />어디가 아파요? lit. Where is hurting? (Which part of your body is hurting?) <br />무엇을 배워요? What do you learn? <br />누구를 만나요? Whom are you meeting? <br />어디를 때려요? Where do I hit? <br /> <br />For similar reasons, -에 is needed after 어디 in the above dialogues. -에 is a marker that functions like the preposition ('in' or 'to') in English, though they are placed after the noun they work with.<br /><English> <Korean><br />in Seoul = 서울 에 (Seoul + in) <br />We will discuss this in detail later. <br /><br />Korean lessons: Lesson 9<br />This 'n that, here 'n there 이--, 그--, 저--<br /> <br />이, 그, and 저 are demonstrative modifiers for nouns. <br /> <br /> <br /> +thing +person +place <br />this 이 이것 이 사람 여기<br />that over there 저 저것 저 사람 저기<br />that 그 그것 그 사람 거기<br />Q-word 무엇(what) 누구 (who) 어디(where) <br />When the referent (an object or a person) is close to the speaker, it is referred to as 이--. When it is closer to the listener than to the speaker, it is referred to as 그--. If it is rather distant from both parties, it is referred to 저--. The only thing that is different from the case in English would be that what is referred to with 저-- should be in the sight of the speaker. <br />이것이 무엇이에요? 그것은 한국 책이에요. <br />저것은 무엇이에요? 저것은 미국 신문이에요. <br />그것은 무엇이에요? 이것은 일본 잡지이에요. <br /> <br />이 사람은 누구이에요? 그 사람은 내 친구이에요. <br />저 사람은 누구이에요? 저 사람은 내 동생이에요.<br />그 사람은 어디 가요? 이 사람은 학교에 가요. <br /> <br />여기는 어디이에요? 여기는 학교이에요. <br />저기는 어디이에요? 저기는 우리 집이에요. <br />거기는 어디이에요? 여기는 미국이에요.<br />Using 사람 ('person') is not polite enough to refer to an older person. You replace 사람 <br />with 분 in such cases. Then, the predicate will have to change accordingly into high-polite <br />(with honorific infix -시-) style. <br />이 분은 누구세요? 그분은 김 선생님이세요. <br />저 분은 누구세요? 저분은 박 선생님이세요. <br />그 분은 어디 가세요? 이분은 학교에 가세요.<br /> Korean lessons: Lesson 10<br />Styles of speech--a broad classification<br /><br />1. 존댓말 or Polite speech <br />반말(non-polite style): the style of speech in which you speak to your friends (of your age) or to people younger than you are. <br />존댓말 (polite style): the style in which you speak to your superiors or seniors. Politeness of style can be demarcated into two criteria: <br /><br />(1) whom you talk to -- Politeness is achieved by -아요/-어요 or -ㅂ니다 <br /><br />(2) whom you talk about -- Politeness is achieved by infix -시-. <br /><br />When you talk to someone, that person you are talking to could be older or younger than you are; when you talk about a person to someone (of course, they can either be different or identical), that person you are talking about can also be older or younger than you are. Chon-dae mal concerns the proper handling of both these criteria in speech. In addition to age, rank in various social relations also dictates proper use of these speech styles. <br /><br />Throughout these categories applies a supervening category of formality. This category concerns the occasion where the conversation occurs. For example, the formal style will be adopted more in work place, public speech, army, etc. ; whereas the informal would better be used among close friends, family members, and people in private relationship. However, in many cases, the consistency of formal/informal speech style is not really strict. In other words, you may feel free switch back and forth between formal and informal style within a conversation, as long as you keep the consistency of politeness. <br /><br />We can summarize the above:<br /><br />TO ABOUT formal ending informal ending <br />TO seniors <br />(polite) ABOUT juniors or self -ㅂ/습니다 -아/어요 <br /> ABOUT seniors -(으)십니다 -(으)세요 <br />TO juniors <br />(plain) ABOUT juniors or self -다 -아/어 <br /> ABOUT seniors -(으)시다 -(으)셔 <br /> <br />This is a simple outline of endings. As we will learn later, there are other grammatical details that may be needed according to tense, verb/adjective differentiation, etc. There are also other supplementary devices, such as self-effacing pronoun for the first person (저 instead of plain 나 for 'I'), lexically honorific words (말씀 instead of 말 for 'speech, words'), etc. , which will also be discussed later. <br /><br />Now let us see how we can make variation for same sentences. The following is in informal style. <br /><br />(Talking to my friend) The teacher is coming to our house. <br />선생님이 우리 집에 오셔. <br /><br />(Talking to my mother) The teacher is coming to our house. <br />선생님이 우리 집에 오세요. <br /><br />(Talking to my younger sister) My friend is coming to our house. <br />친구가 우리 집에 와. <br /><br />(Talking to my mother) My friend is coming to our house. <br />친구가 우리 집에 와요. <br /><br />Extensive variety in speech style is often the most overwhelming part when a foreigner begins to learn Korean. It is known to be more complicated than in Japanese. However, as much as it is hard to foreigners, it is not an easy matter to native speaker. People in younger generations in Korea also experience difficulty with proper use of speech style. (In fact, this is somehow related to the shifts that happened in the Korean social structure. Speech style is a product of layers of social/kinship relationship. Compared to traditional families where more than three generations lived in one house or neighbourhood, modern 'nuclear' families offer very few opportunities for the children to practice different speech styles. ) <br />2. 문어체 or written style <br />문어체 literally means "written-language style," in which you write formal documents, articles, papers in classes, and so on. As there are polite and non-polite styles, we have polite formal style and non-polite formal style. They both have -다 at the end.<br /> <br />polite formal ending -- -ㅂ니다/습니다 <br /><br />non-polite formal ending -- -ㄴ다/는다 (present-tense verb) or -다 (elsewhere) <br /><br />Newspaper articles, academic papers, public announcement, and so forth, are written in these styles. In fact, the non-polite is preferred in most written documents over the polite, unless the document is by nature a dialogue (i. e. , announcement) aiming at actual readers. <br /><br />The non-polite formal, from a native speaker's intuition, gives the impression of self-addressing, which may explain why it is also used in diaries--something that can be most informal. The style is also used frequently by a speaker toward others in the same or younger age, as we saw in the chart above, and therefore we can call it 반말.<br /> <br />Korean lessons: Lesson 11<br />Numbers (I) <br /><br />Two Sets of numbers <br />Two sets of numbers are in use in Korean: native Korean and Chinese-based sets. The Chinese-based set transmitted to Korea long time ago, probably with Chinese writing system, to settle in the language. It is also the case in Japanese, and we see certain phonological similarity among Chinese numbers and Chinese-based sets of Japanese and Korean numbers. <br /> Japanese Korean <br />one yi ichi il (일) <br />two er ni i (이) <br />three san san sam (삼) <br />four si shi sa (사) <br />five wu go o (오) <br />In fact, the Japanese and Korean sounds of Chinese numbers are quite similar to those in many modern Chinese dialects, sometimes even more similar than modern Mandarin to them. The Chinese remnants in Japanese and Korean, along with other Chinese dialects, reflect old phases of Chinese language. <br /><br />For the sake of our convenience, let us call these two sets 'Korean numbers' and 'Chinese numbers.' Here are the two sets of 1 to 10. <br /> Korean numbers Chinese numbers <br />1 하나 일<br />2 둘 이 <br />3 셋 삼 <br />4 넷 사 <br />5 다섯 오 <br />6 여섯 육 <br />7 일곱 칠 <br />8 여덟 팔 <br />9 아홉 구 <br />10 열 십 <br />There is no semantic difference between the two sets. Both '하나' and '일' means one. They differ according to when and how they are used. We will discuss this in the next lesson. <br /><br />First, let us learn more about the Chinese numbers. Counting more than ten observes the arithmetic principles. Take "12" and "20" for example. 12 is made of 10 and 2--there are other ways of making it, but this is what the number stands for--. On the other hand, 20 stands for two tens. Thus, the Chinese number has them: <br /><br />12 = 10 + 2 <br /> 십 이 <br /><br />20 = 2 x 10 <br /> 이 십 <br /> <br /> <br />Chinese numbers under 100 <br />10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19<br />십 십일 십이 십삼 십사 십오 십육 십칠 십팔 십구 <br />20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29<br />이십 이십일 이십이 이십삼 이십사 이십오 이십육 이십칠 이십팔 이십구 <br />30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39<br />삼십 삼십일 삼십이 삼십삼 삼십사 삼십오 삼십육 삼십칠 삼십팔 삼십구 <br /><br /><br />Tens, hundreds, thousands . . . <br />0 <br />영 1 <br />일 2 <br />이 3 <br />삼 4 <br />사 5 <br />오 6 <br />육 7 <br />칠 8 <br />팔 9 <br />구<br />tens <br />십 10 <br />십 20 <br />이십 30 <br />삼십 40 <br />사십 50 <br />오십 60 <br />육십 70 <br />칠십 80 <br />팔십 90 <br />구십<br />hundreds <br />백 100 <br />백 200 <br />이백 300 <br />삼백 400 <br />사백 500 <br />오백 600 <br />육백 700 <br />칠백 800 <br />팔백 900 <br />구백<br />thousands <br />천 1,000 <br />천 2,000 <br />이천 3,000 <br />삼천 4,000 <br />사천 5,000 <br />오천 6,000 <br />육천 7,000 <br />칠천 8,000 <br />팔천 9,000 <br />구천<br />10 thou. <br />만 10,000 <br />만 20,000 <br />이만 30,000 <br />삼만 40,000 <br />사만 50,000 <br />오만 60,000 <br />육만 70,000 <br />칠만 80,000 <br />팔만 90,000 <br />구만<br />100 thou. <br />십만 100,000 <br />십만 200,000 <br />이십만 300,000 <br />삼십만 400,000 <br />사십만 500,000 <br />오십만 600,000 <br />육십만 700,000 <br />칠십만 800,000 <br />팔십만 900,000 <br />구십만<br />millions <br />백만 1 mil. <br />백만 2 mil. <br />이백만 3 mil. <br />삼백만 4 mil. <br />사백만 5 mil. <br />오백만 6 mil. <br />육백만 7 mil. <br />칠백만 8 mil. <br />팔백만 9 mil. <br />구백만<br />10 mil. <br />천만 10 mil. <br />천만 20 mil. <br />이천만 30 mil. <br />삼천만 40 mil. <br />사천만 50 mil. <br />오천만 60 mil. <br />육천만 70 mil. <br />칠천만 80 mil. <br />팔천만 90 mil. <br />구천만<br />100 mil. <br />억 100 mil. <br />억 200 mil. <br />이억 300 mil. <br />삼억 400 mil. <br />사억 500 mil. <br />오억 600 mil. <br />육억 700 mil. <br />칠억 800 mil. <br />팔억 900 mil. <br />구억<br />Notice that 'one hundred', 'one thousand', etc. are not '일백', '일천', etc. <br /><br />Now, let us see how these work. <br /><br />168: 백 육십 팔 <br /><br />250: 이백 오십 <br /><br />7,892: 칠천 팔백 구십 이 <br /><br />980,768,543: 구억 팔천 칠십 육만 팔천 오백 사십 삼 <br />Some examples in the usage of Chinese numbers. <br />Money: 만 이천 원 (12,000 won), 삼천 오백 달러 (3,500 dollar) <br /><br />Phone number: 238-7834 (이삼팔에 칠팔삼사) <br /><br />Room/APT Number: Room 305 (삼백오 호) <br />Korean lessons: Lesson 12<br />Numbers (II)<br />Native Korean Numbers<br />Another set of numbers are of native Korean numbers. They are indigenous in Korean, possibly stemmed through a different route from that of the Chinese-based set. Although they used to have a complete system of native numbers that can go up to three digits (or more), they now only use the numbers up to two digits (99). The formation of numbers is quite similar to that of English numbers in the sense that you have a set of numbers for single digits (1-10) and another set for tens (10-90). <br /> <br />Numbers and formation<br />Single digits<br /> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />Native numbers 하나 둘 셋 넷 다섯 여섯 일곱 여덟 아홉 열<br />Ten, twenty, thirty....<br /> 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100<br />Native numbers 열 스물 서른 마흔 쉰 예순 일흔 여든 아흔 백<br />The formation is quite simple:<br />15 = 10+5 열 다섯<br />21 = 20+1 스물 하나<br />87 = 80+7 여든 일곱<br /> <br />Using with counters and measure words<br />Such formation as "five birds," however, is not directly applicable in Korean. When you speak of a thing with its amount, the proper formation should be the following:<br />**Noun + number + counter**<br />noun + number + counter<br />새<br />(bird) 다섯<br />(five) 마리<br />(counter for animals)<br />Thus, an expression like "다섯 새" is not used in Korean. It may remind you of such expressions as "two bottles of wine" in English. It is necessary in English to specify the measure unit when it comes to uncountable nouns, such as 'water,' 'coffee,' etc. In Korean, this is applied to all nouns. Does this mean that they have different counters for all nouns and that you have to memorize all of them? Probably. Do not panic, though, for there are a certain number of counters that are more frequent and common than the others, and you could strat by learning them and then move on to the rest. <br />There is yet another issue of when to use Chinese numbers and when to use native Korean numbers. This will be discussed in the next lesson. <br />Slight changes when used before counters<br />Also, when before counters, numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 20, change their shape slightly, for the ease of pronunciation.<br />numbers changes examples<br />하나 → 한 새 한 마리<br />"a bird" <br />(마리: counter for animals)<br />둘 → 두 학생 두 명<br />"two students" <br />(명: counter for people)<br />셋 → 세 사과 세 개<br />"three apples" <br />(개: counter for countable objects)<br />넷 → 네 책 네 권<br />"four volumes of books" <br />(권: counter for books)<br />스물 → 스무 나이 스무 살<br />"age of twenty" <br />(살: counter for age)<br />Korean lessons: Lesson 13<br />Locative markers - 에서 and - 에 <br />So far, we have used - 에 as a marker indicating a place. We now have a new location marker: - 에서 . The meaning of - 에서 is 'in', used after a noun, like a postposition (the opposite concept to English 'preposition'). For example:<br />나는 은행에서 일해요 . I work at a bank. <br /><br />Now it becomes quite puzzling how - 에 and - 에서 are different. <br />(1) Meaning of 'in (or at/on)'<br />- 에 indicates the place of a state of being (있다, 없다, 계시다, etc.)<br />- 에서 indicates the place of an action (하다, 일하다, 공부하다, 먹다, etc.) <br />NB) 살다 is rather peculiar, being used with both - 에 and - 에서 . No apparent semantic difference is noticed, except that - 에서 with 살다 induces more vivid image of 'life' than simple 'dwelling'.<br />(2) With directional predicates (가다, 오다, 다니다, etc.) <br />- 에 means 'to'. <br />- 에서 means 'from'. <br />NB) 넣다 (to put) and 앉다 (to sit) also use - 에 because these verbs are recognized to be directional. <br />김 선생님은 한국에서 오셨어요 . Mr. Kim came from Korea. <br />We may understand that - 에서 still keeps the meaning of 'in' and that it is the directionality implied by the predicate that produces the sense of 'from'. In the above example, although Mr. Kim may not be in Korea at the time that the sentence is spoken, his action of 'coming' must have started in Korea. <br />The following table summarizes what we have discussed above.<br /> - 에 - 에서 <br />state <br />( 있다 , 없다 , 계시다 ) in ( at ) <br />집에 있어요 x <br />directional <br />( 가다 , 오다 , 다니다 ) to <br />학교에 가요 from <br />한국에서 왔어요 <br />action <br />( 먹다 , 보다 , 일하다 , etc.) x in ( at ) <br />은행에서 일해요 <br />x indicates that the respective marker is not used with the predicates. <br /><br />korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-28068983173584396222010-07-15T05:03:00.002+09:002010-07-15T05:04:06.663+09:00learn koreanKorean Language Exercises<br />1. Change the following to the Korean Past Tense. (Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings)<br />(a) 요리하다 (to cook) - ___________<br />(b) 복잡하다 (to be crowded) - __________<br />(c) 가르치다 (to teach) - ___________<br />(d) 오다 (to come) - __________<br />(e) 만들다 (to make) - ___________<br />2. Write out the following time in Korean. (Korean Time)<br />(a) 11:00 am - __________<br />(b) 3:55 am - __________<br />(c) 4:20 pm - __________<br />(d) 9:30 pm - __________<br />(e) 8:42 am - __________<br />(f) 6:10 pm - __________<br />3. Complete the questions below. (use Korean Question Word - What - 몇)<br />(a) 책이 __________? - How many books do you have?<br />(b) 컴퓨터가 __________? - How many computer do you have?<br />(c) 표가 __________? - How many tickets do you have?<br />(d) 우산이 __________? - How many umbrellas do you have?<br />(e) 한국 친구가 __________? - How many Korean friends do you have?<br />4. Complete the dialogue below:<br />제임스 : 혹시 로이스 씨 (a) __________? - Do you happen to know Lois’s phone number?<br />케런 : 네, 알아요. - Yes, I know it.<br />제임스 : 로이스 씨 전화번호가 (b) __________? - What’s Lois’s number?<br />케런 : (c) __________. 010-728-9135예요. - Hold on. It’s 010-728-9135.<br />제임스 : 010-728-9135 맞아요? - Is 010-728-9135 right?<br />케런 : 네, (d) __________. - Yes, that’s right.<br />제임스 : 고마워요. - Thanks.<br />케런 : (e) __________. - You’re welcome.<br />Tips: view also Korean Numbers and Korean Counting Units.<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 요리했어요 (b) 복잡했어요 (c) 가르쳤어요 (d) 왔어요 (e) 만들었어요<br />2. (a) 오전 열한 시 (b) 새벽 세 시 오십오 분 (c) 오후 네 시 이십 분 (d) 밤 아홉 시 삼십 분/ 밤 아홉 시 반 (e) 아침 여덟 시 사십이 분 (f) 저녁 여섯 시 십 분<br />3. (a) 몇 권 있어요 (b) 몇 대 있어요 (c) 몇 장 있어요 (d) 몇 개 있어요 (e) 몇 명 있어요<br />4. (a) 전화번호 알아요 (b) 몇 번이에요 (c) 잠깐만요 (d) 맞아요 (e) 아니에요<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Language Exercises<br />1. Write out the following prices in Korean.<br />(a) 103000 - __________<br />(b) 9500 - __________<br />(c) 57000 - __________<br />(d) 28350원 - __________<br />(e) 210000 - __________<br />2. Read the dialogue and fill in the blank with the answer.<br />A 커피가 (a) __________? - How much is this coffee?<br />B 6700원이에요. - It’s 6700 won.<br />A 커피 (b) __________. - Give me one cup of coffee, please.<br />B 네, 알겠습니다. - Yes, sir.<br />3. Change the following to the Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands.<br />(a) 하다 - __________ - do, please.<br />(b) 가다 - __________ - go, please.<br />(c) 읽다 - __________ - read, please.<br />(d) 오다 - __________ - come, please.<br />(e) 만들다 - __________ - make, please.<br />(f) 듣다 - __________ - listen, please.<br />(g) 입다 - __________ - wear, please.<br />(h) 사다 - __________ - buy, please .<br />4. Change the following to the Korean Present Tense (Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings)<br />(a) 공부하다 (to study) - ___________<br />(b) 운동하다 (to exercise) - __________<br />(c) 가르치다 (to teach) - ___________<br />(d) 쉬다 (to take a rest) - __________<br />(e) 끝나다 (to be over) - ___________<br />5. Complete the dialogue below:<br />알렉스 : 캐로린 씨, (a) __________? - Carolyn, where is your house?<br />캐로린 : 신촌에 있어요. - It’s in Sinchon.<br />알렉스 : 신촌에 (b) __________? - Where in Sinchon?<br />캐로린 : 신촌 약국 알아요? - Do you know Sinchon pharmacy?<br />알렉스 : 아니요, (c) __________. - No, I don’t know.<br />캐로린 : 그럼, 신촌 (d) __________ 알아요? - Then do you know Sinchon department store?<br />알렉스 : 네, 알아요. - Yes, I do.<br />캐로린 : 신촌 백화점 바로 (e) __________. - My house is right behind Sinchon department store.<br />Tips: view also Korean Vocabulary - Places, Korean Question Word - Where and Korean Position Words. Continue to Korean Language Exercises 9. For more about Korean language, you may go to Korean.<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 십만 삼천 원 (b) 구천 오백 원 (c) 오만 칠천 원 (d) 이만 팔천 삼백 오십 원 (e) 이십 일만<br />2. (a) 얼마예요 (b) 한 잔 주세요<br />3. (a) 하세요 (b) 가세요 (c) 읽으세요 (d) 읽으세요 (e) 만드세요 (f) 들으세요 (g) 입으세요 (h) 사세요<br />4. (a) 공부해요 (b) 운동해요 (c) 가르쳐요 (d) 쉬어요 (e) 끝나요<br />5. (a) 집이 어디에 있어요? (b) 어디에 있어요? (c) 몰라요 (d) 백화점 (e) 뒤에 있어요<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Korean Language Exercises<br />1. Read the dialogue and fill in the blank with the answer (use Korean Negation - Not/Don’t - 안).<br />(a) A 피곤해요? - Are you tired? B 아니요, __________. - No, I’m not tired.<br />(b) A 중요해요? - Is it important? B 아니요, __________. - No, it is not important.<br />(c) A 일 해요? - Do you work? B 아니요, __________. - No, I don’t work.<br />(d) A 좋아해요? - Do you like(it)? B 아니요, __________. - No, I don’t like.<br />(e) A 노래해요? - Do you sing? B 아니요, __________. - No, I don’t sing.<br />2. Complete the sentences below (use Korean Conjunction - And 고 or 하고).<br />(a) 비빔밥_____ 김치. - Bibimbap and Kimchi.<br />(b) 텔레비전을 보_____ 책을 읽어요. - I watch television, and read a book.<br />(c) 한국어를 공부하_____ 친구를 만나요. - I study Korean and meet my friend.<br />(d) 김치가 싸_____ 맛있어요. - Kimchi is inexpensive and delicious.<br />(e) 누구_____ 식사해요? - Who are you eating with?<br />3. Complete the sentences below with appropriate Korean Counting Units.<br />(a) 공책 한 _____ 주세요. - Give me one notebook, please.<br />(b) 맥주 두 _____ 주세요. - Give me two bottles of beer, please.<br />(c) 커피 네 _____ 주세요. - Give me four cups of coffee, please.<br />(d) 콜라 세 _____ 주세요. - Give me three cola, please.<br />(e) 사과 다섯 _____ 주세요. - Give me five apples, please.<br />4. Complete the dialogue below by choosing the appropriate sentence:<br />뭐예요?/ 옷장이에요?/ 네/ 아니요/ 어디에 있어요?/ 여기요?/ 옆에 있어요/ 안에 있어요/ 있어요/ 없어요<br />아론 : 이거는 (a) __________? - Is this a closet?<br />베니 : (b) _____, 옷장이 아니에요, 냉장고예요. - No, it’s not, it’s a refrigerator.<br />아론 : 옷장은 (c) __________? - Where is the closet?<br />베니 : 옷장은 침대 (d) __________. - The closet is next to the bed.<br />아론 : 방에 전화가 있어요? - Is there a telephone in your room?<br />베니 : 아니요, (e) __________. 전화는 일 층에 있어요. - No, there isn’t. The telephone is on the first floor.<br />5. Write out the following numbers in Korean:<br />(a) 1 - _____<br />(b) 2 - _____<br />(c) 3 - _____<br />(d) 4 - _____<br />(e) 5 - _____<br />(f) 6 - _____<br />(g) 7 - _____<br />(h) 8 - _____<br />(i) 9 - _____<br />(j) 10 - _____<br />(k) 20 - _____<br />(l) 30 - _____<br />(m) 40 - _____<br />(o) 50 - _____<br />(p) 60 - _____<br />(q) 70 - _____<br />(r) 80 - _____<br />(s) 90 - _____<br />(t ) 100 - _____<br />Tips: view also Korean Numbers, Korean Position Words, and Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence. Continue to Korean Language Exercises 8. For more about Korean language, you may go to Korean.<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 안 피곤해요 (b) 안 중요해요 (c) 일 안 해요 (d) 안 좋아해요 (e) 노래 안 해요<br />2. (a) 하고 (b) 고 (c) 고 (d) 고 (e) 하고<br />3. (a) 권 (b) 병 (c) 잔 (d) 개 (e) 개<br />4. (a) 옷장이에요 (b) 아니요 (c) 어디에 있어요 (d) 옆에 있어요 (e) 없어요<br />5. (a) 하나 (b) 둘 (c) 셋 (d) 넷 (e) 다섯 (f) 여섯 (g) 일곱 (h) 여덟 (i) 아홉 (j) 열 (k) 스물 (l) 서른 (m) 마흔 (o) 쉰 (p) 예순 (q) 일흔 (r) 여든 (s) 아흔 (t) 백<br />감사합니다 - T<br />Korean Language Exercises<br />1. Complete the sentences below - 아론 씨가 어디에 있어요? - Where is Aaron?<br />(a) _____에 ( Restaurant ) 있어요. - Aaron is at restaurant.<br />(b) _____에 ( Hospital ) 있어요. - Aaron is at hospital.<br />(c) _____에 ( House ) 있어요. - Aaron is at house.<br />(d) _____에 ( Pharmacy ) 있어요. - Aaron is at pharmacy.<br />(e) _____에 ( Theater ) 있어요. - Aaron is at theater.<br />2. Complete the sentences below - 시계가 어디에 있어요? - Where is the watch?<br />(a) 책상 _____에 ( on ) 있어요. - The watch is on the desk.<br />(b) 안경 _____에 ( next ) 있어요. - The watch is next to the glasses.<br />(c) 책하고 사과 _____에 ( between ) 있어요. The watch is between the apple and the book.<br />(d) 가방 _____에 ( outside ) 있어요. - The watch is outside the bag.<br />(e) 우산 _____에 ( behind ) 있어요. - The watch is behind the umbrella.<br />3. Write out the following months:<br />(a) January - __________<br />(b) February - __________<br />(c) March - __________<br />(d) April - __________<br />(e) May - __________<br />(f) June - __________<br />(g) July - __________<br />(h) August - __________<br />(i) September - __________<br />(j) October - __________<br />(k) November - __________<br />(l) December - __________<br />4. Write out the following days of the week:<br />(a) Monday - __________<br />(b) Tuesday - __________<br />(c) Wednesday - __________<br />(d) Thursday - __________<br />(e) Friday - __________<br />(f) Saturday - __________<br />(g) Sunday - __________<br />5. Rewrite the following dates, as in the example:<br />Example: 3월 25일 - 삼 월 이십오 일<br />(a) 6월 14일 - __________<br />(b) 10월 3일 - __________<br />(c) 2008년 10월 7일 - __________<br />(d) 2009년 8월 28일 - __________<br />(e) 2009년 5월 30일 - __________<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 식당 (b) 병원 (c) 집 (d) 약국 (e) 극장<br />2. (a) 위 (b) 옆 (c) 사이 (d) 밖 (e) 뒤<br />3. (a) 일월 (b) 이월 (c) 삼월 (d) 사월 (e) 오월 (f) 유월 (g) 칠월 (h) 팔월 (i) 구월 (j) 시월 (k) 십일월 (l) 십이월<br />4. (a) 월요일 (b) 화요일 (c) 수요일 (d) 목요일 (e) 금요일 (f) 토요일 (g) 일요일<br />5. (a) 유 월 십사 일 (b) 시 월 삼 일 (c) 이천 팔 년 시 월 칠 일 (d) 이천 구 년 팔 월 이십팔 일 (e) 이천 구 년 오 월 삼십 일<br />Korean Language Exercises<br />1. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean Place Marker - 에/에서.<br />(a) 저는 집_____ 가요. - I am going home.<br />(b) 저는 집_____ 자요. - I sleep at home.<br />(c) 저는 도서관_____ 가요. - I am going to library.<br />(d) 저는 도서관_____ 책을 읽어요. - I read a book in the library.<br />(e) 저는 은행_____ 일헤요. - I work at bank.<br />2. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence - 있어요/없어요.<br />(a) 침대가 _____. - There is a bed.<br />(b) 책상이 _____. - There is no desk.<br />(c) 컴퓨터가 교실에 _____. - There is a computer in the classroom.<br />(d) 한경이 공항에 _____. - Hankyung is at airport.<br />(d) 미진 씨가 집에 _____. - Mijin is not at home.<br />3. Complete the dialogue below by choosing the appropriate sentence:<br />여기/ 저기/ 거기/ 어디/ 에/ 에서/ 식당/ 가게/ 학교<br />크리스 : (a) __________는 어디예요? - Where are we?<br />대니 : 여기는 (b) __________예요. - We are at school.<br />크리스 : 저기는 (c) __________예요? - What is that (building) over there?<br />대니 : (d) __________는 도서관이에요. 저는 도서관에서 공부해요. - That is the library. I study at the library.<br />크리스 : 저기는 (e) __________예요? - Is that a store?<br />대니 : 아니요, 저기는 (f) __________이에요. 저는 식당 (g) __________ 밥을 먹어요. - No, that is the cafetaria. I eat (my meals) at the cafeteria.<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 에 (b) 에서 (c) 에 (d) 에서 (e) 에서<br />2. (a) 있어요 (b) 없어요 (c) 있어요 (d) 있어요 (e) 잆어요<br />3. (a) 여기 (b) 학교 (c) 어디 (d) 저기 (e) 가게<br />orean Language Exercises<br />1. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean Subject Markers -이/가.<br />(a) 알리사_____ 러시아 사람이에요. - Alisa is Russian.<br />(b) 브랜든_____ 일본 사람이에요. - Brandon is Japanese.<br />(c) 선생님_____ 한국 사람이에요. - The teacher is Korean<br />(d) 이것은 신문_____ 아니에요. - This is not a newspaper.<br />(e) 저것은 냉장고_____ 아니에요. - This is not a refrigerator.<br />2. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean Object Marker -을/를.<br />(a) 영어_____ 가르쳐요. - Teach English.<br />(b) 음악_____ 들어요. - Listen music.<br />(c) 커피_____ 마셔요. - Drink coffee.<br />(d) 한국어_____ 배워요. - Study Korean.<br />(e) 신문_____ 읽어요. - Read newspaper.<br />3. Change the following to the present tense (Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings)<br />(a) 일하다 (to work) - __________<br />(b) 앉다 (to sit) - __________<br />(c) 보다 (to see) - __________<br />(d) 시작하다 (to start) - __________<br />(e) 알다 (to know) - ___________<br />(f) 가르치다 (to teach) - ___________<br />(g) 신다 (to wear) - ___________<br />(h) 운동하다 (to exercise) - __________<br />(i) 입다 (to wear) ___________<br />(j) 쉬다 (to take a rest) - __________<br />(k) 공부하다 (to study) - ___________<br />(l) 주다 (to give) - ___________<br />(m) 끝나다 (to be over) - ___________<br />(n) 자다 (to sleep) - __________<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 가 (b) 이 (c) 이 (d) 이 (e) 가<br />2. (a) 를 (b) 을 (c) 를 (d) 를 (e) 을<br />3. (a) 일해요 (b) 앉아요 (c) 봐요 (d) 시작해요 (e) 알아요 (f) 가르쳐요 (g) 신어요 (h) 운동해요 (i) 입어요 (j) 쉬어요 (k) 공부해요 (l) 줘요 (m) 끝나요 (n) 자요<br />Language Exercises<br />1. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean question words 무슨/누구.<br />(a) 이분이 _____예요? - Who is this gentleman/lady?<br />(b) 기범 씨는 _____ 일 해요? - Kibum, what kind of work do you do?<br />(c) 오늘은 _____ 요일이에요? - What(kind of) day is it today?<br />(d) _____ 여권이에요? - Whose Passport is it?<br />(e) _____ 책을 읽어요? - What kind of book are you reading?<br />2. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - 이/그/저<br />(a) _____게 뭐예요? - What is that? (object away from both speaker and listener)<br />(b) _____게 의자예요. - This is chair. (the chair near the speaker)<br />(c) _____게 컴퓨터예요. - That is a computer. (the computer near the speaker)<br />(d) _____게 가방이에요. - That is a bag. (the bag near the listener)<br />(e) _____게 거울이에요. - That is a mirror (the mirror away from both speaker and listener)<br />3. Complete the dialogue below by choosing the appropriate sentence:<br />뭐예요?/ 이게 뭐예요?/ 그게 뭐예요?/ 누구예요?/ 누구 오렌지 주스예요?/ 무슨 주스예요?<br />써니 : (a) __________? - What is this?<br />서현 : 숟가락이에요. - It’s a spoon.<br />써니 : 그럼, 저게 뭐예요? - Then, what is that?<br />서현 : 밥이에요. - That is rice.<br />써니 : 그럼, (b) __________? - Then, what is that?<br />서현 : 주스예요. - That is juice.<br />써니 : (c) __________? - What kind of juice is that?<br />서현 : 오렌지 주스예요. - Orange juice.<br />써니 : (d) __________? - Whose orange juice is it?<br />서현 : 제 친구예요. - My friend.<br />4. Translates the sentence below into Korean.<br />(a) Whose pencil is it?<br />(b) This is milk.<br />(c) What kind of season?<br />(d) What kind of music do you like?<br />(e) That is an umbrella. (the umbrella away from both speaker and listener)<br />Answer :<br />1. (a)누구 (b) 무슨 (c) 무슨 (d) 누구 (e) 무슨<br />2. (a) 저 (b) 이 (c)이 (d) 그 (e) 저<br />3. (a) 이게 뭐예요? (b) 그게 뭐예요? (c) 무슨 주스예요? (d) 누구 오렌지 주스예요?<br />4. (a) 누구 연필이에요? (b) 이거는 우유예요. (c) 무슨 계절이에요? (d) 무슨 음악을 좋아해요? (e) 저거는 우산이에요.<br />Korean Language Exercises<br />1. Fill in the blanks with Korean topic marker 은/는.<br />(a) 저___ 마이크예요. - I am Mike.<br />(b) 브라이언___ 요리사에요. - Brian is a cook.<br />(c) 이분___ 미국 사람이에요. - This gentleman/lady is American.<br />(d) 지미씨___ 의사예요. - Jimmy is a doctor.<br />(e) 선생님___ 한국 사람이에요. - The teacher is Korean.<br />2. Fill in the blanks with Sentence Endings Expressing Identification 이에요/예요.<br />(a) 리사는 말레이사아 사람______. - Lisa is Malaysian.<br />(b) 토마스 씨는 회계사______. - Thomas is an accountant.<br />(c) 토니 씨는 소방관______. - Tony is a fire fighter.<br />(d) 비키 씨는 싱가폴 사람______. - Vicky is Singaporean.<br />(e) 이분은 은행원______. - This gentleman/lady is a bank employee.<br />3. Translates the sentences below into Korean.<br />(a) Yes, I am a Model.<br />(b) No, I am Canadian.<br />(c) I am a nurse.<br />(d) Are you Korean?<br />(e) Teacher, are you American?<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 는, (b) 은, (c) 은, (d) 는, (e) 은<br />2. (a) 이에요, (b) 예요, (c) 이에요, (d) 이에요, (e) 이에요<br />3. (a) 네, 모델이에요. (b) 아니요, 캐나다 사람이에요. (c) 저는 간호사예요. (d) 한국 사람이에요? (e) 선생님은 미국 사람이에요?<br />orean Language Exercises<br />1. Fill in the blanks with the correct Korean question words 뭐/어느/무엇.<br />(a) 이름이 ______예요? - What is your name?<br />(b) ______ 나라 사람이에요? - Which country are you from?<br />(c) 저것이 ______입니까? - What is that?<br />(d) ______ 대학교 에서 공부해요? - Which university you study at?<br />(e) 직업이 ______입니까? - What is your occupation?<br />2. Complete the dialogue below by choosing the appropriate sentence:<br />안녕하세요?/ 안녕히 가세요./ 여행사 직원이에요./ 밤갑습니다./ 이름이 뭐예요?/ 어느 나라 사람이에요?/ 직업이 뭐예요?<br />시원 : 안녕하세요?<br />규현 : 안녕하세요? (a) __________<br />시원 : 저는 최시원이에요. 이름이 뭐예요?<br />규현 : 저는 규현이에요. (b) _________<br />시원 : 한국 사람이에요.<br />규현 : (c) __________<br />시원 : 가수 예요. 규현 씨는 직업이 뭐예요?<br />규현 : 저는 (d) __________. 밤갑습니다.<br />시원 : (e) __________<br />3. Translates the interrogative sentence (question) below into Korean.<br />(a) Which company you work at?<br />(b) What is this?<br />(c) What is your occupation?<br />(d) Which school are you from?<br />(e) What is your name?<br />Answer :<br />1. (a) 뭐, (b) 어느, (c) 무엇, (d) 어느, (e) 무엇<br />2. (a) 이름이 뭐예요? (b) 어느 나라 사람이에요? (c) 직업이 뭐예요? (d) 여행사 직원이에요. (e) 밤갑습니다.<br />3. (a) 어느 회사 에서 일해요? (b) 이게 뭐예요? (c) 직업이 뭐예요? (d) 어느 학교 학생이에요? (e) 이름미 뭐예요?korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-40480547396066596582010-07-15T05:02:00.001+09:002010-07-15T05:03:15.348+09:00learn koreanKorean Adjectives<br /><br />The following 2 tables contain important adjectives about colors, size, shapes, tastes, quantities in Korean as well as in English.<br />English Korean Adjectives Hangul Script<br /> <br />Colors <br />Black comdjung sehk 검정색<br />Blue pah rahn sehk 파란색<br />Brown kal sehk 갈색<br />Gray hweh sehk 회색<br />Green nok sehk 녹색<br />Orange choohwang sehk 주황색<br />Purple pohrah sehk 보라색<br />Red pahlgahn sehk 빨간색<br />White hayahn sehk 하얀색<br />Yellow nohrahn sehk 노란색<br />Sizes <br />Big koodaa 크다.<br />Deep keehpdaa 깊다.<br />Long kildaa 길다.<br />Narrow chohpdaa 좁다.<br />Short (in height) chahkdaa 작다.<br />Short (in length) chalpdaa 짧다.<br />Small, little chahkdaa 작다.<br />Tall koodaa 크다.<br />Thick gooltaa 굵다.<br />Thin yaltaa 얇다.<br />Wide nultaa 넓다.<br />Shapes <br />Round doonguldaa 둥글다.<br />Straight gohtaa 곧다.<br />Square sahgahkyung 사각형<br />Triangular sahmgahk 삼각<br /><br /> <br />English Korean Hangul Adjectives<br /> <br />Tastes <br />Bitter suedaa 쓰다.<br />Fresh shinsunhadaa 신선하다.<br />Salty chah daa 짜다.<br />Sour shi daa 시다.<br />Spicy map daa 맵다.<br />Sweet dahl daa 달다.<br />Qualities <br />Bad nahpoodaa 나쁘다.<br />Clean kehkootahdaa 깨끗하다.<br />Dark uhdooptaa 어둡다.<br />Difficult uhryuptaa 어렵다.<br />Dirty duhruptah 더럽다.<br />Dry gundjohadaa 건조하다.<br />Easy shipdaa 쉽다.<br />Empty pidaa 비다.<br />Expensive pisahdaa 비싸다.<br />Fast paroodaa 빠르다.<br />Foreign wehgookui 외국의<br />Full chadaa 차다.<br />Good chotaa 좋다.<br />Hard (firm) tahn dahn hadaa 단단하다.<br />Heavy mooguptaa 무겁다.<br />Inexpensive sadaa 싸다.<br />Light (illumination) chundeung 전등<br />Light (weight) kapyuptaa 가볍다.<br />Local chiyuk 지역<br />New sehrohwoon 새로운<br />Noisy sihkooruhwoon 시끄러운<br />Old (about things) ohrehdwehdaa 오래되다.<br />Old (about people) naheegah duldaa 나이가 들다.<br />Powerful kanghadaa 강하다.<br />Quiet choyonghadaa 조용하다.<br />Right / Correct mahtsumnidaa 맞습니다.<br />Slow chuhn chuhn hee 천천히<br />Soft poohdoorupdaa 부드럽다.<br />Very ahdjoo 아주<br />Weak yahkadaa 약하다.<br />Wet chuhtaa 젖다.<br />Wrong / Incorrect tuleedaa 틀리다.<br />Young chumtaa 젊다.<br />Quantities <br />Few / Little chokum 조금<br />Many / Much mahnee 많이<br />Part pooboon 부분<br />Some / A few chokumui 조금의korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-29137685406851273542010-07-15T04:58:00.003+09:002010-07-15T05:02:29.039+09:00learn koreanHello : an-nyeong-ha-se-yo<br />Good bye (I remain) : an-nyeong-hi ka-se-yo<br />Good bye (I leave.) : an-nyeong-hi kye-se-yo<br />Good-day (general) : an-nyeong-ha-se-yo<br />Good night : an-nyeong-hi ju-mu-se-yo<br />Nice to meet you : ban-gap seum-ni-da<br />Honorific or polite greeting : an-yong-ha-shim-nikka<br />Answering the phone greeting (like hello) : yobo-sayo<br />Goodbye to friends : ann-yonng (it feels good if your kids say this to you)<br /> Responses <br /><br />Yes : ye or ne<br />No : a-ni-yo<br />Good : jo-seum-ni-da<br />Bad : na-peum-ni-da<br />I don't like : sil-seum-ni-da<br /> Basic words and sentences <br /><br />Thank you : kam-sa-ham-ni-da<br />Thank you very much : tae-dan-hi kam-sa-ham-ni-da<br />You are welcome : cheon-ma-ne-yo<br />Please : je-bal<br />Please help me : jom do-wa-ju-se-yo<br />Give me please : ju-se-yo<br />Excuse me : je-song-ham-ni-da or shilae?ham-ni-da<br />I don't understand : jal mo-reu-get-sum-ni-da or mul-ay-oh (don?t know)<br />How do you say this in [English]? : i-geo-seul [yeong-eo]-ro meo-ra-go ham-ni-ka<br />Can you speak [English]? : [yeong-eo]-ro mal-hal-su it-seum-ni-ka<br />What is your name? : -reu-mi mu-eo-sim-ni-ka<br />Nice to meet you : ban-kap-seum-ni-da<br />How are you? : eo-teo-ke ji-nae-sim-ni-ka<br />Where is the bathroom (toilet)? : hwa-jang-sil-i eo-di i-sum-ni-ka<br />I'm sorry : mi-yan-ham-ni-da<br />Please be quiet : cho-yong-ee-hae (close mouths)<br />Don't touch it/me : man-jee-jee-marr (depending on if you are pointing to something else)<br />Don't do that : hudge-ii mar<br />this : ee-go<br />country : na-ra<br />big : kun<br />Wonderful : hul-ryung-han<br />Awesome : a-sa (not really necessary but you will notice your kids will say it a lot when you let them play games, we ended up saying this a lot too, just for fun)<br /> Languages <br /><br />Korean : han-gul (mal)<br />English : yeong-eo<br />French : bul-eo<br />German : dok-il-eo<br />Chinese : chung-kuk-eo<br /> Personal pronouns <br /><br />I : na<br />we : u-ri<br />you (singular, familiar) : neo<br />you (singular, formal) : dang-sin<br />you (plural, familiar) : neo-hi-deul<br />you (plural, formal) : yeo-reo-bun<br />they : keu-deul<br /> People <br /><br />name : i-rum<br />older Korean man : ad-je-shee<br />older Korean woman : ad-ju-ma<br />American (person) : mi-guk (saram)<br />Canadian (person) : kanada (saram)<br />Korean (person) : han-guk (saram)<br />foreigner : wae-guk (saram)<br />teacher : saeg-sing-nim<br />student : hak-saeng<br />wife : a-nae<br />husband : nam-pyeon<br />daughter : ttal<br />son : adeul<br />mother : omma (if you are a child), o-mmo-ni (if you are an adult)<br />father : oppa (if you are a child), o-bo-ji ( if you are an adult)<br />friend : chin-gu<br /> Numbers <br /><br />zero (0) : yoeng<br />one (1) : il<br />two (2) : i<br />three (3) : sam<br />four (4) : sa<br />five (5) : o<br />six (6) : yuk<br />seven (7) : chil<br />eight (8) : pal<br />nine (9) : gu<br />ten (10) : ship<br />eleven (11) : ship-il<br />twelve (12) : ship-i<br />thirteen (13) : ship-sam<br />fourteen (14) : ship-sa<br />fifteen (15) : ship-o<br />sixteen (16) : ship-yuk<br />seventeen (17) : ship-chil<br />eighteen (18) : ship-pal<br />nineteen (19) : ship-gu<br />twenty (20) : i-ship <br /><br />twenty one (21) : i-ship-il<br />twenty two (22) : i-ship-i<br />twenty three (23) : i-ship-sam<br />thirty (30) : sam-ship<br />forty (40) : sa-ship<br />fifty (50) : o-ship<br />sixty (60) : yuk-ship<br />seventy (70) : chil-ship<br />eighty (80) : pal-ship<br />ninety (90) : gu-ship<br />one hundred (100) : baek<br />one thousand (1,000) : cheon<br />ten thousand (10,000) : man<br />one hundred thousand (100,000) : ship-man<br />one million (100,000) : baek-man<br /><br />For counting small objects:<br />one (1) : hanna<br />two (2) : twogay or dugay<br />three (3) : seggay<br />four (4) : neggay<br />This counting system you use to order amount of small items like food.<br /> Shopping <br />How much does it cost? : eol-ma-im-ni-ka<br />What is this? : i-go-seun mu-eo-sim-na-ka<br />I'll buy it : i-go-seul sa-ge-seum-ni-da<br />Too expensive (The price is too high.) : neo-mu bi-ssa-yo<br />Could you lower the price? (Give me a discount, please.) : jom kka-kka-ju-se-yo<br />stamp : u-pyo<br />a little : jo-geum<br />a lot : ma-ni<br />all : mo-du<br /> Dining <br /><br />breakfast : a-chim<br />lunch : jeom-sim<br />dinner : jeo-nyeok<br />Cheers! : geon-bae<br />Please bring the bill : kye-san-seo jom su-sip-si-yo<br />bread : ppang<br />coffee : coffee<br />tea : cha<br />juice : juice<br />water : mul<br />beer : maek-ju<br />wine : po-do-ju<br />salt : so-geum<br />pepper : hu-chu<br />meat : go-gi<br />beef : so-go-gi<br />pork : dae-ji-go-gi<br />fish : saeng-seon<br />vegetable : chae-so<br />fruit : kwa-il<br />salad : salad<br />dessert : hu-sik<br />ice cream : ice cream<br /> Travel <br />(Information about transportation in Korea and travel/accommodation links are available)<br /><br />Where is [Seoul station]? : [Seoul-yeok]-i eo-di-e i-seup-ni-ka<br />How much is the fare? : yo-geum-i eol-ma-im-ni-ka<br />ticket : pyo<br />One ticket to [Seoul] please : Seoul-ro ga-neun pyo han-jang ju-sip-si-yo<br />Where are you going? : eo-di-e ga-sim-ni-ka<br />Where do you live? : eo-di-e sa-sim-ni-ka<br />train : gi-cha<br />bus : bus<br />subway : ji-ha-cheol<br />airport : gong-hang<br />train station : ji-cha-yeok<br />bus station : bus jeong-geo-jang<br />subway station : jeon-cheol-yeok<br />hotel : hotel<br />room : bang<br />reservation : ye-yak<br />Are there any vacancies for [tonight]? : [o-neul-bam] bin-bang eop-seum-ni-ka<br />passport : yeo-kwon<br />Stop here : yog-ee-o (for halting a taxi etc.)<br /> Directions <br /><br />left : wen-chok<br />right : o-reun-chok<br />straight : ddok-ba-ro<br />up : wi-ro<br />down : a-re-ro<br />far : meon<br />near : ga-ka-un<br />long : gin<br />short : chal-beun<br />map : ji-do<br />tourist information center(office) : gwan-gang an-ne-so<br />here : yyog-ee<br />there : chog-ee<br /> Places <br /><br />Post office : u-che-guk<br />Museum : bak-mul-kwan<br />Bank : eun-haeng<br />Police station : gyong-chal-seo<br />Hospital : byeong-won<br />Pharmacy, Chemist : yak-guk<br />Store, Shop : ga-gye<br />Restaurant : sik-dang<br />School : hak-gyon<br />Church : gyo-hye<br />Restrooms : hwa-jang-sil<br />Street : gil<br />Mountain : san<br />Hill : eon-deok<br />Lake : ho-su<br />River : gang<br />Swimming Pool : su-yeong-jang<br />Tower : tap<br />Bridge : da-ri<br />Entertainment room : bang, P.C bang (computer room), nori-bang (singing room)<br /> Time <br /><br />What time is it? : myeot-si-im-ni-ka<br />eight forty-five (8:45) : yeo-deol-si sa-sip-o-bun<br />a quarter till nine (8:45) : a-hop-si sip-o-bun-jeon<br />four fifteen (4:15) : ne-si sip-o-bun-jeon<br />a quarter past four (4:15) : ne-si sip-o-bun-jeon<br />ten thirty (10:30) : yeol-si sam-sip-bun<br />half past ten (10:30) : yeol-si ban<br /> Dates <br /><br />day : il<br />week : ju<br />month : wol<br />year : nyeon<br />today : o-neul<br />yesterday : eo-je<br />tomorrow : ne-il<br />birthday : saeng-il<br />Happy birthday! : saeng-il chuk-ha-ham-ni-da<br /> Days of the week <br /><br />Monday : wol-yo-il<br />Tuesday : hwa-yo-il<br />Wednesday : su-yo-il<br />Thursday : mok-yo-il<br />Friday : keum-yo-il<br />Saturday : to-yo-il<br />Sunday : il-yo-il<br /> Months <br /><br />January : il-wol<br />February : i-wol<br />March : sam-wol<br />April : sa-wol<br />May : o-wol<br />June : yuk-wol<br />July : chil-wol<br />August : pal-wol<br />September : gu-wol<br />October : sip-wol<br />November : sip-il-wol<br />December : sip-i-wol<br /> Seasons <br /><br />spring : bom<br />summer : yeo-reum<br />fall (autumn) : ga-eul<br />winter : gyeo-ulkorea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-49608122123450471552010-07-15T04:54:00.001+09:002010-07-15T04:56:23.260+09:00homelearn Korean Language Lesson 17 - Korean Question Word - Where<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 16 - Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence,today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 17 - Korean Question Word - Where - 어디 [ eo-di ]. It has the same usage as English question word - where. 어디 is use to form Korean interrogative sentence (question). Use it like English word - where to ask questions such as where is it? where is the teacher? where is the toilet? etc, etc. Usually 어디 is use together with Korean Place Marker to ask question.<br />Korean Question Word - Where<br />Let’s Learn Korean question word 어디 today and use it in your conversation. Korean question word 어디 is use with Korean Place marker - 에 and Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence - 있어요 to ask where something or someone is located.<br />• 선생님이 어디에 있어요? [ seon-saeng-nim-i-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where is the teacher?<br />• 시계가 어디에 있어요? [ si-kye-ga-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where is the watch?<br />• 화장실이 어디에 있어요? [ hwa-jang-si-ri-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where is the toilet?<br />• 집이 어디에 있어요? [ ji-bi-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where is your house?<br />• 책이 어디에 있어요? [ chae-gi-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where is the book?<br />When you are trying to find a more exact location, try to add the area you’re asking in front of the phrase 어디에 있어요? 어디 will goes at the middle of the Korean sentence.<br />• 부산 어디에 있어요? [ bu-san-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where in Busan?<br />• 서울 어디에 있어요? [ seo-ul-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where in Seoul?<br />• 신촌 어디에 있어요? [ sin-chon-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where in Sinchon?<br />• 인천 어디에 있어요? [ in-cheon-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where in Incheon?<br />• 상곡동 어디에 있어요? [ sang-gok-dong-eo-di-e-i-sseo-yo ] - Where in Sanggokdong?<br />Korean question word 어디 is use with Korean Place marker - 에서 when there are action Korean Verbs involve (에서 is a particle that indicates where the action conveyed by the verb phrase takes place. This Korean place marker is used with action verbs, with the exception of 있어요/없어요 and 가요/와요, which take the Korean place marker 에). We have learned this in the previous lesson.<br />• 어디에서 일해요? [ eo-di-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - Where do you work?<br />• 어디에서 책을 읽어요? [ eo-di-e-seo-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - Where do you read the book?<br />• 어디에서 밥을 먹어요? [ eo-di-e-seo-ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - Where do you eat (your meals)?<br />• 어디에서 한국어를 공부해요? [ eo-di-e-seo-han-gu-geo-reul-gong-bu-hae-yo ] - Where do you study Korean?<br />• 어디에서 친구를 만나요? [ eo-di-e-seo-chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - Where do you meet your friends?<br />Now, try to ask your friends 어디에 가요? [ eo-di-e-ga-yo ] - Where are you going? Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 18 - Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There.<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 18 - Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 17 - Korean Question Word - Where. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 18 - Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There - 여기/저기/거기 [ yeo-gi/jeo-gi/geo-gi ]. We use 여기 (here) like English word - Here. But, don’t use 저기/거기 (there) like English word - There. In Korean, there are two way to say there, whether 저기/거기. Even though both 저기/거기 means there in English but the usage is different. This rule is same as Korean Demonstrative Adjectives - This/That/That.<br />Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There<br />Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There - 여기, 저기, and 거기 are used to refer to the proximity of things from the standpoint of the speaker or listener. Korean people use 여기 indicated something close to the speaker. 저기 indicated something far from both the speaker and the listener. In here, 거기 can use to indicate something mentioned earlier in conversation, or something close to the listener but far from the speaker.<br />• 여기는 식당이에요. [ yeo-gi-neun-sik-dang-i-e-yo ] - This is a cafetaria.<br />• 저기는 가게예요. [ jeo-gi-neun-ga-ge-ye-yo ] - That is a shop.<br />• 저기는 도서관이에요. [ jeo-gi-neun-do-seo-gwan-i-e-yo ] - That is a library.<br />Korean Question Word - Where - 어디 can be used with 여기, 저기, and 거기 when asking about places.<br />• 여기는 어디예요? [ yeo-gi-neun-eo-di-ye-yo ] - Where are we?<br />• 저기는 어디예요? [ jeo-gi-neun-eo-di-ye-yo ] - What is that (building) over there?<br />• 저기는 가게예요? [ jeo-gi-neun-ga-ge-ye-yo ] - Is there a store?<br />Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There - 여기, 저기, and 거기 can be used with Korean Place Marker - 에서 when there are action Korean Verbs involve (에서 is a particle that indicates where the action conveyed by the verb phrase takes place. This Korean place marker is used with action verbs, with the exception of 있어요/없어요 and 가요/와요, which take the Korean place marker 에).<br />• 테리 씨는 여기에서 친구를 만나요. [ te-ri-ssi-neun-yeo-gi-e-seo-chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - Terry meets his friends here.<br />• 비비안 씨는 저기에서 일해요. [ bi-bi-an-ssi-neun-jeo-gi-e-seo-il-hae-yo ] - Vivian works over there.<br />• 에미 씨는 저기에서 밥을 먹어요. [ e-mi-ssi-neun-jeo-gi-e-seo-ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - Amy eats (his meal) there.<br /> <br />Learn Korean Lesson 18 - Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There<br />Summary of Korean Demonstrative Adjectives and Korean Adverbs of Place<br /> 이 (this) 그 (that) 저 (that)<br />When to use? Object near the speaker (1) Object near the listener <br />(2) Object is not visible to both speaker and listener Object away from both speaker and listener<br />Korean Demonstrative Adjectives<br />이 사람 - this person 그 사람 - that person 저 사람 - that person<br />Pronoun (with Korean Subject Marker - 이)<br />이게 - this thing 그게 - that thing 저게 - tat thing<br />Pronoun (with Korean Topic Marker - 은)<br />이건 - this thing 그건 - that thing 저건 - that thing<br />Korean Adverbs 여기 - here 거기 - there 저기 - there<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 19 - Korean Position Words<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 18 - Korean Adverbs of Place - Here/There. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 19 - Korean Position Words. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Position Words in order to ask or answer questions about the location of something. By the end of the lesson you will be able to ask for things you are looking for as well as help others find what they are looking for. Korean Place Marker is used with the Korean Position Words to indicate where an object or a person is located.<br />Korean Position Words<br />Korean Position Words - - 위 [ wi ] - on/above, 아래 [ a-rae ] - under, 앞 [ ap ] - in front of, 뒤 [ dwi ] - behind, 옆 [ yeop ] - beside/next to, 안 [ an ] - inside, 밖 [ bak ] - outside, 사이 [ sa-i ] - between, followed by Korean place marker - 에 is used to indicate where an object or a person is located, the object or person is place before the Korean position words. Use them like English position words - on/above, under, in front of, behind, beside/next to, inside, outside, between. See examples below.<br />• 의자 위에 [ ui-ja-wi-e ] - on the chair<br />• 의자 아래에 [ ui-ja-a-rae-e ] - under the chair<br />• 책상 앞에 [ chaek-sang-ap-e ] - in front of the desk<br />• 책상 뒤에 [ chaek-sang-dwi-e ] - behind the desk<br />• 컴퓨터 옆에 [ keom-pyu-teo-yeop-e ] - next to the computer<br />• 냉장고 안에 [ naeng-jang-go-an-e ] - inside the refrigerator<br />• 냉장고 밖에 [ naeng-jang-go-ba-gge ] - outside the refrigerator<br />• 사과하고 시계 사이에 [ sa-gwa-ha-go-si-kye-sa-i-e ] - between the watch and the apple<br />Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence - 있다/없다 is use together with Korean position words to expresses location or existence. With Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings, 있다/없다 will become 있어요/없어요 which are casual but polite sentence endings commonly used in everyday life. Use 있어요 when something exist, 없어요 when something does not. Usually, the pattern for using Korean position words to expresses location or existence is “-이/가 (Korean Subject Marker) + Nouns + Korean position words-에 (Korean Place Marker) + 있다/없다 (Korean Verbs)”. See examples below.<br />• 책이 책상 위에 있어요. [ chae-gi-chaek-sang-wi-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The book is on the desk.<br />• 사과가 의자 아래에 있어요. [ sa-gwa-ga-ui-ja-a-rae-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The apple is under the chair.<br />• 가게가 집 앞에 있어요. [ ga-ge-ga-jip-ap-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The store is in front of the house.<br />• 식당이 도서관 뒤에 있어요. [ sik-dang-i-do-seo-gwan-dwi-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The restaurant is behind the library.<br />• 컴퓨터가 텔레비전 옆에 있어요. [ keom-pyu-teo-ga-tel-re-bi-jeon-yeop-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The computer is next to the television set.<br />• 우산이 가방 안에 있어요. [ u-san-i-ga-bang-an-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The umbrella is in the bag.<br />But with the Korean position word - 사이 (between), 저 with 하고 (Korean Conjunction - And) will be use rather than 제. Koreans use 제 with most position words, but 저 and 하고 with 사이. See examples below.<br />• 의자가 제 앞에 있어요. [ ui-ja-ga-je-ap-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The chair is in front of me.<br />• 의자가 저하고 책상 사이에 있어요 [ ui-ja-ga-jeo-ha-go-chaek-sang-sa-i-e-i-sseo-yo ] - The chair is between me and the desk.<br />Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Position Words. Please remember that 있어요/없어요 always come at the end. Please go to Korean Language Reading Practice 8 - I live in a dormitory and Korean Language Reading Practice 9 - There is no bed in my room to learn new Korean vocabulary and Korean expression. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 20 - Korean Time Marker.<br /> <br />Learn Korean Lesson 19 - Korean Position Words<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 20 - Korean Time Marker<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 19 - Korean Position Words. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 20 - Korean Time Marker - 에 [ e ]. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Time Marker. You may wonder why it is the same as Korean Place Marker. In Korean, 에 has two functions, it can be use as Korean Place Marker or Korean Time Marker, but how and what’s the different between both of them? Next lesson, you will learn Korean Days of The Week, so it is very important for you to know Time Marker.<br />Korean Time Marker<br />As mentioned earlier, places are marked by the Korean Place Marker, we use Korean Place Marker - 에 after the place name. When used with Korean Verbs - 가다/오다 or Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence - 있다/없다, the 에 can denote destination, refer Learn Korean Language Lesson 15 and Learn Korean Language Lesson 16. In Korean, times are also marked by the Korean Time Marker - 에, Korean Place Marker - 에 can also be attached to a noun to indicate time. Place the Korean time marker after the time such as 토요일에, 주말에, 오전에, 오후에 etc, etc. See examples below.<br />• 언제 한국어 수업이 있어요? [ eon-je-han-gu-geo-su-eo-bi-i-sseo-yo ] - When do you have Korean class?<br />• 토요일에 있어요. [ to-yo-il-e-i-sseo-yo ] - I have class on Saturday.<br />• 무슨 요일에 티파니 씨를 만나요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-e-ti-pa-ni-ssi-reul-man-na-yo ] - Which day do you meet Tiffany?<br />• 금요일에 만나요. [ geum-yo-il-e-man-na-yo ] - I meet her on Friday.<br />Use Korean Time Marker - 에 only once in a sentence. Place it after the smallest interval of time. However, Korean Place Marker and Korean Time Marker may appears together in one sentence.<br />• 다음 달 18일(십팔일) 저녁에 시간 있어요? [ da-eum-dal-sip-pal-il-jeo-nyeok-e-si-gan-i-sseo-yo ] - Do you have time in the evening on 18th of next month?<br />• 무슨 요일에 학교에 가요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-e-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - Which days do you go to school?<br />• 월요일에 학교에 가요. [ wo-ryeo-il-e-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - I go to school on Monday.<br />• 저녁 8시에 (여덟시에) 집에 가요. [ jeo-nyeok-yeo-deol-si-e-ji-be-ga-yo ] - I go home at 8 in the evening.<br />There are many new Korean words in the examples above, we will learn them in the future, for the time being, just remember that places and time are marked by Korean Place Marker and Korean Time Marker - 에. Both of them can be summarize to English words as below.<br />• 에 - to (Korean Place Marker)<br />• 에 - at, in, on (Korean Place Marker)<br />• 에 - at, in ,on (Korean Time Marker)<br />However, Korean Time Marker - 에 is not used after 어제 [ eo-je] - yesterday, 오늘 [ o-neul ] - today, 내일 [ nae-il ] - tomorrow, 지금 [ ji-geum ] - now. Now, you may continue to the next lesson Learn Korean Language Lesson 21 - Korean Days of The Week. For more abo<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 21 - Korean Days of The Week<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 20 - Korean Time Marker. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 21 - Korean Days of The Week. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean years, months and Korean days of the week, continuously you will learn how to talk in Korean about some of the activities you do between weekdays - 주중 [ ju-jung ] and weekend - 주말 [ ju-mal ]. What kinds of things do you do during the week? Well, you probably to do a wide variety of things, besides studying Korean, of course.<br />Korean Days of The Week<br />In Korean, Korean Time Marker- 에 is place behind each Korean days of the week to indicate time and dates are read with the Sino-Korean numbers from the largest to the smallest unit - year first, the month, then the day last. For example, 2006 년 8 월 15 일 will be read as 이천 육 년 팔 월 십오 일 [ i-cheon-yuk-nyeon-pal-wol-sip-o-il ] . Korean Time Marker- 에 is place behind each Korean days of the week to indicate time.Unlike English, In Korean, years are never read two units at a time. 1990 will not read separately as 19 and 90. Months are read as follow:<br />• January - 일월 [ il-wol ]<br />• February - 이월 [ i-wol ]<br />• March - 삼월 [ sam-wol ]<br />• April - 사월 [ sa-wol ]<br />• May - 오월 [ o-wol ]<br />• *June - 육월 -> 유월 [ yu-wol ]<br />• July - 칠월 [ chil-wol ]<br />• August - 팔월 [ pal-wol ]<br />• September - 구월 [ gu-wol ]<br />• *October - 십월 -> 시월 [ si-wol ]<br />• November - 십일월 [ sip-il-wol ]<br />• December - 십이월 [ sip-i-wol ]<br />However, there are two exception, for June and October, they are 유월 [ yu-wol ] and 시월 [si-wol ] rather than 육월 [ yuk-wol ] and 십월 [ sip-wol]. Korean days of the week are as below. Each of them name by the nature of the earth. 월 [ wol ] means moon, 화 [ hwa ] means fire, 수 [ su ] means water, 목 [ mok ] means tree or wood, 금 [ geum ] means iron, 토 [ to ] means soil, 일 [ il ] means sun. 요일 [ yo-il ] in Korean is means days of the week. Memorize it by 월, 화, 수, 목, 금, 토, 일.<br />Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday<br />월요일 [ wo-ryo-il ] 화요일 [ hwa-yo-il ] 수요일 [ su-yo-il ] 목요일 [ mo-gyo-il ] 금요일 [ geu-myo-il ] 토요일 [ to-yo-il ] 일요일 [ i-ryo-il ]<br />Korean days of the week have to come at the end of dates. Ex 2006년 8월 15일 월요일. Korean Question Word - What Kind Of can be use with Korean days of the week to ask question as follow:<br />• 오늘이 무슨 요일이에요? [ o-neu-ri-mu-seun-yo-il-i-e-yo ] - What day of the week is it?<br />• 무슨 요일에 티파니 씨를 만나요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-e-ti-pa-ni-ssi-reul-man-na-yo ] - Which day do you meet Tiffany?<br />• 무슨 요일에 학교에 가요? [ mu-seun-yo-il-e-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - Which days do you go to school?<br />Korean question words - when - 언제 [ eon-je ] and what day - 며칠 [ myeo-chil ] can be use with Korean days of the week to ask question too, we will learn this in the future. Now, you may continue to the next lesson Learn Korean Language Lesson 22 - Korean Negation - Not/Don’t. For more about Korean language, you may go to Korean.<br /> <br />Learn Korean Lesson 21 - Korean Days of The Week<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 22 - Korean Negation - Not/Don’t<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 21 - Korean Days of The Week. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 22 - Korean Negation. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Negation - 안 [ an ]. Negate Korean Action Verbs (view Korean Verbs) and Korean Descriptive Verbs (view Korean Adjectives) by placing 안 in front of the Korean verbs. Use Korean Negation - 안 like English word - not or don’t. Korean Negation - 안 is used in front of a Korean verb or a Korean adjective to express negation.<br />Korean Negation<br />안 refers to one’s unwillingness. However, you must take note of 하다 action verbs. See examples below. Examples for Korean action verbs (but not 하다 action verbs) and Korean descriptive verbs.<br />• 안 가요. [ an-ga-yo ] - I don’t go.<br />• 안 마셔요. [ an-ma-syeo-yo ] - I don’t drink.<br />• 안 먹어요. [ an-meo-geo-yo ] - I don’t eat.<br />• 안 자요. [ an-ja-yo ] - I don’t sleep.<br />• 안 사요. [ an-sa-yo ] - I don’t buy.<br />• 안 예뻐요. [ an-ye-bbeo-yo ] - It is not pretty.<br />• 안 길어요. [ an-gi-reo-yo ] - It is not long.<br />• 안 커요. [ an-keo-yo ] - It is not big.<br />• 안 넓어요. [ an-neol-beo-yo ] - It is not broad.<br />• 안 비싸요. [ an-bi-ssa-yo ] - It is not expensive.<br />• 안 추워요. [ an-chu-wo-yo ] - I’m not cold.<br />• 안 졸려요. [ an-jol-ryeo-yo ] - I’m not sleepy.<br />• 안 기뻐요. [ an-gi-bbeo-yo ] - I’m not happy.<br />However, in compound Korean verbs (하다 action verbs), 안 has to be inserted directly between the noun and the verb. For example the compound verb 공부하다 (action verb) - to study, which consist of 공부 (study, noun) and 하다 (to do, verb). So it is wrong if you put 안 infront of 공부하다, you should put in between, 공부 안 해요 will be the correct one. The same rule apply to other compound verbs such as 일하다, 운동하다, 사랑하다. In short, for 하다 action verbs, 안 goes between the noun and 해요.<br />• 일 안 해요. [ il-an-hae-yo ] - I don’t work.<br />• 공부 안 해요. [ gong-bu-an-hae-yo ] - I don’t study.<br />• 운동 안 해요. [ un-dong-an-hae-yo ] - I don’t exercise.<br />• 사랑 안 해요. [ sa-rang-an-hae-yo ] - I don’t love.<br />• 노래 안 해요. [ no-rae-an-hae-yo ] - I don’t sing.<br />But there is an exception for this rule. For Korean 하다 action verb 좋아하다 - to like. 안 is place in front of 좋아해요 rather than in between. So it is wrong if you put 안 between 좋아해요, you should put in front of it, 안 좋아해요 - I don’t like, will be the correct one. However, for all Korean descriptive verbs, 안 is place in front of the Korean descriptive verbs. See examples below.<br />• 안 피곤해요. [ an-pi-gon-hae-yo ] - I’m not tired.<br />• 안 건강해요. [ an-geon-gang-hae-yo ] - I’m not healthy.<br />• 안 중요해요. [ an-jung-yo-hae-yo ] - It is not important.<br />• 안 이상해요. [ an-i-sang-hae-yo ] - It is not strange.<br />• 안 복잡해요. [ an-bok-jap-hae-yo ] - It is not jammed.<br />Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Negation - 안 and what you have learned from the previous Learn Korean Lessons such as Korean Place Marker or Korean Days of The Week. You can use Korean Negation - 안 to answer question too. See examples below.<br />• 저는 커피를 안 마셔요. [ jeo-neun-ko-pi-reul-an-ma-syeo-yo ] - I don’t drink coffee.<br />• 오늘 학교에 안 가요. [ o-neul-hak-gyo-e-an-ga-yo ] - I don’t go to school today.<br />• 주말에 운동해요? [ ju-ma-re-un-dong-hae-yo ] - Do you exercise on weekends?<br />• 운동 안 해요. [ un-dong-an-hae-yo ] - No, I don’t (exercise)<br />Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 23 - Korean Conjunction - And.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />nguage <br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 23 - Korean Conjunction - And<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 22 - Korean Negation - Not/Don’t. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 23 - Korean Conjunction - And. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Conjunction - And - 하고 [ ha-go ]. 하고 (and) is use to connect two nouns, use it like English conjunction “and” when joining two Korean nouns (view Korean Vocabulary - Things). We have seen this Korean conjunction - 하고 in Learn Korean Language Lesson 19 - Korean Position Words.<br />Korean Conjunction - And<br />Do you remember that for Korean position word - 사이 (between), 저 with 하고 will be use rather than 제. Koreans use 제 with most position words, but 저 and 하고 with 사이. Korean Conjunction - 하고 means “and”. It is very important for you to know that this Korean conjunction is used only with nouns. To connect two nouns, use 하고 between the two Korean nouns as you would use English conjunction - and. See examples below.<br />• 비빔밥하고 김치. [ bi-bim-bap-ha-go-kim-chi ] - Bibimbap and Kimchi.<br />• 샌드위치하고 커피. [ saen-deu-wi-chi-ha-go-keo-pi ] - Sandwich and coffee.<br />• 사과하고 빵을 먹어요. [ sa-gwa-ha-go-bbang-eul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat an apple and bread.<br />In English, we use “and” to connect words, phrases, or clauses that have the same grammatical function in a construction, “and” used to connect grammatically coordinate words, phrases, or clauses; along or together with; as well as; in addition to; besides; also; moreover. But in Korean, rather than using 하고, we used the only 고 when connecting two sentences.<br />고 is a coordinating conjunction that can be used to connect two simple chronological sentences on an equal basis. See example below.<br />• 한국어를 공부하고 친구를 만나요. [ han-gu-geo-reul-gong-bu-ha-go-chin-gu-reul-man-na-yo ] - I study Korean and meet my friend.<br />Don’t get confuse with the example above. 공부하고 is form from Korean Verbs - 공부하다, 공부하다 plus 고 become 공부하고. Beside this, 고 can be used to join together related characteristics of a noun. See example below.<br />• 김치가 싸고 맛있어요. [ kim-chi-ga-ssa-go-ma-si-sseo-yo ] - Kimchi is inexpensive and delicious.<br />It can also be used to enumerate events and conditions of similar characteristics. See example below.<br />• 헨리는 텔레비전을 보고 저는 책을 읽어요. [ hen-ri-neun-tel-re-bi-jeon-eul-bo-go-jeo-neun-chae-geul-il-geo-yo ] - Henry watches television, and I read a book.<br />Last but not least, Korean Conjunction - 하고 can be used like English “with”, when doing something with somebody, use 하고 after the person. You may use 누구하고 when asking the question “with whom?”. See examples below.<br />• 누구하고 식사해요? [ nu-gu-ha-go-sik-sa-hae-yo ] - Who are you eating with?<br />• 친구하고 같이 식사해요. [ chin-gu-ha-go-ga-chi-sik-sa-hae-yo ] - I’m eating together with my friend.<br />• 저는 혼자 식사해요. [ jeo-neun-hon-ja-sik-sa-hae-yo ] - I’m eating by myself.<br />In the examples above, 같이 [ ga-chi ] (view Korean pronunciation) means together, 혼자 [ hon-ja ] means alone. Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Conjunction - 하고 (and) and what you have learned from the previous Learn Korean Lessons such as Korean Days of The Week, Korean Position Words.. etc, etc and don’t forget to memorize the Korean Verbs and Korean Adjectives, with Korean Sentence Ending Form. Please go to Korean Language Reading Practice 10 - Today is Saturday and Korean Language Reading Practice 11 - What do you do on weekends? to learn new Korean vocabulary and Korean expression. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 24 - Korean Counting Units.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />arn Korean Language Lesson 24 - Korean Counting Units<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 23 - Korean Conjunction - And. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 24 - Korean Counting Units. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Counting Units. This counting unit changes depending upon the thing that is being counted. Korean numbers 1 to 4 and 20 change forms a bit before counting units. You must learn this lesson in order to shopping in Korea. Before we look at Korean Counting Units, let’s do some revision of pure/native Korean numbers.<br />Korean Counting Units<br />There are brief explanation of Korean numbers previously in Emagasia. The Korean numbers system have two sets of numbers, the native Korean number system and a number system that has its roots in Chinese, called the Sino-Korean numbers (Chinese derived numbers). When counting, use Korean native numbers, below are partial list of Korean numbers, view Korean numbers for others.<br />1 하나 [ ha-na ] 11열하나 [ yeol-ha-na ] 30 서른 [ seo-reun ]<br />2 둘 [ dul ] 12 열둘 [ yeol-dul ] 40 마흔 [ ma-heun ]<br />3 셋 [ set ] 13 열셋 [ yeol-set ] 50 쉰 [ swin ]<br />4 넷 [ net ] 14 열넷 [ yeol-net ] 60 예순 [ ye-sun]<br />5 다섯 [ da-seot ] 15 열다섯 [ yeol-da-seot ] 70 일흔 [ il-reun ]<br />6 여섯 [ yeo-seot ] 16 열여섯 [ yeo-ryeo-seot ] 80 여든 [ yeo-deun ]<br />7 일곱 [ il-gop ] 17 열일곱 [ yeo-ril-gop ] 90 아흔 [ a-heun ]<br />8 여덟 [ yeo-deol ] 18 열여덟 [ yeo-ryeo-deol ] 100 백 [ baek ]<br />9 아홉 [ a-hop ] 19 열아홉 [ yeo-ra-hop ] <br />10 열 [ yeol ] 20 스물 [ seu-mul ] <br />Therefore, Korean Counting Units is place after the native Korean number. When counting things or the number of people, put the object first, the native Korean number, followed by a counting unit. The Korean Counting Units varies depending on the noun it follows. For instance, 권 follows books, 개 follows balls, 잔 follows a cup of coffee, 병 follows a bottle of beer. In addition, when numbers and counting units are used together, numbers take different forms. Without counting units, they are 하나, 둘, 셋, 넷, 스물, but with counting units, they are changed to 한, 두, 세, 네, 스무 when placed in front of a counter. The same rules applies to higher numbers such as 열하나, 열둘, 열셋, 열넷 etc, etc. See examples below.<br />• 하나 - 한 개 [ han-gae ]<br />• 둘 - 두 개 [ du-gae ]<br />• 셋 - 세 개 [ se-gae ]<br />• 넷 - 네 개 [ ne-gae ]<br />• 다섯 - 다섯 개 [ da-seot-gae ]<br />• 스물 - 스무 개 [ seu-mu-gae ]<br />As what stated above, native Korean numbers will be used with counting units. Without the Korean Counting Units, Korean numbers 하나, 둘, 셋, 넷, 스물 will be used for counting people or things in Korean. Therefore, the order of the sentence will be the number of people, or the object first, then the native Korean number. Adding 주세요 after the noun means requesting something for the speaker (Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands). See examples below.<br />• 공책 하나 주세요. [ gong-chaek-ha-na-ju-se-yo ] - Give me one notebook, please.<br />• 사과 하나 주세요. [ sa-gwa-ha-na-ju-se-yo ] - Give me one apple, please.<br />• 맥주 둘 주세요. [ maek-ju-dul-ju-se-yo ] - Give me two beers, please.<br />• 오렌지 둘 주세요. [ o-ren-ji-dul-ju-se-yo ] - Give me two oranges, please.<br />• 커피 셋 주세요. [ keo-pi-set-ju-se-yo ] - Give me three cups of coffee, please.<br />• 콜라 넷 주세요. [ kol-la-net-ju-se-yo ] - Give me four cola, please.<br />However, please remember that 하나, 둘, 셋, 넷, 스물 are changed to 한, 두, 세, 네, 스무 when placed in front of a counter. 병, 개, 잔 are counting units. In Korean, there is a variety of counting units to count objects. Each counting unit is used for a specific category of nouns. 개 is used widely to count general inanimate items, 병 is used for bottles, 잔 is used for cups or glasses, 마리 is used for animals (view Korean Vocabulary - Animals), 벌 is used for clothing, 켤레 is used for footwear, 대 is used for bigger things such as Home Electronic Appliances, car etc, etc. Here are only some examples of Korean counting units. For those not here, consult with a Korean speaker and/or an English-Korean dictionary.<br />Korean Objects Native Korean Numbers Korean Counting Units<br />공 [ gong ] - ball 한 [ han ] 개 [ gae ]<br />맥주 [ maek-ju ] - beer 두 [ du ] 병 [ byeong ]<br />커피 [ keo-pi ] - coffee 세 [ se ] 잔 [ jan ]<br />사진 [ sa-jin ] - photo 네 [ ne ] 장 [ jang ]<br />책 [ chaek ] - book 다섯 [ da-seot ] 권 [ gwon ]<br />꽃 [ ggot ] - flower 여섯 [ yeo-seot ] 송이 [ song-i]<br />호랑 [ ho-rang ] - tiger 일곱 [ il-gop ] 마리 [ ma-ri ]<br />셔츠 [ syeo-cheu ] - shirt 여덟 [ yeo-deol ] 벌 [ beol ]<br />양말 [ yang-mal ] - socks 아홉 [ a-hop ] 켤레 [ kyeol-le ]<br />컴퓨터 [ keom-pyu-teo ] - computer 열 [ yeol ] 대 [ dae ]<br />Korean Place Marker or Korean Time Marker - 에 is attached to the counting unit when expressing the number of items. See examples below.<br />• 한 개에 얼마예요? [ han-gae-e-eol-ma-ye-yo ] - How much is it for one?<br />• 두 병에 천오백 원이에요. [ du-byeong-e-cheon-o-baek-won-i-e-yo ] - It’s 1500 won for two bottles.<br />Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Counting Units, Korean numbers and what you have learned from the previous Learn Korean Lessons. Don’t forget to memorize the Korean Verbs and Korean Adjectives, with Korean Sentence Ending Form. Try Korean Language Exercises 7 and continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 25 - Korean Currency.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 25 - Korean Currency<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 24 - Korean Counting Units. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 25 - Korean Currency. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Currency - Won. We will learn how to read prices in Korean by using Sino-Korean numbers which was derived from Chinese numbers. Korean question word - how much - 얼마 [ eol-ma], is always use together with Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Identification - 예요 to ask “How much is this?” - 얼마예요? [ eol-ma-ye-yo ].<br />Korean Currency<br />얼마예요? is used to ask the price of an item. We will learn this in the future. In the mean time, just use 얼마예요? like English “How much is this?” You must learn this lesson in order to shopping in Korea. The unit of Korean currency is won - 원 [ won ]. Korean won is considered as the national currency both in north and South Korea. The Central Bank of the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea issues the Won. Korean won has originated from the Japanese Yen and the Chinese Yuan. In Korean, prices are read with Sino-Korean numbers. Although a comma is commonly placed after three digits, numbers are read with the basic unit 만 [ man ] - 10000, the fourth digit.<br />1 9 2 , 6 7 | 5 , 8 3 0<br />억 천만 백만 십만 만 | 천 백 십 <br />When reading prices, the Sino-Korean/Chinese derived Korean numbers such as 일, 이, 삼, 사, 오 are used (view Korean Numbers for more). See examples below.<br />• 500원 - 오백 원 [ o-baek-won ]<br />• 28350원 - 이만 팔천 삼백 오십 원 [ i-man-pal-cheon-sam-baek-o-sip-won ]<br />• 350000원 - 삼십 오만 원 [ sam-sip-o-man-won ]<br />Although in English we say “one thousand,” “one hundred,” etc. In Korean, when there is number starting with one, the “one” is not said.<br />• 100원 - 백 원 [ baek-won ]<br />• 129원 - 백 이십 구 원 [ baek-i-sip-gu-won ]<br />• 1200원 - 천 이백 원 [ cheon-i-baek-won ]<br />• 10000원 - 만 원 [ man-won ]<br />• 130000원 - 십 삼만 원 [ sip-sam-man-won ]<br />You must be careful that when the “one” is not the first digit, it is pronounced!<br />• 1100 - 천 일백 [ cheon-il-baek ]<br />• 21300 - 이만 일천 삼백 [ i-man-il-cheon-sam-baek ]<br />• 210000 - 이십 일만 [ i-sip-il-man ]<br />However, most of the Koreans omit the 일 [ il ] when they use the currency with the Korean number. For the examples above, by saying<br />• 1100원 - 천 백 원 [ cheon-baek-won ]<br />• 21300원 - 이만 천 삼백 원 [ i-man-cheon-sam-baek-won ]<br />will be correct too. Please don’t confuse with 210000원 - 이십 일만 원, we cannot just say 이십 만 원 (200000원), because both of them are 10000원 different! Please take note that the pronunciation of the following will be change due to Korean pronunciation rules (will cover in the future).<br />• 16 - 십육 will be read as 심뉵 [ sim-nyuk ]<br />• 60000 - 육만 will be read as 융만 [ yung-man ]<br />• 100000 - 십만 will be read as 심만 [ sim-man ]<br />• 1000000 - 백만 will be read as 뱅만 [ baeng-man ]<br />See table below:<br />십만 만 천 백 십 <br /> 5 0 0 원<br /> 2 8 3 5 0 원<br />3 5 0 0 0 0 원<br />————————————————————————————————————<br /> 1 (백) 0 0 원<br /> 1 (천) 2 0 0 원<br /> 1 (만) 0 0 0 0 원<br />1 (십) 3 0 0 0 0 원<br />————————————————————————————————————<br /> 1 1 (일백) 0 0 원<br /> 2 1 (일천) 3 0 0 원<br />2 1 (일만) 0 0 0 0 원<br />Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Currency, Korean numbers and what you have learned from the previous Learn Korean Lessons. Try to ask 얼마예요? when you have a chance to shopping in Korea. Don’t forget to memorize the Korean Verbs and Korean Adjectives, with Korean Sentence Ending Form. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 26 - Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 26 - Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 25 - Korean Currency. Today we come to Lesson 26 - Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands - (으)세요. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands. Everyday, we make requests, suggestions, or commands, let’s learn how to make Korean requests, suggestions, or commands in a polite manner. Learning this Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands will make your future shopping experiences (perhaps in Korea) more enjoyable!<br />Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands<br />Do you remember that we have seen 주세요 [ ju-se-yo ] in Learn Korean Language Lesson 24 - Korean Counting Units? Adding 주세요 after the noun means requesting something for the speaker. Do you know that 주세요 is form by joining Korean Verbs - 주다 means to give, together with Korean sentence ending (으)세요 [ (eu)se-yo ] - view Korean Sentence Ending Form? When asking for something, use 주세요 after the Korean noun (the thing you’re asking for), it is just like English “Give me (noun) please”. Use the formula - “Noun + Native Korean number + Korean Counting Units + 주세요” when asking for a specific amount of some noun. See examples below.<br />• 영수증 주세요. [ yeong-su-jeung-ju-se-yo ] - Give me a receipt, please.<br />• 표 4(네)장 주세요. [ pyo-ne-jang-ju-se-yo ] - Give me four tickets, please.<br />• 커피 한 잔 주세요. [ keo-pi-han-jan-ju-se-yo ] - Give me one cup of coffee, please.<br />• 빵 두 개 주세요. [ bbang-du-gae-ju-se-yo ] - Give me two pieces of bread, please.<br />• 맥주 세 병 주세요. [ maek-ju-se-byeong-ju-se-yo ] - Give me three bottles of beer, please.<br />Use 좀 [ jom ] (which also means “please”) between the Korean noun and 주세요 to make the sentence sound softer and more polite. When asking something free, such as water in Korean restaurant, 좀 must be use. When asking for more, add 더 [ deo ] in front of 주세요.<br />• 물 좀 주세요. [ mul-jom-ju-se-yo ] - Give me some water, please.<br />• 물 좀 더 주세요. [ mul-jom-deo-ju-se-yo ] - Give me some more water, please.<br />• 김치 좀 주세요. [ kim-chi-jom-ju-se-yo ] - Give me some Kimchi, please.<br />• 김치 좀 더 주세요. [ kim-chi-jom-deo-ju-se-yo ] - Give me some more Kimchi, please.<br />As stated above, besides of 주세요, we can use Korean sentence ending (으)세요 to make polite requests, suggestions, or commands. 세요 is added to a verb stems ending with a vowel (no batchim) and 으세요 is used if the verb stem ends with a consonant (with batchim) - view Korean Syllable Final Consonants. “지 마세요” [ ji-ma-se-yo ] is use to form negative commands (we will learn this in the future). Now, see examples below:<br />세요 is added to a verb stems ending with a vowel (no batchim).<br />• 하다 - 하세요 [ ha-se-yo ] - do, please.<br />• 오다 - 오세요 [ o-se-yo ] - come, please.<br />• 사다 - 사세요 [ sa-se-yo ] - buy, please .<br />• 가다 - 가세요 [ ga-se-yo ] - go, please.<br />으세요 is used if the verb stem ends with a consonant (with batchim).<br />• 읽다 - 읽으세요 [ il-geu-se-yo ] - read, please.<br />• 입다 - 입으세요 [ i-beu-se-yo ] - wear, please.<br />• 듣다 - 들으세요 [ deu-reu-se-yo ] - listen, please.<br />• 만들다 - 만드세요 [ man-deu-se-yo ] - make, please.<br />Do you remember that in Korean Basic Conversation we have learned 안녕히 가세요 [ ann-yeong-hi-ka-se-yo ] - good bye (to person leaving)? Literally, 가세요 is “go, please”, so 안녕히 가세요 is say by the host who is bidding his/her guests good bye, the guest is leaving. Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands - (으)세요, you may read the examples below before you make your own! Don’t forget to memorize the Korean Verbs and Korean Adjectives, with Korean Sentence Ending Form. View Korean Language Reading Practice 14 - How much is this Bag? Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 27 - Korean Present Tense.<br />• 집에 오세요. [ ji-be-o-se-yo ] - Come home, please.<br />• 책을 읽으세요. [ chae-geul-il-geu-se-yo ] - Read a book, please.<br />• 볼펜을 사세요. [ bol-pen-eul-sa-se-yo ] - Buy (me) a ballpoint pen, please.<br />• 셔츠를 입으세요. [ syeo-cheu-reul-i-beu-se-yo ] - Put on (your) shirt, please.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 27 - Korean Present Tense<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 26 - Korean Requests, Suggestions, or Commands. Today we come to Lesson Korean Present Tense. In this lesson, we will learn Korean Present Tense. Do you remember that we have learn Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings in Learn Korean Language Lesson 13? Korean present tense is same as what we have learned before. In English, there are past tense, present tense and future tense. There are past tense, present tense and future tense in Korean too.<br />Korean Present Tense<br />-아요/어요 [ a-yo/eo-yo ] are casual but polite sentence endings which are commonly used in everyday life such as shopping, buying tickets, and asking directions etc, etc. It is use to form all present tense verbs (verbs in the present tense). When a verb stem ends with the vowel ㅏ or ㅗ, -아요 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -아요 = 가요 [ ga-yo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -아요 = 사요 [ sa-yo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -아요 = 자요 [ ja-yo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o -da ] + -아요 = 와요 [ wa-yo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -아요 = 봐요 [ bwa-yo ] - to see<br />When a verb stem ends with a vowel other than ㅏ or ㅗ, -어요 is added. But verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어요 results in -여요. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔요 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐요.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -어요 = 줘요 [ jwo-yo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -어요 = 먹어요 [ meo-geo-yo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -어요 = 읽어요 [ il-geo-yo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -어요 = 배워요 [ bae-wo-yo ] - to learn<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -어요 = 마셔요 [ ma-syeo-yo ] - to drink<br />When a verb stem ends with -하다 [ ha-da ] becomes -해요 [ hae-yo ]. -하다 is verbs “‘to do”. Many nouns can be made into present tense by adding the verb -해요. See examples below.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -해요 = 일해요 [ il-hae-yo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -해요 = 공부해요 [ gong-bu-hae-yo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -해요 = 운동해요 [ un-dong-hae-yo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -해요 = 전화해요 [ jeon-hwa-hae-yo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -해요 = 요리해요 [ yo-ri-hae-yo ] - to cook<br />The only thing that you need to pay attention is that in Korean, adjectives (Korean Adjectives) act and look like verbs (Korean Verbs). Therefore, it’s much easier to think of Korean as having two types of verbs: action verbs (to run, to sleep, to do, to work, to think, to study, etc.) and descriptive verbs (to be happy, to be sad, to be cheap, to be expensive, to be good, to be bad, etc.). These two types of verbs behave a bit differently when it comes to changing tenses, so you need to keep these two types in mind over the next few Learn Korean lessons. Put the descriptive verbs into the present tense just like action verbs. Descriptive verbs take the Korean Subject Marker 이/가. See examples below and continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense.<br />• 옷이 비싸요. [ o-si-bi-ssa-yo ] - The clothes are expensive.<br />• 사과가 싸요. [ sa-gwa-ga-bi-ssa-yo ] - The apples are cheap.<br />• 날씨가 좋아요. [ nal-ssi-ga-jo-a-yo ] - The weather is good.<br />• 날씨가 추워요. [ nal-ssi-ga-chu-wo-yo ] - The weather is cold.<br />• 목이 아파요. [ mo-gi-a-pa-yo ] - I have a sore throat.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 27 - Korean Present Tense. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, You will learn how to answer Korean question like “what did you do yesterday?” and ask them to your Korean friends. To put action verbs (Korean Verbs) and descriptive verbs (Korean Adjectives) into the past tense, first think of the present tense or Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings, and replace “요” with “ㅆ어요”.<br />Korean Past Tense<br />The rule above works with all verbs, including Korean irregular verbs (we will learn this in the future). Do you remember that we added 아요/어요/해요 behind a verb to make sentences in Korean? Korean past tense is very easy, just adding 았어요/었어요/했어요 to a verb or adjective stem makes it past tense. When a verb or adjective stem ends with ㅏ or ㅗ, -았어요 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -았어요 = 갔어요 [ ga-sseo-yo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -았어요 = 샀어요 [ sa-sseo-yo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -았어요 = 잤어요 [ ja-sseo-yo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o-da ] + -았어요 = 왔어요 [ wa-sseo-yo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -았어요 = 봤어요 [ bwa-sseo-yo ] - to see<br />• 살다 [ sal-da ] + -았어요 = 살았어요 [ sa-ra-sseo-yo ] - to live<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] + -았어요 = 만났어요 [ man-na-sseo-yo ] - to meet<br />• 비싸다 [ bi-ssa-da ] + -았어요 = 비쌌어요 [ bi-ssa-sseo-yo ] - to be expensive<br />Korean sentences in past tense -았어요.<br />• 한국에 갔어요. [ han-guk-e-ga-sseo-yo ] - I went to Korea.<br />• 친구를 만났어요. [ chin-gu-reul-man-na-sseo-yo ] - I met (my) friend.<br />• 영화를 봤어요. [ yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - I watched a movie.<br />• 사과가 비쌌어요. [ sa-gwa-ga0bi-ssa-sseo-yo ] - Apples were expensive.<br />• 지난주에 조금 바빴어요. [ ji-nan-ju-e-jo-geum-ba-bba-sseo-yo ] - I was a little busy last week.<br />When a verb or adjective stem ends with any other vowel, other thanㅏ or ㅗ, -었어요 is added.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -었어요 = 줬어요 [ jwo-sseo-yo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -었어요 = 먹었어요 [ meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -었어요 = 읽었어요 [ il-geo-sseo-yo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -었어요 = 배웠어요 [ bae-wo-sseo-yo ] - to learn<br />• 만들다 [ man-deul-da ] + -었어요 = 만들었어요 [ man-deu-reo-sseo-yo ] - to make<br />Korean sentences in past tense -었어요.<br />• 밥을 먹었어요. [ bap-eul-meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - I ate (my) meal.<br />• 책을 읽었어요. [ chaek-eul-il-geo-sseo-yo ] - I read a book.<br />• 음식을 만들었어요. [ eum-sik-eul-man-deu-reo-sseo-yo ] - I cooked (some) food.<br />We have learned that when verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어요 results in -여요. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔요 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐요. Adding -었어요 to a verb or adjective stem ending with vowel ㅣ results in -였어요.<br />• 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ] + -었어요 = 가르쳤어요 [ ga-reu-chyeo-sseo-yo ] - to teach<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -었어요 = 마셨어요 [ ma-syeo-sseo-yo ] - to drink<br />Korean sentences in past tense -였어요.<br />• 일본어를 가르쳤어요. [ il-bon-eo-reul-ga-reu-chyeo-sseo-yo ] - I taught Japanese.<br />• 물을 마셨어요. [ mu-reul-ma-syeo-sseo-yo ] - I drank water.<br />When a verb or adjective ends with -하다 [ ha-da ], change 하다 to -했어요. -하다 is verbs “to do”. Many nouns can be made into past tense by adding the verb -했어요. See examples below and continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 29 - Korean Time.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 일했어요 [ il-hae-sseo-yo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 공부했어요 [ gong-bu-hae-sseo-yo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 운동했어요 [ un-dong-hae-sseo-yo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 전화했어요 [ jeon-hwa-hae-sseo-yo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 요리했어요 [ yo-ri-hae-sseo-yo ] - to cook<br />• 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 운전했어요 [ un-jeon-hae-sseo-yo ] - to drive<br />• 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 수영했어요 [ su-yeong-hae-sseo-yo ] - to swim<br />• 청소하다 [ cheong-so-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 청소했어요 [ cheong-so-hae-sseo-yo ] - to clean<br />• 빨래하다 [ bbal-lae-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 빨래했어요 [ bbal-lae-hae-sseo-yo ] - to do laundry<br />• 복잡하다 [ bok-jap-ha-da ] + -했어요 = 복잡했어요 [ bok-jap-hae-sseo-yo ] - to be crowded<br />Korean sentences in past tense -했어요.<br />• 방을 청소했어요. [ bang-eul-cheong-so-hae-sseo-yo ] - I cleaned my room.<br />• 친구가 전화했어요. [ chin-gu-ga-jeon-hwa-hae-sseo-yo ] - A friend of mine called.<br />• 어제 빨래했어요. [ eo-je-bbal-lae-hae-sseo-yo ] - I did laundry yesterday.<br />• 어제 공원에서 운동했어요. [ eo-je-gong-won-e-seo-un-dong-hae-sseo-yo ] - I exercised at the park yesterday.<br />• 길이 복잡했어요. [ gil-i-bok-jap-hae-sseo-yo ] - The road was crowded.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 29 - Korean Time<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 28 - Korean Past Tense. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 29 - Korean Time. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Time. When telling time, Pure Korean numbers are used for the hour and Sino-Korean numbers (Chinese derived) are used for the minutes. Previously, in Korean numbers, we have learned that Pure Korean numbers are used for counting and Sino-Korean numbers are used for reading.<br />Korean Time<br />한 <br />두 오 <br />세 십 <br />네 십오 <br />다섯 이십 <br />여섯 시 이십오 분<br />일곱 삼십 <br />여덟 삼십오 <br />아홉 사십 <br />열 사십오 <br />열한 오십 <br />열두 오십오 <br />Let’s think about this, traditionally, when we counting the clock one round, two round equals to one hour, two hour, hence, Pure Korean numbers are used. For minutes, we read it from the scale, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, Sino-Korean numbers are used. Expressing or reading the time in Korean, hours and is minutes are read differently. Hours - 시 [ si ] are read using the native Korean numbers, while minutes - 분 [ bun ] are read using the Sino-Korean numbers. Just like dates which we have learned in Korean Days of The Week, times are read from the largest to the smallest unit. For example, Friday, 9 in the morning will be read as 금요일 아침 아홉시 [ geum-yo-il-a-chim-a-hop-si ] but not 아홉시 아침 금요일 [ a-hop-si-a-chim-geum-yo-il ]. See examples below.<br />• 2시 - 두 시 [ du-si ]<br />• 3시 10분 - 세 시 십 분 [ se-si-sip-bun ]<br />• 6시 - 여섯 시 [ yeo-seot-si ]<br />• 10시 - 열 시 [ yeol-si ]<br />• 1시 10분 - 한 시 십 분 [ han-si-sip-bun ]<br />• 4시 45분 - 네 시 사십오 분 [ ne-si-sa-sip-o-bun ]<br />• 6시 30분 - 여섯 시 삼십 분/ 여섯 시 반 [ yeo-seot-si-sam-sip-bun/yeo-seot-si-ban ]<br />Another way of saying 삼십 분 (30 minutes) is 반 (half), for example, 7:30 - 일곱시 삼십분 = 일곱시 반 [ il-gop-si-sam-sip-bun = il-gop-si-ban ]. When telling time, 새벽 [ sae-byeok ] means “midnight” (12 am to 6 am), 아침/오전 [ a-chim/o-jeon ] both means “morning” (6 am to 9 am/9 am to 12 pm) , 오후 [ o-hu ] means “afternoon” (12 pm to 6 pm), 저녁 [ jeo-nyeok ] means “evening” (6 pm to 9 pm) and 밤 [ bam ] means “night” (9 pm to 12 am). See examples below.<br />• 1:00 am - 새벽 한 시 [ sae-byeok-han-si ]<br />• 3:55 am - 새벽 세 시 오십오 분 [ sae-byeok-se-si-o-sip-o-bun ]<br />• 7:35 am - 아침 일곱 시 삼십오 분 [ a-chim-il-gop-si-sam-sip-o-bun ]<br />• 8:42 am - 아침 여덟 시 사십이 분 [ a-chim-yeo-deol-si-sa-sip-i-bun ]<br />• 9:00 am - 아침 아홉 시 [ a-chim-a-hop-si ]<br />• 11:00 am - 오전 열한 시 [ o-jeon-yeo-ran-si ]<br />• 12:00 pm - 오후 열두 시 [ o-hu-yeol-du-si ]<br />• 1:28 pm - 오후 한 시 이십팔 분 [ o-hu-han-si-i-sip-pal-bun ]<br />• 2:00 pm - 오후 두 시 [ o-hu-du-si ]<br />• 4:20 pm - 오후 네 시 이십 분 [ o-hu-ne-si-i-sip-bun ]<br />• 6:10 pm - 저녁 여섯 시 십 분 [ jeo-nyeok-yeo-seot-si-sip-bun ]<br />• 7:00 pm - 저녁 일곱 시 [ jeo-nyeok-il-gop-si ]<br />• 9:30 pm - 밤 아홉 시 삼십 분/ 밤 아홉 시 반 [ bam-a-hop-si-sam-sip-bun/bam-a-hop-si-ban ]<br />• 11:00 pm - 밤 열한 시 [ bam-yeo-ran-si ]<br />For meals, when you use the word [ sik-sa ], use it with 해요 [ hae-yo ] and not 먹어요 [ meo-geo-yo ]. For example, 밥을 먹어요 [ ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat rice. But for 식사 , you need to say 식사를 해요 [ sik-sa-reul-hae-yo ] - I take meal (don’t forget the Korean Object Marker - which is a particle used to identify the object of a verb in a sentence). See examples below.<br />• Breakfast - 아침 (식사) [ a-chim (sik-sa) ]<br />• Lunch - 점심 (식사) [ jeom-sim (sik-sa) ]<br />• Dinner - 저녁 (식사) [ jeo-nyeok (sik-sa) ]<br />When referring to past or future. Use those words below.<br />• Before - 전에 [ jeon-e ]<br />• A little while ago - 아까 [ a-gga ] - spoken language<br />• Now - 지금 [ ji-geum ]<br />• A little while later - 이따가 [ i-dda-ga ] - within one day - spoken language<br />• Later - 나중에 [ na-jung-e ]<br />The Korean Time Marker - 에 is used to indicate the time when something takes place and is attached to the unit of time. We have learn -에 in Learn Korean Language Lesson 20. Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Time! You may read the examples below before you make your own!<br />• 아침 일곱 시에 일어나요. [ a-chim-il-gop-si-e-i-reo-na-yo ] - I wake up at 7:00 in the morning.<br />• 일곱 시 십 분에 세수해요. [ il-gop-si-sip-bun-e-se-su-hae-yo ] - I wash my face at 7:10<br />• 여덟 시에 밥을 먹어요. [ yeo-deol-si-e-ba-beul-meo-geo-yo ] - I eat my meals at 8:00.<br />• 여덟 시 반에 학교에 가요. [ yeo-deol-si-ban-e-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - I go to school at 8:30.<br />• 다섯 시에 집에 와요. [ da-seot-si-e-ji-be-wa-yo ] - I come home at 5:00.<br />• 열한 시에 자요. [ yeo-ran-si-e-ja-yo ] - I go to bed at 11:00.<br />Here are some expressions to use when asking or answering questions about time. Korean Question Word - What - 몇 is attached to the noun 시 to ask questions related to time. We will learn this in the next lesson. For the time being, just read the examples below and try to understand. Continue to Learn Korean Language Lesson 30 - Korean Question Word - What.<br />• 몇 시예요? [ myeot-si-ye-yo ] - What time is it?<br />• 몇 시에 집에 가요? [ myeot-si-e-ji-be-ga-yo ] - What time do you go home?<br />• 몇 시에 밥을 먹었어요? [ myeot-si-e-ba-beul-meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - What time did you eat (your meal)?<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 30 - Korean Question Word - What<br /> <br /> Continue from Learn Korean Language Lesson 29 - Korean Time. Today we come to Learn Korean Lesson 30 - Korean Question Word - What. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Question Word - What - 몇 [ myeot ]. This Korean Question Word - What is different from what we have learned in Learn Korean Language Lesson 6 - Korean Question Word - What - 뭐 [ mwo ] even though both of them are used to form Korean interrogative sentence (question).<br />Korean Question Word - What<br />뭐 is use to ask questions such as what is this? what is that? what is your name? etc, etc. 무엇 [ mu-eot ] is same as 뭐 but used in formal writing. 무엇 can be used with 이에요/입니까 to form questions (formal). Let’s Learn Korean question word - what - 몇 today and use it in your conversation. First of all 몇 can be used with 시 when asking the time. When you want to ask what time something occurs, use the question word 몇 시 with the Korean Time Marker - 에.<br />• 몇 시예요? [ myeot-si-ye-yo ] - What time is it?<br />• 지금 몇 시예요? [ ji-geum-myeot0si0ye-yo ] - What time is it now?<br />• 몇 시에 집에 가요? [ myeot-si-e-ji-be-ga-yo ] - What time do you go home?<br />• 몇 시에 학교에 가요? [ myeot-si-e-hak-gyo-e-ga-yo ] - What time do you go to school?<br />• 몇 시에 영화를 봐요? [ myeot-si-e-yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-yo ] - What time do you watch movie?<br />• 몇 시에 밥을 먹었어요? [ myeot-si-e-ba-beul-meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - What time did you eat (your meal)?<br />몇 can be used with Korean Counting Units when asking the number of things. Always used the appropriate counting units after 몇 and before the Korean Verbs. Use it with Korean Sentence Endings Expressing Location or Existence to expresses location or existence.<br />• 가족이 모두 몇 명 있어요? [ ga-jo-gi-mo-du-myeot-myeong-i-sseo-yo ] - How many people are in your family? (view Korean Vocabulary - Family Terms)<br />• 책이 몇 권 있어요? [ chae-gi-myeot-gwon-i-sseo-yo ] - How many books do you have?<br />• 표가 몇 장 있어요? [ pyo-ga-myeot-jang-i-sseo-yo ] - How many tickets do you have?<br />• 커피가 몇 잔 있어요? [ keo-pi-ga-myeot-jan-i-sseo-yo ] - How many coffee do you have?<br />• 사과가 몇 개 있어요? [ sa-gwa-ga-myeot-gae-i-sseeo-yo ] - How many apples do you have?<br />• 컴퓨터가 몇 대 있어요? [ keom-pyu-teo-ga-myeot-dae-i-sseo-yo ] - How many computer do you have?<br />In Korean, 몇 can also be used with 번 [ beon ] to ask for a number (not a quantity, but a number). Use it like asking “What number” in English to ask about telephone number, ticket number, parking space number, or driver’s license number etc, etc. 몇 번 can also be used when asking the about frequency. Use it like asking “How many times” in English. Continue to Learn Korean Lesson 31.<br />• 집 전화번호가 몇 번이에요? [ jip-jeon-hwa-beon-ho-ga-myeot-beon-i-e-yo ] - What is your home phone number?<br />• 병원 전화번호가 몇 번이에요? [ byeong-won-jeon-hwa-beon-ho-ga-myeot-beon-i-e-yo ] - What is hospital phone number?<br />• 아론 씨 전화번호가 몇 번이에요? [ a-ron-ssi-jeon-hwa-beon-ho-ga-myeot-beon-i-e-yo ] - What is Aaron’s number?<br />• 마크 씨 회사 전화번호가 몇 번이에요? [ ma-keu-sssi-hoe-sa-jeon-hwa-beon-ho-ga-myeot-beon-i-e-yo ] - What is Mark’s office phone number?<br />• 안나 씨 핸드폰 번호가 몇 번이에요? [ an-na-ssi-haen-deu-pon-beon-ho-ga-myeot-beon-i-e-yo ] - What is Anna’s handphone number?<br />• 일 년에 몇 번 여행 가요? [ il-nyeon-e-myeot-beon-yeo-haeng-ga-yo ] - How many times a year do you travel?<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />Learn Korean Language Lesson 31 - Korean Conjunction - And<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 30 - Korean Question Word - What. Today we come to learn Korean Conjunction - And. In this Learn Korean Language Lesson, we will learn Korean Conjunction - And - 서 [ seo ]. This Conjunction - And is different from what we have learned in Learn Korean Language Lesson 23 - Korean Conjunction - And. Do you remember what we have learned before? Now, we will first learn the new Korean Conjunction and subsequently look at the differences between both of them: 서 vs 고.<br />Korean Conjunction - And<br />The pattern for this Korean conjunction is very simple as long as you know how to use the Korean Informal Polite Sentence Endings. The rules are the same! We have 아요/어요/해요, you will just need to replace the “요” with 서 and it will become either 아서/어서/해서 which is attached to the stem of the action verb in the first clause. In terms of chronology, the action expressed in the first clause occurs before the second. 아서/어서/해서 is used when a subject performs two actions one after the other. It signifies that the second action occurs in connection with the first, but follows after it in time sequence. Read the rules below.<br />When a verb stem ends with the vowel ㅏ or ㅗ, -아서 is added. See examples below.<br />• 가다 [ ga-da ] + -어서 = 가서 [ ga-seo ] - to go<br />• 사다 [ sa-da ] + -어서 = 사서 [ sa-seo ] - to buy<br />• 자다 [ ja-da ] + -어서 = 자서 [ ja-seo ] - to sleep<br />• 오다 [ o -da ] + -어서 = 와서 [ wa-seo ] - to come<br />• 보다 [ bo-da ] + -어서 = 봐서 [ bwa-seo ] - to see<br />• 살다 [ sal-da ] + -어서 = 살아서 [ sa-ra-seo ] - to live<br />• 만나다 [ man-na-da ] + -어서 = 만나서 [ man-na-seo ] - to meet<br />When a verb stem ends with a vowel other thanㅏ or ㅗ, -어서 is added. But verb stems ending with a vowel ㅣ, ㅣ + -어서 results in -여서. For example, 마시다 becomes 마셔서 and 가르치다 becomes 가르쳐서. See examples below.<br />• 주다 [ ju-da ] + -어서 = 줘서 [ jwo-seo ] - to give<br />• 먹다 [ meok-da ] + -어서 = 먹어서 [ meo-geo-seo ] - to eat<br />• 읽다 [ il-da ] + -어서 = 읽어서 [ il-geo-seo ] - to read<br />• 배우다 [ bae-u-da ] + -어서 = 배워요 [ bae-wo-seo ] - to learn<br />• 마시다 [ ma-si-da ] + -어서 = 마셔요 [ ma-syeo-seo ] - to drink<br />• 만들다 [ man-deul-da ] + -어서 = 만들어서 [ man-deu-reo-seo ] - to make.<br />• 가르치다 [ ga-reu-chi-da ] + -어서 = 가르쳐서 [ ga-reu-chyeo-seo ] - to teach.<br />When a verb stem ends with -하다 [ ha-da ] becomes -해서 [ hae-seo ]. -하다 is verbs “‘to do”. Many nouns can be made into present tense by adding the verb -해서. See examples below.<br />• 일하다 [ il-ha-da ] + -해서 = 일해서 [ il-hae-seo ] - to work<br />• 공부하다 [ gong-bu-ha-da ] + -해서 = 공부해서 [ gong-bu-hae-seo ] - to study<br />• 운동하다 [ un-dong-ha-da ] + -해서 = 운동해서 [ un-dong-hae-seo ] - to exercise<br />• 전화하다 [ jeon-hwa-ha-da ] + -해서 = 전화해서 [ jeon-hwa-hae-seo ] - to make a phone call<br />• 요리하다 [ yo-ri-ha-da ] + -해서 = 요리해서 [ yo-ri-hae-seo ] - to cook<br />• 운전하다 [ un-jeon-ha-da ] + -해서 = 운전해서 [ un-jeon-hae-seo ] - to drive<br />• 수영하다 [ su-yeong-ha-da ] + -해서 = 수영해서 [ su-yeong-hae-seo ] - to swim<br />Now, you can try to make your own Korean sentences with Korean Conjunction - 서 (and) and what you have learned from the previous Learn Korean Lessons. You may read the examples below before you make your own!<br />• 아침에 일어나서 세수해요. [ a-chim-e-i-reo-na-seo-se-su-hae-yo ] - I wake up in the morning and wash my face.<br />• 도서관에 가서 공부했어요. [ do-seo-gwan-e-ga-seo-gong-bu-hae-sseo-yo ] - I went to the library and studied.<br />• 저녁에 친구를 만나서 영화를 봤어요. [ jeo-nyeok-e-chin-gu-reul-man-na-seo-yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - I met my friend in the evening and watched a movie.<br />• 점심에 김밥을 만들어서 먹었어요. [ jeom-sim-e-gim-ba-beul-man-deu-reo-seo-meo-geo-sseo-yo ] - I made kimbap at lunchtime and ate (it).<br />Important!!! Remember that we have learned the Korean Past Tense in Learn Korean Language Lesson 28? When there are two Korean Verbs, past tense is expressed only in the second verb, not in the first one. The correct one will be as above.<br />• 도서관에 갔어서 공부했어요 - This is WRONG!<br />• 저녁에 친구를 만났어서 영화를 봤어요. - This is WRONG!<br />• 점심에 김밥을 만들었어서 먹었어요. - This is WRONG!<br />Differences between Korean Conjunction 서 and 고<br />Remember that we have learned 하고 and 고 in Learn Korean Language Lesson 23? 하고 (and) is use to connect two nouns but 고 is use to connect two sentences. So, we will just need to look at the differences between 고 and 서 because both of them are used to indicate a sequence of actions or events, they signify a different relationship among the clauses they link together. However, with -아서/어서/해서, the first and second clauses are closely related. The action in the second clause is connected with the action in the preceding clause. But with 고, the action in the first clause is usually completed before the action in the second clause occurs. See examples below.<br />• 친구를 만나고 영화를 봤어요. [ Chin-gu-reul-man-na-go-yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - I met my friend and watched a movie (alone).<br />• 친구를 만나서 영화를 봤어요. [ chin-gu-reul-man-na-seo-yeong-hwa-reul-bwa-sseo-yo ] - I met my friend and watched a movie (with my friend).<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 32 - Korean Question Word - How<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 31 - Korean Conjunction - And. Today we come to learn Korean question word - how. In this learn Korean language lesson, we will learn question word - how - 어때요 [ eo-ddae-yo ]. It has the same meaning as English question word - how. However, in Korean, it is use to give a suggestion. So, even though we use it like English word - how, but we use it to suggest, propose or offer something in a friendly manner such as how is something or how is someone? Let’s start!<br />Korean Question Word - How<br />When proposing or offering something in a friendly manner, you can use 어때요? It is commonly used to ask for the listener’s thought about the speaker’s proposal. You can simply add 어때요? to the end of the noun. The intonation rises up in the end of the sentence. Like in Comparison of Korean and English and How are English words pronounced in Korean? Together with Korean Subject Marker 이 or 가, The formula “…이/가 어때요?” means “how is something/someone?” Korean Topic Marker 은 or 는 can be use with question word - how - 어때요 too. However, it is use when one wants to stress a new topic.<br />You may need to refer back both learn Korean language Lesson 4 for Korean topic marker and Lesson 11 for Korean subject marker and understand the difference between both of them. Basically, they are most commonly used noun particles are those used to mark the subject of the sentence and those used to mark the topic of a sentence. Use topic marker 은/는 after the noun and then ask 어때요? The formula “(noun)은/는 어때요?” means “How about (noun)?”<br />“…가 어때요?” is used with nouns ending in a vowel and “…이 어때요?” is used with nouns that end in a consonant.<br />“…는 어때요?” is used with nouns ending in a vowel and “…은 어때요?” is used with nouns that end in a consonant.<br />Read examples below:<br />• 한국어 공부가 어때요? [ han-gu-geo-gong-bu-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How do you like studying Korean?<br />• 동대문 시장이 어때요? [ dong-dae-mun-si-jang-i-eo-ddae-yo ] - How is Dongdaemun market?<br />• 오늘 날씨가 어때요? [ o-neul-nal-ssi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How is the weather today?<br />• 김치가 어때요? [ kim-chi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - How do you like Kimchi?<br />• 토요일은 어때요? [ to-yo-il-eun-eo-ddae-yo ] - How about Saturday.<br />Be careful!<br />When connecting this word to Korean verbs which refer to an action (view also Korean adjectives), add “…는 게 어때요?” to the end of the verb stem.<br />• 커피가 어때요? [ keo-pi-ga-eo-ddae-yo ] - how about coffee?<br />• 내일 집에서 쉬는 게 어때요? [ nae-il-ji-be-seo-swi-neun-ge-eo-ddae-yo ] - How about resting at home tomorrow?<br />Learn Korean Language Flashback<br />Do you remember that we have learned Korean Place Marker in learn Korean language lesson 15? We use the particle -에서 together with Korean verb 오다 to ask someone about their nationality. “에서 오다” means “from”. Use that formula with Korean Question Word - Where 어디 to ask “Where are you from?”, you can say “어디에서 왔어요?” [ eo-di-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ]. When answering a question, the question and answer can be almost the same by replacing the 어디 to Countries.<br />• 빌리는 캐나다에서 왔어요. [ bil-li-neun-kae-na-da-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ] - Billy is from Canada.<br />• 친구가 미국에서 와요. [ chin-gu-ga-mi-guk-e-seo-wa-yo ] - A friend of mine is coming from America.<br />• 저는 일본에서 왔어요. [ jeo-neun-il-bon-e-seo-wa-sseo-yo ] - I’m from Japan.<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!<br />earn Korean Language Lesson 33 - Korean Conjunction - But<br /> <br /> Continue from Lesson 32 - Korean Question Word - How. Today we come to learn Korean Conjunction - But. In this learn Korean language lesson, we will learn conjunction - But - 지만 [ ji-man ]. It has the same meaning as English question word - how. In Korean, it is use to shows a contrast between the two sentences. 지만 is a coordinating conjunction used to connect two sentences together in a way that shows a contrast between the two. 지만 is added to the stem of the verb or adjective in the first sentence. Let’s start!<br />Korean Conjunction - But<br />We have learned Korean Conjunction - And in learn Korean language Lesson 23 and Lesson 31. To indicates a contrast between what is said before and after, use 지만. It is a coordinating conjunction used to connect two sentences together in a way that shows a contrast between the two. 지만 is added to the stem of the Korean Verbs or Korean Adjectives in the first sentence. Simply add it to the end of the verb or adjective stem regardless of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant. For example, when the food was expensive but not very tasty, add this Korean conjunction to the end of the adjective stem to make contrast between expensive and tasteless. When you want to watch a movie but have no time, use it to show contrast between your desire and unavailability. See examples below.<br />• 이 식당은 비싸지만 맛이 없어요. [ i-sik-dang-eun-bi-ssa-ji-man-ma-si-eop-seo-yo ] - This restaurant is expensive but not very tasty.<br />• 그 영화를 보고 싶지만 시간이 없어요. [ geu-yeong-hwa-reul-bo-go-sip-ji-man-si-gan-i-eop-seo-yo ] - I want to watch that movie but I have no time.<br />• 토요일에는 하지만 일요일에는 하지 않아요. [ to-yo-il-e-neun-ha-ji-man-il-yo-il-e-neun-ha-ji-an-a-yo ] - It opens Saturday but closes on Sunday.<br />• 한국 친구가 있지만 자주 만날 수 없어요. [ han-guk-chin-gu-ga-it-ji-man-ja-ju-man-nal-su-eop-seo-yo ] - I have a Korean friend but we can’t meet often.<br />When two sentences are connected using 지만, the repeated part in the second sentence is usually omitted.<br />• 저는 학교에 가지만 친구는 학교에 안 가요. [ jeo-neun-hak-gyo-e-ga-ji-man-chin-gu-neun-hak-gyo-e-an-ga-yo ] - I go to school, but my friend doesn’t go to school.<br />• 저는 학교에 가지만 친구는 안 가요. [ jeo-neun-hak-gyo-e-ga-ji-man-chin-gu-neun-an-ga-yo ] - I go to school, but my friend doesn’t.<br />To make contrasts involving the past, 았/었지만 is used adding 았/었 to 지만 to indicate the Korean Past Tense. Simply replace 어요 in 았/었어요 with 지만.<br />• 어젯밤에 그 일을 했지만 안 가져 왔어요. [ i-jet-bam-e-geu-il-eul-haet-ji-man-an-ga-jyeo-wa-sseo-yo ] - I did the work last night but did not bring it with me.<br />• 아까 점심을 먹었지만 배가 고파요. [ a-gga-jeom-sim-eul-meo-geot-ji-man-bae-ga-go-pa-yo ] - I ate lunch a while ago but I am still hungry.<br />Learn Korean Language Flashback<br />Here are the learn Korean language flashback of previous lessons. Do you remember that we have learned Korean Irregular Verbs, the “Gangster Group” in Korean Hangeul system? There are a total of five Korean Irregular Verbs: ㄷ, ㅂ, ㄹ, 으 and 르. Let’s revise the ㅂ irregular verbs here. For more details, please revise that lesson. In Korean there are two types of verbs: Korean Action Verbs (to run, to sleep, to do, to work, to think, to study, etc.) and Descriptive Verbs which is the adjectives (to be happy, to be sad, to be cheap, to be expensive, to be good, to be bad, etc.). These two types of verbs are same when it comes to irregular. When an adjective stem ending in ㅂ is followed by the vowel 아, 어 or 으, the ㅂ changes to 우.<br />• 덥다 [ deop-da ] → 덥 + 어요 = 더워요 [ deo-wo-yo ] - to be hot<br />• 맵다 [ maep-da ] → 맵 + 어요 = 매워요 [ mae-wo-yo ] - to be hot (spicy)<br />• 춥다 [ chup-da ] → 춥 + 어요 = 추워요 [ chu-wo-yo ] - to be cold<br />• 쉽다 [ swip-da ] → 쉽 + 어요 = 쉬워요 [ swi-wo-yo ] - to be easy<br />• 어렵다 [ eo-ryeop-da ] → 어렵 + 어요 = 어려워요 [ eo-ryeo-wo-yo ] - to be difficult<br />For examples:<br />• 날씨가 더워요. [ nal-ssi-ga-deo-wo-yo ] - It is hot.<br />• 한국 신문이 어려워요. [ han-guk-sin-mun-i-eo-ryeo-wo-yo ] - It is difficult to read a Korean newspaper.<br /> -지만 -아/어요 -았/었어요 -아/어서<br />덥다 덥지만 더워요 더웠어요 더워서<br />맵다 맵지만 매워요 매웠어요 매워서<br />춥다 춥지만 추워요 추웠어요 추워서<br />쉽다 쉽지만 쉬워요 쉬웠어요 쉬워서<br />어렵다 어렵지만 어려워요 어려웠어요 어려워서<br />감사합니다 - Thank you!korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-363132487794836994.post-62471292285889217842010-07-15T04:47:00.002+09:002010-07-15T04:53:36.278+09:00home<meta equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"><meta name="ProgId" content="Word.Document"><meta name="Generator" content="Microsoft Word 12"><meta name="Originator" content="Microsoft Word 12"><link rel="File-List" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADMINI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_filelist.xml"><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:officedocumentsettings> <o:relyonvml/> <o:allowpng/> </o:OfficeDocumentSettings> </xml><![endif]--><link rel="themeData" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADMINI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_themedata.thmx"><link rel="colorSchemeMapping" href="file:///C:%5CDOCUME%7E1%5CADMINI%7E1%5CLOCALS%7E1%5CTemp%5Cmsohtmlclip1%5C01%5Cclip_colorschememapping.xml"><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:worddocument> <w:view>Normal</w:View> <w:zoom>0</w:Zoom> <w:trackmoves/> <w:trackformatting/> <w:hyphenationzone>21</w:HyphenationZone> <w:punctuationkerning/> <w:validateagainstschemas/> <w:saveifxmlinvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid> <w:ignoremixedcontent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent> <w:alwaysshowplaceholdertext>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText> <w:donotpromoteqf/> <w:lidthemeother>FR</w:LidThemeOther> <w:lidthemeasian>X-NONE</w:LidThemeAsian> <w:lidthemecomplexscript>AR-SA</w:LidThemeComplexScript> <w:compatibility> <w:breakwrappedtables/> <w:snaptogridincell/> <w:wraptextwithpunct/> <w:useasianbreakrules/> <w:dontgrowautofit/> <w:splitpgbreakandparamark/> <w:dontvertaligncellwithsp/> <w:dontbreakconstrainedforcedtables/> <w:dontvertalignintxbx/> <w:word11kerningpairs/> <w:cachedcolbalance/> </w:Compatibility> <m:mathpr> <m:mathfont val="Cambria Math"> <m:brkbin val="before"> <m:brkbinsub val="--"> <m:smallfrac val="off"> <m:dispdef/> <m:lmargin val="0"> <m:rmargin val="0"> <m:defjc val="centerGroup"> <m:wrapindent val="1440"> <m:intlim val="subSup"> <m:narylim val="undOvr"> </m:mathPr></w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:latentstyles deflockedstate="false" defunhidewhenused="true" defsemihidden="true" defqformat="false" defpriority="99" latentstylecount="267"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="0" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Normal"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="heading 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 7"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 8"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="9" qformat="true" name="heading 9"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 7"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 8"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" name="toc 9"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="35" qformat="true" name="caption"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="10" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Title"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="1" name="Default Paragraph Font"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="11" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtitle"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="22" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Strong"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="20" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Emphasis"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="59" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Table Grid"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Placeholder Text"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="1" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="No Spacing"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Revision"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="34" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="List Paragraph"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="29" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Quote"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="30" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Quote"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 1"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 2"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 3"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 4"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 5"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="60" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Shading Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="61" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light List Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="62" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Light Grid Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="63" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 1 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="64" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Shading 2 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="65" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 1 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="66" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium List 2 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="67" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 1 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="68" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 2 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="69" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Medium Grid 3 Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="70" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Dark List Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="71" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Shading Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="72" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful List Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="73" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" name="Colorful Grid Accent 6"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="19" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtle Emphasis"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="21" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Emphasis"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="31" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Subtle Reference"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="32" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Intense Reference"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="33" semihidden="false" unhidewhenused="false" qformat="true" name="Book Title"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="37" name="Bibliography"> <w:lsdexception locked="false" priority="39" qformat="true" name="TOC Heading"> </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]--><style> <!-- /* Font Definitions */ @font-face {font-family:"Cambria Math"; panose-1:2 4 5 3 5 4 6 3 2 4; mso-font-charset:1; mso-generic-font-family:roman; mso-font-format:other; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:0 0 0 0 0 0;} @font-face {font-family:"Arial Unicode MS"; panose-1:2 11 6 4 2 2 2 2 2 4; mso-font-charset:128; mso-generic-font-family:swiss; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:-134238209 -371195905 63 0 4129279 0;} @font-face {font-family:Calibri; panose-1:2 15 5 2 2 2 4 3 2 4; mso-font-charset:0; mso-generic-font-family:swiss; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:-1610611985 1073750139 0 0 159 0;} @font-face {font-family:"\@Arial Unicode MS"; panose-1:2 11 6 4 2 2 2 2 2 4; mso-font-charset:128; mso-generic-font-family:swiss; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:-134238209 -371195905 63 0 4129279 0;} /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-unhide:no; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; margin-top:0cm; margin-right:0cm; margin-bottom:10.0pt; margin-left:0cm; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:Calibri; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:Arial; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi; mso-fareast-language:EN-US;} .MsoChpDefault {mso-style-type:export-only; mso-default-props:yes; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:Calibri; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:Arial; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi; mso-fareast-language:EN-US;} .MsoPapDefault {mso-style-type:export-only; margin-bottom:10.0pt; line-height:115%;} @page Section1 {size:612.0pt 792.0pt; margin:72.0pt 90.0pt 72.0pt 90.0pt; mso-header-margin:36.0pt; mso-footer-margin:36.0pt; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} --> </style><!--[if gte mso 10]> <style> /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Tableau Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0cm; mso-para-margin-right:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0cm; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin;} </style> <![endif]--> <p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align: center; line-height: normal;" align="center"><b><span style="font-size: 24pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Beginners Lesson Three
<br />Korean Verbs<o:p></o:p></span></b></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Lesson Three introduces Korean Verbs. This page is the best place to start if you can <o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="" align="left" border="0" cellpadding="0"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><a href="http://www.learnkoreanlanguage.com/learn-hangul.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif"; color: blue;">read Hangul</span></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, but are not yet able to understand Korean. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">From this page on, it is assumed you can read Hangul, the Korean alphabet. If not, please look through lessons one and two and then return here. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Korean verbs are extremely important. Verbs in Korean sentences are the most important part of the sentence. In fact, it is the only part you need for the sentence to be complete. Korean, unlike English, does not mention the subject of the sentence if it can be assumed from context. For example, in English, one might ask "Are you hungry?" In Korean, if someone could just ask "Hungry?" and people knew who they were referring to, then it is perfectly fine to leave off the "you." You may hear this in English as well, but it is not considered grammatically correct. It <i>is</i> considered grammatically correct in Korean! <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">So, to sum up that paragraph, the verb is the <i>only </i>needed part in a Korean sentence. Everything else is extra. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Now I know you are eager to start learning verbs and looking them up in the dictionaries, but we must cover one important piece of grammar first. Korean verbs can take many different forms, depending on who you are talking to. Korean still has social status literally integrated into the language itself. The verb "to be" when speaking to an older person or teacher will be slightly different than "to be" when speaking to your best friend. Most Korean verbs have the same root, regardless of who you are talking to, but you will change the ending of the verb depending on who you are speaking with. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> is the dictionary form of the verb "to eat." The dictionary form consists of the verb root, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> in this example, and the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending. Go ahead, look up a few of your favorite verbs </span><a href="http://www.zkorean.com/dictionary.shtml"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif"; color: blue;">here</span></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or even better, grab yourself a copy of </span><a href="http://www.learnkoreanlanguage.com/declans-korean-flashcards.html"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif"; color: blue;">Declan's Korean Flashcards</span></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (contains over 3600 words with audio, arranged in vocabulary sets) to start building a strong foundation of Korean verbs. You will see all forms they list end in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. If you remove the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending, you will be left with the verb root. The verb root of </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The verb root by itself has no meaning. You must remove the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending and <i>replace </i>it with a different ending depending on what you want to say and who you want to say it to. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">In my mind, I see three different, very distinct endings for speaking and writing. <b>Formal </b>, <b>Polite </b>, and <b>Casual </b>. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 100%;" width="100%" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="1"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Formal Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅂ니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> / </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">습니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Polite Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> / </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Casual Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> / </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p> </o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">For now, we will focus on the two most common styles of verbs you will use, polite and casual. As you can see above, there are also two different endings for both polite and casual speech. The way you decide which ending to choose is based on the verb root. If the last vowel in the verb root is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> then you choose the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (polite) or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (casual) ending. If the last vowel in the verb root is anything other than </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, then you choose the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (polite) or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (casual) ending. Look at the following chart of commonly used verbs and compare the verb root to the ending to get a better understanding of this. I will refer to the Formal ending section next. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 100%;" width="100%" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="1"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">English<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Verb Root<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Dictionary Form<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Polite Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Casual Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Formal Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Have<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있습니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Be Good<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋습니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Go<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">갑니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Not Have<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없습니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Do<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">하</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">하다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">해요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">해</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">합니다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">
<br />
<br />Let's look at a couple. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> means "to have." </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> is the verb root. The last vowel in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">있</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅣ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Since this is <b>not </b></span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> then we know to choose the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">/</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> endings depending on whether we will need to be polite or if it is casual speech.
<br />
<br /></span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (~</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">업다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">) has a verb root of </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">없</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The final vowel in this root is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅓ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, so we need to choose the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">/</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> endings.
<br />
<br />If you look at </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, this has a verb root of </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> with a final vowel of </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. So, since that is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, it must take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">/</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending. Understand the general pattern?<o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal;"><b><span style="font-size: 13.5pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Irregular Verb Patterns <o:p></o:p></span></b></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Now, as you can see in the chart, there will be some situations that do not follow this exactly. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> means "to go". If you remove the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to get the verb root you are left with </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Following this pattern, you would add </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">/</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to the verb root, and get something like </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The real way is just </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. It has been shortened because otherwise we just say two of the same vowel in a row. Since that is a waste of time and breath, it is simply </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">.
<br />
<br />The final verb is the chart above is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">하다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. This is a very common verb in any language. This one verb is irregular all on it's own. It doesn't follow a pattern, and you just need to memorize the case. It shouldn't be too hard because you will see this all over the place. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">하다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> has a root of </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">하</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The polite form is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">해요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and the casual form is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">해</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Just take a few minutes right now to memorize this and then you will never have to worry about it again.
<br />
<br />Done? Ok, let's move on. Below is a table of irregular verbs that follow a pattern. Briefly look over the table and then continue on. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="width: 100%;" width="100%" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="1"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">English<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Verb Root<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Dictionary Form<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Polite Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Casual Ending<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Drink<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마시</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마시다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마셔요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마셔</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Meet<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Come<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">오</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">오다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">와요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">와</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Be Busy<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바쁘</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바쁘다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바빠요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바빠</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Not Know<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모르</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모르다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">몰라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">몰라</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">To Be Hot<o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">덥</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">덥다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">더워요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 0.0001pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">더워</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p></o:p></span></p> </td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"><o:p> </o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">The first one is "To Drink" or </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마시다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. If we remove the dictionary </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending, we are left with </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마시</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Following normal patterns for the polite form, we would have </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마시어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. To make it easier and sound better, the real polite form is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">마셔요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Any verb root that ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅣ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> will naturally take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">/</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> endings, and we shorten </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅣ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">+ </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅕ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Other verb examples that take this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가르치다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가르쳐요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">기다리다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">기다려요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">치다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">쳐요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Next we meet </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (get it?). This one should be easy. We already went over it with </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Since the verb root ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, we shorten </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">만나요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Also, keep in mind this pattern works with verb roots that end in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅓ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> as well.<o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="" align="left" border="0" cellpadding="0"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">If it ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅓ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> it would naturally take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending. This would be a double vowel sound so we just shorten it the same way. Other verb examples that take this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">사다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">사요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">서다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">서요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Next, we come to </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">오다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (ok, I will really stop now, I promise!). The verb root is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">오</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. This would naturally take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending, making </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">오아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Wouldn't it be much easier to combine the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> into </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅘ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">? It sure sounds better and smoother. That is exactly what we do. Whenever a verb root ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, it will naturally take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending and because all of you will know this lesson, you will naturally combine the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅗ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">와요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Other verb examples that take this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">갔다오다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">갔다와요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">나오다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">나와요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">.<o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Next, we have </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바쁘다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The verb root is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바쁘</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Following normal verb patterns we would figure the polite form would be </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바쁘아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Try and say that. Now, try and say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바빠요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. That is the correct way. When a verb root ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, we drop the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, look at the last vowel in the root that is left (not including the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">) and add the appropriate ending. For this example, the last vowel would be </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅏ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. So, when we drop the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and add the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending, we get </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">바빠요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Other verb examples that follow this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">나쁘다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">나빠요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">예쁘다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">예뻐요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">,</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">쓰다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">써요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">The next verb is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모르다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. The verb root is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모르</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. You might be thinking, that ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> so wouldn't it follow the above irregular pattern, and become </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">? Indeed, it would, except Koreans have decided if a verb root ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">르</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> (not just </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">), then we will double up the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㄹ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> by adding a second </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㄹ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to the end of the syllable before the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">르</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. And <i>then </i>we drop the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">몰라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. We added a </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㄹ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">모</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and got </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">몰</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. We dropped the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅡ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and got </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Together, we have </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">몰라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Other verb examples using this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">자르다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">잘라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">부르다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">불러요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">빠르다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">빨라요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">The final verb in the verb chart above is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">덥다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. You should definitely be good with verb roots by now and instantly know it is </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">덥</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. Now, with this irregular pattern, you must remember two things. Often, when a verb root ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅂ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, you should drop the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅂ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and add </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">우</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. After that, you move to the second step. If it ends in </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">우</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, when we pick a style such as polite style, it should naturally take the </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> ending. This is another pattern where we combine two characters to make it smoother. </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">우</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> and </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">ㅓ</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> combine into </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">워</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. We get </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">더워요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> in the end. Other verb examples that follow this pattern are </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어렵다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">어려워요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">즐겁다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> - </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">즐거워요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">.
<br />
<br />Now you should know the verb patterns you will run into. You can take a verb out of a dictionary such as </span><a href="http://www.learnkoreanlanguage.com/declans-korean-dictionary.html"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif"; color: blue;">Declan's Korean Dictionary</span></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, find the root, and put it in either casual language or polite language. But you may still be wondering what exactly that means! Is polite language simply the same thing as if you were to be polite in English?<o:p></o:p></span></p> <table class="MsoNormalTable" style="" align="right" border="0" cellpadding="0"> <tbody><tr style=""> <td style="padding: 0.75pt;"></td> </tr> </tbody></table> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Similar, yes...but not the same. If you want to think of it as the same, then you should just remember to be polite to everyone in Korea or when speaking Korean. Here is the thing, since Korean is still a language with social status still built into the actual language, you <b>must </b>be polite with your speech or you will be considered very rude. You should use the polite style with anyone older than you, above you, new to you. A teacher, a parent, a stranger, pretty much everyone except your closest friends! You may use casual language when speaking to someone younger than yourself, your close friends, and your brothers and sisters. Any other time would be considered rude. So, based on this, choose which to use wisely. If you are talking to an adult and they are using casual verbs, that is because you are younger. This does <b>not </b>mean you should use the same verbs when speaking to them. You should be polite. This means that each of you will add different endings to the verbs.<o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Now that you can take a verb from the dictionary, find the root, make it into a casual or polite verb, <b>and </b>actually know whether it should be a casual or polite verb, you are ready to actually use some.<o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Remember how in Korean verbs can be used all alone and the sentence will be grammatically correct? Let's see some examples. If we were to say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, what exactly are we saying? We know it is a polite way, and it means "to eat" (don't worry if you haven't memorized the verbs yet. You will be sent to the homework page shortly to do some memorization). But do we know what we are saying when we say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> to someone? Well, it depends :). You could be saying "I'm eating." Or, you could be saying "you're eating". You could be saying "eat." If someone said "What do you want to do?" You could reply </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">먹어요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. In Korean you can use the verbs in a much more general manner than in English. Later we will see how to add words such as "I" or "You" if necessary to clear up the meaning of a sentence. <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">Another example could be </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋다</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">. This means To Be Good. If someone asks you how is something, you can say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">! Like, "Are my new shoes ok? Do you like them? How are they?" "</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋아요</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">!". Or, if you are having a casual conversation about something with your friend, and they say something and in English you would just give the reply "Good!" or something, you can just say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">좋아</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">!(remember, it's a conversation with your friend). <o:p></o:p></span></p> <p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 12pt; line-height: normal;"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">This whole concept about the verbs being so general is hard to learn at first. Just try your best! Casual verbs can have even more meanings than other forms! If you say </span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Arial Unicode MS","sans-serif";">가</span><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";"> you could be saying I'm going, you're going, someone's going, let's go, are we going?, etc. A lot of Korean is about what can be assumed. If it can be assumed, there is no need to say it in the language. One of the most recommended Korean language products, </span><a href="http://www.learnkoreanlanguage.com/rosetta-stone.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif"; color: blue;">Rosetta Stone Korean Level 1</span></a><span style="font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman","serif";">, makes learning this part a breeze. This wraps up the intro to Korean verbs! It's time for you to memorize a few, and to go back and make sure you know the patterns covered on this page. There will definitely be more to come on verbs later. <o:p></o:p></span></p> korea&algeriahttp://www.blogger.com/profile/13594676140686013935noreply@blogger.com0